Meja Tawaran Rev01 PDF

JA
JABATAN KEJURUTERAAN AWAM DAN SALIRAN
A
DEWAN BANDARAYA KUALA LUMPUR
H
SA
L
K
B
MEJA TAWARAN
D
ER
D
N
TE
CADANGAN MENJALANKAN KERJA-KERJA

PEMBAIKAN CERUN DAN SISTEM
N
A
PERPARITAN DI JALAN JALIL PERKASA 19,

A
N
TAMAN ESPLANADE, BUKIT JALIL, WILAYAH

U
PERSEKUTUAN KUALA LUMPUR

EG
K
K
TU
N
U
PENGARAH
JABATAN KEJURUTERAAN AWAM & SALIRAN
MENARA DBKL 1
JALAN RAJA LAUT
50350 KUALA LUMPUR
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ

CADANGAN MENJALANKAN KERJA-KERJA PEMBAIKAN CERUN DAN SISTEM

PERPARITAN DI JALAN JALIL PERKASA 19, TAMAN ESPLANADE, BUKIT JALIL,
WILAYAH PERSEKUTUAN KUALA LUMPUR
ISI KANDUNGAN
BIL PERKARA MUKA SURAT
SENARAI SEMAK PENYEDIAAN DOKUMEN e-PEROLEHAN SPD/1

SURAT AKUAN PEMBIDA SAP/1
JA
SURAT AKUAN PEMBIDA PERLAKSANAAN PROGRAM
SAP/2
A
PROTÊGE
BAHAGIAN 1
H
SA
SENARAI SEMAK KECUKUPAN DOKUMEN WAJIB DIISI /
SSD/1
DISERAH BERSAMA DOKUMEN TENDER
L
SENARAI SEMAKAN MENGISI DOKUMEN TENDER SS/1 – SS/5
K
B
BAHAGIAN 2 ARAHAN KEPADA PETENDER AKP/1 – AKP/7
BAHAGIAN 3 SYARAT-SYARAT MEMBUAT TENDER

D ST/1 – ST/4
ER
BAHAGIAN 4 BORANG TENDER FT/1 - FT/6
D
SYARAT-SYARAT AM KONTRAK - Borang DBKL 203@203A

BAHAGIAN 5
N
(Rev. 1/2010) 1-50

TE
(yang mana berkaitan)

ADDENDUM NO 1, 2 & 3 TO THE CONDITIONS OF
N
1-3
CONTRACT
A
A
BAHAGIAN 6 SKOP KERJA SK/1-SK/3

N
BAHAGIAN 7 RINGKASAN TENDER RT/1 – RT/2

U
EG
BAHAGIAN 8 SENARAI KUANTITI BILL NO. 1-6

BAHAGIAN 9 SPESIFIKASI S1-1 – S7-16
K
SPESIFIKASI UMUM SU/1-SU/10

K
BAHAGIAN 10 DATA TEKNIKAL (TECHNICAL DATA) (jika berkaitan) -

TU
BAHAGIAN 11 LAMPIRAN
N
U
Lampiran A - Borang Jaminan Bank / Insurans Untuk Bon Perlaksanaan

(Kontrak Kerja)
Lampiran B - Borang Jaminan Bank / Jaminan Syarikat Kewangan / Jaminan Insurans

Untuk Bayaran Pendahuluan (Kerja)
Lampiran C - Borang Maklumat Petender (BRG/JP/BPP(Pind.1/2011)-001
Lampiran D - Senarai dan Tugas Panel Perunding / Broker Insuran Dan Broker Takaful
BAHAGIAN 12 LUKISAN (Jika Perlu) SL/1

JA
A
CADANGAN MENJALANKAN KERJA-KERJA PEMBAIKAN CERUN
H
SA
DAN SISTEM PERPARITAN DI JALAN JALIL PERKASA 19, TAMAN
ESPLANADE, BUKIT JALIL, WILAYAH PERSEKUTUAN
L
KUALA LUMPUR
K
B
D
BAHAGIAN 1. ER
D
- SENARAI SEMAK PENYEDIAAN DOKUMEN e-PEROLEHAN
N
TE
- SURAT AKUAN PEMBIDA

N
- SURAT AKUAN PEMBIDA PERLAKSANAAN PROGRAM

A
PROTÊGÊ
A
N
- SENARAI SEMAK KECUKUPAN DOKUMEN WAJIB DIISI /

U

EG
K
- SENARAI SEMAKAN MENGISI DOKUMEN TENDER

K
TU
N
U
(S
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
SENARAI SEMAKAN PENYEDIAAN DOKUMEN E-PEROLEHAN KERJA
DOKUMEN WAJIB CETAK

BIL PERKARA
(JILID 1) (JILID 2)
KULIT MUKA DOKUMEN TENDER / SEBUTHARGA
 
ISI KANDUNGAN
SENARAI SEMAKAN PENYEDIAAN DOKUMEN E-
PEROLEHAN
SURAT AKUAN PEMBIDA
JA
BAHAGIAN 1
SURAT AKUAN PEMBIDA PERLAKSANAAN PROGRAM  -
PROTÊGE
A
SENARAI SEMAK KECUKUPAN DOKUMEN WAJIB DIISI /
H
SA
SENARAI SEMAKAN MENGISI DOKUMEN TENDER
BAHAGIAN 2 ARAHAN KEPADA PETENDER - -
L
K
BAHAGIAN 3 SYARAT-SYARAT MEMBUAT TENDER - -
B
BAHAGIAN 4 BORANG TENDER - 
D
ER
SYARAT-SYARAT AM KONTRAK (Borang DBKL 203@
BAHAGIAN 5 - -
203A {Rev. 1/2010})
– (Mana Yang Berkaitan)
D
N
ADDENDUM NO. 1 & 2 TO THE CONDITIONS OF

- -
TE
CONTRACT
BAHAGIAN 6 SKOP KERJA - -

N
BAHAGIAN 7 RINGKASAN TENDER - 

A
A
BAHAGIAN 8 SENARAI KUANTITI - 

N
BAHAGIAN 9 SPESIFIKASI - -
U
EG
BAHAGIAN 10 DATA TEKNIKAL (jika berkaitan)  -

K
BAHAGIAN 11 LAMPIRAN
K
Borang Jaminan Bank/Insurans Untuk Bon Pelaksanaan

Lampiran A - -
TU
(Kontrak Kerja)
Borang Jaminan Bank/ Jaminan Syarikat Kewangan / Jaminan
N
Lampiran B - -
U
Lampiran C Borang Maklumat Petender BRG/JP/BPP(Pind.1/2011)-001  -

Senarai Syarikat-Syarikat Yang Dilantik Sebagai Panel
Lampiran D - -
Perunding/Broker Insurans DBKL Bagi Tahun.2018-2020
BAHAGIAN 12 LUKISAN - -
NOTA :
1. DOKUMEN WAJIB CETAK, DIJILID dan dimasukkan dalam sampul surat berlakri. Dokumen yang lengkap hendaklah
diHANTAR ke Jabatan Pentadbiran, Bhg. Pengurusan Perolehan.
2. Sekiranya dokumen TIDAK LENGKAP, tender akan DIGAGALKAN.
SPD/1
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
SURAT AKUAN PEMBIDA
Bagi
CADANGAN MENJALANKAN KERJA-KERJA PEMBAIKAN CERUN DAN SISTEM PERPARITAN

DI JALAN JALIL PERKASA 19, TAMAN ESPLANADE, BUKIT JALIL, WILAYAH PERSEKUTUAN
KUALA LUMPUR
Saya, ………………………...........…………………….* No.K/P: …….….…………………. yang mewakili
JA
……………………………………….......……........….………...…..…………….......** Nombor Pendaftaran
A
KKM:………………………........……………………... PKK: ……………….........…….……………………...
H
CIDB:……………………..............…………………... ROC:……………....…...……………………………...
SA
dengan ini mengisytiharkan bahawa saya atau mana-mana individu yang mewakili syarikat ini tidak
L
akan menawar atau memberi rasuah kepada mana-mana individu dalam Dewan Bandaraya Kuala
K
Lumpur atau mana-mana individu lain, sebagai sogokan untuk dipilih dalam tender / sebut harga***
B
seperti di atas. Bersama-sama ini dilampirkan Surat Perwakilan Kuasa bagi saya mewakili syarikat
D
seperti tercatat di atas untuk membuat pengisytiharan ini.
2. ER
Sekiranya saya atau mana-mana individu yang mewakili syarikat ini didapati bersalah
menawar atau memberi rasuah kepada mana-mana individu dalam Dewan Bandaraya
D
Kuala Lumpur atau mana-mana individu lain sebagai sogokan untuk dipilih dalam tender /
N
sebut harga*** seperti di atas, maka saya sebagai wakil syarikat bersetuju tindakan-tindakan berikut
TE
diambil:-
2.1 Penarikan balik tawaran kontrak bagi tender / sebut harga*** di atas; atau
N
2.2 Penamatan kontrak bagi tender / sebut harga*** di atas; dan

A
2.3 Lain-lain tindakan tatatertib mengikut peraturan perolehan Kerajaan.

A
N
3. Sekiranya terdapat mana-mana individu cuba meminta rasuah daripada saya atau mana-
U
mana individu yang berkaitan dengan syarikat ini sebagai sogokan untuk dipilih dalam tender / sebut
EG
harga*** seperti di atas, maka saya berjanji akan dengan segera melaporkan perbuatan tersebut
kepada pejabat Suruhanjaya Pencegahan Rasuah Malaysia (SPRM) atau balai polis yang
berhampiran.
K
K
Yang Benar,
TU
N
...........................................
Nama:
U
Kad Pengenalan:
Tarikh:
Cop Syarikat:
Catatan: * Nama Wakil Syarikat

** Nama Syarikat
*** Potong mana yang tidak berkaitan.
PERINGATAN : Surat Akuan Pembida ini WAJIB diisi dan ditandatangan.
SAP/1
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
SURAT AKUAN PEMBIDA UNTUK MELAKSANAKAN

PROGRAM PROFESSIONAL TRAINING AND EDUCATION FOR GROWING
ENTREPRENEURS (PROTÊGÊ)
Bagi

Saya, …………......……...........…………………….* No.K/P: …….….…………………. yang mewakili
JA
………………………………….......……........….………...…..…………….......** Nombor Pendaftaran
A
H
KKM:…………….................................................PKK: ………………………….............................…...
SA
CIDB:……………………..............……………... ROC:……………....…...……………………………...
L
dengan ini mengisytiharkan bahawa saya akan melaksanakan Program Professional Training And
K
Education For Growing Entrepreneurs (PROTÊGÊ) jika dipilih untuk sebut harga/tender ini
B
mengikut had nilai ambang (threshold value) dan bilangan minimum peserta program PROTÊGÊ
D
seperti yang ditetapkan di dalam syarat sebut harga/tender.
ER
2. Sekiranya saya tidak melaksanakan program PROTÊGÊ mengikut had nilai ambang
D
(threshold value) dan bilangan minimum peserta setelah dipilih untuk sebut harga/tender ini, Datuk
N
Bandar boleh mengambil tindakan ke atas syarikat saya berdasarkan syarat/klausa kontrak dan
TE
syarikat saya mungkin tidak akan dipertimbangkan untuk sebutharga/ tender perolehan Dewan
Bandaraya Kuala Lumpur pada masa akan datang.
N
A
Yang Benar,
A
N
U
...........................................
EG
Nama:
Kad Pengenalan:
Tarikh:
K
Cop Syarikat:
K
TU
Catatan: * Nama Wakil Syarikat

** Nama Syarikat
N
*** Surat Akuan ini hendaklah ditandatangani oleh hanya penama di sijil
U
pendaftaran KKM/CIDB).
PERINGATAN : Surat Akuan Pembida ini WAJIB diisi dan ditandatangan.
SAP/2
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ(HARGA)
SENARAI SEMAK KECUKUPAN DOKUMEN WAJIB DIISI / DISERAH BERSAMA DOKUMEN TENDER
NAMA TENDER : CADANGAN MENJALANKAN KERJA-KERJA PEMBAIKAN CERUN DAN SISTEM

PERPARITAN DI JALAN JALIL PERKASA 19, TAMAN ESPLANADE, BUKIT JALIL, WILAYAH PERSEKUTUAN
KUALA LUMPUR
UNTUK DIISI OLEH UNTUK DIISI OLEH

PETENDER J/KUASA BUKA PETI
BIL BUTIRAN DOKUMEN CATATAN
ADA TIADA ADA TIADA
TANDAKAN ( / ) PADA TANDAKAN ( / ) PADA
1 Borang Tender (WAJIB diisi lengkap, jika tidak GAGAL Tawaran)
a) Tandatangan Petender
b) Tandatangan Saksi
c) Mengisi tempoh
JA
d) Harga / Peratus Tawaran diisi
e) Cop syarikat
A
f) Tarikh tandatangan petender
H
2 Penyata Bulanan Bank
SA
a) Bulan ___________________
b) Bulan ___________________
c) Bulan ___________________
L
K
3 Laporan Kewangan / Surat Sokongan
Bank
B
4 Akaun Syarikat Yang Telah Diaudit (2
D
Tahun Kewangan Terakhir)
a) Tahun _________________
ER
b) Tahun _________________
5 Pengalaman Kerja 5 Tahun
D
a) Surat Setujuterima - -
N
b) Perakuan Siap Kerja - -

TE
c) Sijil Bayaran Interim Terakhir/Sijil - -

Akaun Terakhir
6 Kakitangan Teknikal
N
a) Penyata Caruman KWSP - -

A
b) Sijil Kelulusan - -
c) Surat Perlantikan - -
A
7 Loji Milik Peteder

N
a) Kad Pendaftaran - -
U
b) Resit Pembelian/ Perjanjian Sewa - -

EG
Beli
8 Prestasi Kerja Semasa
a) Surat Setujuterima / Sijil Bayaran - -
K
Interim
b) Laporan Prestasi - -
K
9 Peralatan / Bahan (Jika Berkaitan)

TU
a) Teknikal Data
b) Katalog
N
U
NOTA:
1.0 Semua Dokumen Wajib dan Dokumen Sokongan yang disertakan hendaklah dimasukkan ke dalam JILID 1.
2.0 Butiran pada Pekara 1.- Borang Tender adalah WAJIB diisi dengan betul dan lengkap. Kegagalan mengisi
maklumat dengan lengkap akan mengakibatkan tawaran GAGAL
3.0 *Penyata Bulanan Bank ATAU *Akaun Syarikat Yang Telah Diaudit (2 Tahun Kewangan Terakhir) HENDAKLAH
DIKEMUKAKAN, jika gagal tawaran petender akan DITOLAK
Tandatangan & Cop Rasmi Pentender Tandatangan Jawatankuasa Buka Peti
……………………………………… …………………………… ……………………………

Tarikh :………………………. ( ) ( )
Tarikh :………………………. Tarikh :……………………….
SSD/1
SENARAI SEMAKAN MENGISI DOKUMEN TENDER
Tender Untuk :

PERPARITAN DI JALAN JALIL PERKASA 19, TAMAN ESPLANADE, BUKIT
JALIL, WILAYAH PERSEKUTUAN KUALA LUMPUR
Nota
a. Senarai semakan ini adalah bertujuan bagi membantu petender mengemukakan satu
JA
tender yang lengkap dan tanpa sebarang kesilapan. Semua petender adalah
dinasihatkan supaya menggunakan senarai semakan ini bagi meyemak tender
A
mereka sebelum menyerahkan tender masing-masing.
H
SA
b. Segala usaha telah diambil untuk menyenaraikan perkara-perkara yang lazimnya
L
perlu diambil tindakan oleh seseorang Petender dalam mengemukakan tendernya.
K
Walau bagaimanapun, adalah menjadi tanggungjawab Petender sepenuhnya bagi
menentukan lengkapnya sesuatu tender yang dikemukakannya.
B
D
ER
c. Petender adalah digalakkan menggunakan senarai semakan ini sebagai panduan
bahawa sesuatu tindakan perlu diambil atau peringatan bahawa tindakan telah
D
diambil untuk memastikan kesempurnaan tender yang dikemukakan.

N
TE
N
d. Petender adalah bertanggungjawab sepenuhnya bagi memastikan setiap dokumen

tender adalah lengkap dan jika terdapat apa-apa percanggahan dan
A
ketidaksempurnaan pada dokumen tender berkenaan berdasarkan semakan

A
bersama Dokumen Meja Tender, dan adalah menjadi tanggungjawab petender untuk
N
merujuk kepada Jabatan Pentadbiran, Bahagian Pengurusan Perolehan supaya

U
pembetulan kepada percanggahan dan ketidaksempurnaan tersebut dapat dibuat.

EG
K
K
TU
N
U
SS/1
TANDAKAN ( / )
JIKA TINDAKAN
BIL PERKARA TELAH DIAMBIL
(PETENDER)
A. PENGISIAN DOKUMEN
A1 JANGAN gunakan dakwat mudah luntur, pemadam getah atau kimia

cecair dan betulkan kesilapan dengan memotong kesilapan tersebut
dengan satu garisan bersih melintang dan ditandatangani ringkas
oleh petender dan saksinya
A2 JANGAN buat apa-apa perubahan atau tambahan kepada Borang

Tender atau mana-mana dokumen lain dalam Dokumen Tender yang
JA
boleh dianggap mengenakan had, syarat atau perjanjian tambahan
kepada syarat-syarat yang telah ditetapkan oleh Datuk Bandar dalam
Dokumen Tender
A
H
A3 SURAT AKUAN PEMBIDA (WAJIB DIISI DENGAN LENGKAP)
SA
i) Isi nama wakil syarikat, nombor kad pengenalan dan nombor
pendaftaran syarikat bagi KKM, PKK, CIDB & ROC
L
(hendaklah seorang yang dibenarkan menandatangani
K
kontrak bagi pihak syarikat petender menurut pendaftaran
B
PKK)
ii)
D
Turunkan tandatangan setelah membaca dan memahami
ER
Surat Akuan Pembida
D
iii) Isi nama, nombor kad pengenalan dan tarikh

N
iv) Turunkan Cop Syarikat

TE
A4 SURAT AKUAN PEMBIDA PERLAKSANAAN PROGRAM PROTÉGÉ

N
(WAJIB DIISI DENGAN LENGKAP)

A
i) Isi nama wakil syarikat, nombor kad pengenalan dan nombor

A
pendaftaran syarikat bagi KKM, PKK, CIDB & ROC

N
(hendaklah seorang yang dibenarkan menandatangani

U
kontrak bagi pihak syarikat petender menurut pendaftaran

EG
PKK)
ii) Turunkan tandatangan setelah membaca dan memahami

K
Surat Akuan Pembida

K
iii) Isi nama, nombor kad pengenalan dan tarikh

TU
iv) Turunkan Cop Syarikat

N
BORANG TENDER (WAJIB DIISI DENGAN LENGKAP)

U
A5
a. Muka Surat FT/3

i) Perenggan 3
Isi tempoh penyiapan kerja mengikut minggu (jika perlu)
ii) Perenggan 4
Isi dengan perkataan dan juga angka. Amaun tender
(hendaklah sama dengan jumlah di Ringkasan Tender)
SS/2
TANDAKAN ( / )
JIKA TINDAKAN
(PETENDER)
A5 BORANG TENDER (samb.)

b. Muka surat FT/6
i) - Isi tarikh
ii) - Turunkan tandatangan (hendaklah seorang yang

dibenarkan menandatangani kontrak bagi pihak Syarikat
petender menurut pendaftaran PKK)
JA
- Turunkan Cop Syarikat
A
H
- Turunkan tandatangan saksi dan isi maklumat saksi
SA
Butiran pada perkara A3, A4 dan A5 adalah WAJIB di isi
dengan betul dan lengkap. Kegagalan mengisi maklumat
L
dengan lengkap akan mengakibatkan tawaran akan
K
ditolak.
B
A6 SENARAI KUANTITI / RINGKASAN TENDER (sekiranya berkaitan)
i)
D
Hargakan semua item yang disenaraikan di dalam
ER
Senarai Kuantiti / Ringkasan Tender
D
ii) Jangan mengumpul / menyatukan (bracketing) harga untuk

N
beberapa item yang berlainan

TE
iii) Semak pengiraan harga bagi setiap item

N
iv) Semak jumlah setiap mukasurat

A
A
v) Pastikan bahawa jumlah setiap muka surat dipindahkan ke

N
muka surat 'koleksi' dengan betul

U
EG
vi) Pastikan bahawa jumlah di Senarai Kuantiti / Ringkasan

Tender dipindah ke Borang Tender
K
vii) Isi jumlah amaun tender dalam angka dan perkataan di

K
ruang yang diperuntukkan

TU
vii) Isi tarikh, tandatangan dan Cop Syarikat

N
U
iv) Isi maklumat dan tandatangan saksi
A7 JADUAL KADAR HARGA (sekiranya berkaitan)
i) Hargakan semua item yang disenaraikan di dalam

Jadual Kadar Harga
SS/3
TANDAKAN ( / )
JIKA TINDAKAN
(PETENDER)
A8 Tindakan ke atas Lampiran-lampiran di Dokumen Tender
a. Lampiran A
Borang Jaminan Bank/Insurans Untuk Bon Makluman
Pelaksanaan (Kerja)
b. Lampiran B
Borang Jaminan Bank / Jaminan Syarikat Kewangan/ Makluman
Jaminan Insuran Untuk Bayaran Pendahuluan (Kerja)
JA
c. Lampiran C
Borang Maklumat Petender (BRG/JP/BPP(Pind.1/2011)-001)
A
H
Isi semua butir-butir di borang ini (15 mukasurat
kesemuanya) dengan betul dan lengkap. Kegagalan
SA
mengisi maklumat atau memberi maklumat palsu, jika
dapat dikesan akan mengakibatkan tender ditolak.
L
K
i. Maklumat Am dan Latar Belakang Petender
B
ii. Data-data Kewangan
D
ER
iii. Laporan bank/institusi kewangan mengenai
kedudukan kewangan petender
D
N
iv. Rekod pengalaman kerja, bekalan dan perkhidmatan

TE
v. Kakitangan Teknikal
N
vi. Keempunyaan loji dan perlatan pembinaan utama

A
A
vii. Senarai kontrak kerja, bekalan dan perkhidmatan

N
semasa
U
EG
d. Lampiran D
i. Senarai Dan Tugas Panel Perunding / Broker Insurans Makluman
K
Dan Broker Takaful DBKL

K
ii. Syarat-Syarat Atau Tugas-Tugas Dan Tanggungjawab Makluman

TU
Panel Perunding / Broker Insurans DBKL

N
U
Borang-Borang di Lampiran A, B dan D di atas adalah untuk

makluman sahaja. Borang-borang ini tidak perlu diambil
tindakan atau diisi pada peringkat tender
SS/4
PERKARA TANDAKAN ( / )
JIKA TINDAKAN
BIL TELAH DIAMBIL
(PETENDER)
B KEMUKA TENDER
Dokumen-dokumen wajib sangatlah penting dan perlu dikemukakan

bagi membolehkan penilaian keupayaan yang sewajarnya dibuat ke
atas petender. Sekiranya petender tidak atau gagal untuk
mengemukakan dokumen-dokumen wajib seperti di bawah, tender
petender akan ditolak dan tidak akan dipertimbangkan.
B1 Menjilid Dokumen
JA
Dokumen Tender yang dihantar ke Bahagian Pengurusan Perolehan
perlulah dijilidkan (binding) oleh petender, (seperti keperluan perkara
A
5, Arahan Kepada Petender) bagi mengelakkan sebarang kehilangan
H
dokumen / lampiran penting.
SA
B2 Kemukakan dokumen-dokumen wajib seperti berikut :
L
i) Dokumen Tender / Sebutharga Asal
K
ii) Borang Maklumat Petender (BRG/JP/BPP(Pind.1/2011)-001)
B
D
iii) Ringkasan Tender/Senarai Kuantiti/Jadual Kadar Harga yang
telah dihargakan oleh Petender (Sekiranya berkaitan)
ER
iii) Salinan Akaun Syarikat yang telah disahkan dan diaudit
D
oleh Juru Audit yang bertauliah, dan/atau

N
iv) Salinan penyata Bulanan Akaun Bank bagi tiga (3) bulan
TE
yang terakhir sebelum tarikh tutup tender
Petender adalah wajib mengemukakan salah satu atau

N
kedua-dua perkara iii dan iv diatas. Tawaran petender

A
akan ditolak sekiranya tidak mengemukakan salah satu

A
perkara tersebut dan tiada pengesahan Juru Audit

N
Bertauliah (untuk perkara iii).

U
EG
B3 Kemukakan dokumen-dokumen sokongan seperti berikut :
i) Laporan bank/institusi kewangan mengenai kedudukan

K
kewangan petender
K
ii) Laporan Penyelia Projek mengenai prestasi kerja semasa

TU
Petender
N
iii) Salinan Perakuan / Pengesahan Siap Kerja

U
iv) Salinan Penyata Caruman KWSP

v) Salinan sijil kelulusan / kelayakan setiap kakitangan teknikal
vi) Salinan Kad Pendaftaran atau dokumen-dokumen lain yang
membuktikan keempunyaan atau perjanjian sewa pajak/
sewa beli atas loji dan peralatan
B4 Kemukakan Dokumen / Katalog / Sampel Sokongan
B5 Kelulusan SIRIM
SS/5
JA
A
H
SA
L
KUALA LUMPUR
K
B
BAHAGIAN 2. D
ARAHAN KEPADA PETENDER
ER
D
N
TE
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
AKP/1
ARAHAN KEPADA PETENDER
1. Am
Arahan Kepada Petender ini, dalam mana mempengaruhi pelaksanaan

Kontrak, hendaklah menjadi sebahagian daripada Kontrak.
2. Kaedah Mengemukakan Tender
Petender sebelum mengemukakan tender hendaklah mengkaji syarat-syarat
JA
tender, syarat-syarat kontrak, skop kerja, spesifikasi dan lukisan agar
pematuhan dengan syarat-syarat dilaksanakan seperti yang ditetapkan.
A
Petender tidak dibenarkan meletakkan atau mengenakan syarat tambahan
H
melainkan yang telah ditetapkan dalam dokumen tender. Tender ini dianggap
SA
BATAL jika petender mengenakan syarat tambahan atau mengenakan syarat-
syarat lain.
L
Setiap petender hanya dibenarkan mengemukakan satu (1) tender sahaja untuk
K
perolehan ini. Pertimbangan tidak akan diberikan kepada mana-mana petender
B
yang mengemukakan lebih dari satu (1) tender dan kesemua tendernya akan
D
dianggap BATAL dan tidak akan dipertimbangkan.
ER
3. Cara Melengkapkan Tender

D
N
Petender adalah bertanggungjawab sepenuhnya bagi memastikan setiap

TE
dokumen tender yang dibelinya adalah lengkap dan jika terdapat apa-apa
ketidaksempurnaan pada dokumen atau mukasurat di dalam dokumen tender
N
berkenaan berdasarkan semakan oleh petender dengan Senarai Dokumen

A
Meja Tender, adalah menjadi tanggungjawab petender untuk merujuk kepada

A
Jabatan Pelaksana yang menyediakan dokumen tender supaya pembetulan

kepada ketidaksempurnaan tersebut dapat dibuat.
N
U
Petender perlu MENGISI DAN MENANDATANGANI dengan dakwat segala

EG
maklumat berikut dengan lengkap dan sempurna:-

(i) Surat Akuan Pembida
K
(ii) Borang Tender

(iii) Senarai Kuantiti / Ringkasan Tender
K
(iv) Jadual Kadar Harga

TU
(v) Borang Maklumat Petender (BRG/JP/BPP(Pind. 1/2011)-001)

N
Maklumat-maklumat (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) dan (v) adalah merupakan maklumat
U
wajib. Sekiranya petender tidak atau gagal untuk mengisi dan

menandatangani maklumat-maklumat ini, tender petender akan DITOLAK
dan tidak akan dipertimbangkan.
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
AKP/2
4. Maklumat Latar Belakang Kewangan dan Prestasi Petender
Petender-petender hendaklah mengambil maklum bahawa penilaian tender

ini akan mengambilkira dan mementingkan keupayaan petender untuk
melaksanakan projek ditender, disamping kemunasabahan harga tender.
Justeru itu keupayaan petender-petender akan dinilai semasa penilaian
tender. Penilaian ini akan dibuat berasaskan kedudukan kewangan,
pengalaman kerja, kakitangan teknikal, keempunyaan loji dan peralatan
pembinaan utama, dan prestasi kerja semasa petender.
Bagi membolehkan penilaian ini dibuat dengan sempurna, petender-petender

dikehendaki mengemukakan Borang Maklumat Petender
JA
(BRG/JP/BPP(Pind. 1/2011)-001) yang akan disertakan bersama-sama
Dokumen Tender ini, dengan sempurna dan mengembalikannya bersama-
A
sama dengan tender masing-masing. Borang-borang yang perlu diisi adalah
H
seperti berikut :-
SA
(a) Maklumat Am Dan Latar Belakang Petender
L
(b) Data-Data Kewangan Petender
K
B
(c) Laporang Bank/Institusi Kewangan Mengenai Kedudukan Kewangan
D
Petender
ER
(d) Rekod Pengalaman Kerja, Bekalan Dan Perkhidmatan
D
(e) Kakitangan Teknikal

N
TE
(f) Keempunyaan Loji Dan Peralatan Pembinaan Utama

N
(g) Senarai Kerja, Bekalan Dan Perkhidmatan Kontrak Semasa

A
Borang-borang ini hendaklah diisi dengan maklumat-maklumat yang benar

A
dan data-data yang tepat. Semua butiran perlu diisi dan jawapan yang jelas
N
hendaklah diberikan terhadap semua pertanyaan di dalam borang-borang di

U
atas. Jika perlu helaian tambahan boleh dilampirkan. Setiap helaian

EG
tambahan yang dilampirkan hendaklah ditandatangani oleh petender.

K
Disamping melengkapkan Borang Maklumat Petender yang tersebut di atas,

petender-petender dikehendaki mengemukakan dokumen-dokumen berikut
K
bersama-sama tendernya :-
TU
i. Salinan Penyata Bulanan Akaun Bank mengenai Wang Dalam

N
Tangan petender bagi tiga (3) bulan terakhir sebelum tarikh tutup
U
Tender.
ii. Salinan Akaun Syarikat yang telah disahkan dan diaudit oleh Juru
Audit yang bertauliah, bagi dua (2) tahun kewangan terakhir.
iii. Laporan Bank / Institusi Kewangan mengenai kedudukan kewangan

petender.
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
AKP/3
iv. Salinan Perakuan / Pengesahan Siap Kerja bagi setiap kerja yang
telah disiap.
v. Salinan Borang KWSP À’ bagi bulan caruman terakhir bagi setiap
kakitangan teknikal atau salinan perjanjian perkhidmatan professional
yang diambil khidmat secara kontrak.
vi. Salinan sijil kelulusan / kelayakan setiap kakitangan teknikal.
vii. Salinan Kad Pendaftaran atau dokumen-dokumen lain yang

membuktikan kepunyaan petender atau salinan perjanjian sewabeli /
JA
sewapajak atas loji dan peralatan.
A
viii. Laporan Penyelia Projek mengenai prestasi semasa Petender, bagi
H
setiap kerja, bekaland dan perkhidmatan.
SA
Dokumen-dokumen ini sangatlah penting untuk membolehkan penilaian
keupayaan yang sewajarnya dibuat ke atas petender. Namun, dokumen (i)
L
dan / atau (ii) adalah merupakan wajib untuk dikemukakan manakala
K
dokumen-dokumen lain adalah dokumen sokongan. Sekiranya petender
B
tidak atau gagal untuk mengemukakan dokumen-dokumen wajib, maka
D
tender petender akan ditolak dan tidak akan dipertimbangkan.
ER
Semua maklumat dan dokumen-dokumen yang tersebut di atas hendaklah
dikemukakan oleh petender bersama-sama tendernya sebelum tarikh tutup
D
tender dan Petender tidak akan berpeluang lagi untuk mengemukakannya

N
selepas itu. Sebarang maklumat atau mana-mana dokumen tersebut yang

TE
diterima selepas tender ditutup tidak akan diambil kira dalam penilaian
keupayaan petender.
N
A
5. Menjilid Dokumen
A
N
Dokumen Tender yang dihantar ke Bahagian Pengurusan Perolehan perlulah

U
dijilid (binding) oleh pentender bagi mengelakkan sebarang kehilangan

EG
dokumen / lampiran penting.

K
Dokumen tender wajib dijilid mengikut 2 jilid, dan ditandakan JILID 1 dan
JILID 2. Kandungan kedua-dua jilid ini adalah seperti keperluan yang telah
K
ditetapkan di dalam Senarai Semakan Penyediaan Dokumen e-Perolehan

TU
(muka surat SPD/1 di dalam dokumen ini).

N
Kedua-dua jilid dokumen ini perlu dimasukkan ke dalam SATU sampul surat
U
berlakri.
6. Keputusan Tender Adalah Muktamad
DATUK BANDAR tidak terikat untuk menerima mana-mana tawaran dari

petender-petender. Keputusan mengenai tender yang dikeluarkan adalah
muktamad. Sebarang surat menyurat mengenai keputusan tender ini tidak akan
dilayan.
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
AKP/4
7. Perbelanjaan Penyediaan Tender
Semua perbelanjaan bagi penyediaan tender ini hendaklah ditanggung oleh

petender sendiri.
8. Tempoh Sah Tender
Tender-tender hendaklah terus sah selama tempoh sembilan puluh (90) hari
dari tarikh tutup tender dan Petender tidak dibenarkan sama sekali menarik
diri dalam tempoh tersebut. Seandainya Petender menarik diri di dalam
Tempoh Sah Tender atau sebarang tempoh yang dilanjutkan atau enggan
JA
menerima sesuatu tender setelah ditawarkan kepadanya, tindakan tatatertib
akan diambil terhadapnya atau pendaftaran petender sebagai kontraktor
A
DATUK BANDAR akan dibatalkan sebagaimana difikirkan perlu oleh DATUK
H
BANDAR.
SA
9. Lawatan Tapak
L
K
Lawatan tapak adalah sebagaimana yang dinyatakan di dalam iklan tender.
B
D
Jika dinyatakan lawatan tapak sebagai WAJIB, petender adalah diwajibkan
ER
untuk menghadiri lawatan tapak tersebut pada masa dan tempat yang telah
ditetapkan. Kegagalan petender untuk menghadiri lawatan tapak akan
menyebabkan petender gagal untuk memasuki tender tersebut.
D
N
Jika dinyatakan lawatan tapak sebagai DIGALAKKAN, petender hanyalah

TE
dinasihatkan supaya melawat tapak projek sebelum mengemukakan

tendernya bagi mengetahui lebih lanjut mengenai keadaan tapak bina.
N
Sebarang tuntutan akibat kesilapan dalam menentukan kaedah pembinaan

A
atau menghargakan tender disebabkan kekurangan pengetahuan mengenai

keadaan tapak bina tidak akan dilayan.
A
N
U
10. Pembatalan Tawaran Oleh Datuk Bandar Bagi Mana-Mana Firma Atau
EG
Syarikat Kontraktor / Pembekal / Perunding Yang Melakukan Kesalahan

Yang Boleh Didakwa Dimahkamah.
K
Jika pada bila-bila masa selepas tawaran bagi kontrak ini disetujuterima,
K
sekiranya firma atau syarikat Kontraktor/Pembekal/Perunding sama ada

TU
pemilik tunggal, perkongsian, pengarah, pegawai, kakitangan, ejen atau

mana-mana pekerja yang melakukan kesalahan, gagal mematuhi mana-
N
mana peruntukan akta dan undang-undang atau melakukan aktiviti-aktiviti

U
yang bertentangan dan menyalahi undang-undang yang sedang

berkuatkuasa yang boleh mengakibatkan pendakwaan dilakukan
terhadapnya dimana-mana mahkamah maka DATUK BANDAR boleh untuk
menarik balik atau menamatkan tawaran ini dengan serta merta tanpa
memberikan sebarang alasan dan tiada apa-apa tuntutan/pampasan akan
dibayar kepada firma atau syarikat Kontraktor/Pembekal/Perunding dibawah
kontrak ini.
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
AKP/5
11. Perlaksanaan Perolehan Hijau Kerajaan.
Perolehan Hijau Kerajaan (Government Green Procurement; GGP) merujuk

kepada pembelian produk untuk perolehan pembekalan, perkhidmatan dan
kerja yang mengambil kira kriteria alam sekitar untuk memulihara alam
sekitar dan sumber semula jadi, serta meminimumkan dan mengurangkan
kesan negatif daripada aktiviti manusia.
Enam kumpulan produk dan perkhidmatan telah terpilih dalam perlaksanaan

GGP ini iaitu:
I. Perkhidmatan pembersihan
JA
II. Peralatan ICT
III. Lampu Dalaman Cekap Tenaga (Energy Efficiency Indoor Lighting)
A
IV. Kertas
H
V. Cat / Salutan (coating)
SA
VI. Simen Gentian
Impak utama alam sekitar bagi bagi perlaksanaan GGP ini akan memberi kesan
L
secara langsung kepada :
K
B
I. Kesihatan manusia.
D
II. Ecotoxicity.
ER
III. Pencemaran dan penggunaan air.
IV. Penghasilan sisa.
V. Penggunaan sumber.
D
VI. Penggunaan tenaga.

N
VII. Penghasilan bahan buangan.

TE
Pendekatan GGP hendaklah meliputi:

N
I. Mengelakkan penggunaan bahan-bahan berbahaya tertentu dalam

A
penggunaan produk.
II. Pembelian model cekap tenaga.
A
III. Mengurangkan kuantiti pembungkusan yang digunakan dan

N
meningkatkan tahap kitar semula serta penggunaan bahan

U
pembungkusan yang lestari.

EG
IV. Meminimumkan impak alam sekitar yang negatif dalam pengeluaran

produk.
K
V. Pembelian produk yang mengandungi bahan-bahan yang kurang

berbahaya.
K
VI. Mengehadkan dan mengelakkan pembaziran sumber semulajadi.

TU
VII. Pembelian produk dengan jumlah bahan berbahaya yang terhad.

VIII. Direkabentuk untuk kitar semula, tahan lebih lama dan menggalakkan
N
pengambilan semula (take back).

U
IX. Pelupusan selamat produk akhir.
Pihak kontraktor boleh merujuk kepada MyHIJAU Mark yang dilancarkan

dibawah Program MyHIJAU yang diselaraskan oleh Kementerian Tenaga,
Teknologi Hijau dan Air bagi mendapatkan maklumat berkenaan kriteria dan
piawaian produk dan perkhidmatan tersebut. Disamping itu, laman sesawang
www.greentechmalaysia.my juga boleh dirujuk bagi perlaksanaan GGP ini.
Bagi memastikan perlaksanaan GGP untuk perolehan produk dan

perkhidmatan diatas, pihak kontraktor perlu memenuhi syarat-syarat
keperluan alam sekitar dan spesifikasi yang telah ditetapkan (sila rujuk
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
AKP/6
spesifikasi bagi 6 kriteria produk dan perkhidmatan).
12. Bon Pelaksanaan
a) Bon Pelaksanaan adalah suatu aku janji tidak bersyarat oleh sesuatu
institusi kewangan yang diluluskan oleh kerajaan untuk membayar
kepada Datuk Bandar suatu amaun tertentu atas tuntutan Datuk Bandar
sekiranya syarikat tidak atau gagal mematuhi dan melaksanakan
obligasinya di bawah kontrak.
b) Petender yang berjaya hendaklah mengemukakan Bon Pelaksanaan
JA
sebanyak lima peratus (5%) daripada jumlah Harga Kontrak sebelum
memulakan kerja. Petender dikehendaki menggunakan format Bon
A
Pelaksanaan seperti yang dilampirkan tanpa sebarang pindaan.
H
SA
c) Sekiranya kaedah Wang Jaminan Pelaksanaan dipilih/dikenakan,
potongan sebanyak sepuluh peratus (10%) daripada bayaran kemajuan
pertama dan seterusnya akan dikenakan sehingga ia mencapai jumlah
L
lima peratus (5%) daripada nilai keseluruhan kontrak.
K
B
d) Petender yang berjaya hendaklah memastikan Bon Pelaksanaan
D
sentiasa sah dan berkuatkuasa dalam tempoh yang ditetapkan. Tempoh
ER
sah laku Bon Pelaksanaan adalah berdasarkan nilai projek seperti
berikut:-
D
Nilai Projek Tempoh Sah Laku Bon Pelaksanaan

N
Projek 
TE
Kos Dari tarikh kuat kuasa kontrak sehingga 12

sehingga RM10 bulan selepas tamat Tempoh Tanggungan
Juta Kecacatan (DLP)
N
 Format dan kandungan seperti di Lampiran

A
A1
A
Kos Projek melebihi  Dari tarikh kuat kuasa kontrak sehingga 24

N
RM10 Juta bulan selepas tamat Tempoh Tanggungan

U
Kecacatan (DLP)
EG
 Format dan kandungan seperti di Lampiran

A2
K
e) Petender diingatkan untuk mengambil kira tempoh sah laku Bon

K
Pelaksanan mengikut nilai projek semasa menghargakan tender.

TU
Sebarang rayuan akibat kegagalan kontraktor untuk mengambil kira

tempoh sah laku bon pelaksanaan semasa menghargakan tender tidak
N
akan dilayan.
U
13. Pelaksanaan Program “Professional Training Education For Growing

Entrepreneurs” PROTÊGÊ Dalam Perolehan Dewan Bandaraya Kuala
Lumpur
a) Petender adalah dikehendaki melaksanakan program PROTÊGÊ dalam

perolehan Dewan Bandaraya Kuala Lumpur mengikut had nilai ambang
(threshold value) dan sektor seperti berikut:-
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
AKP/7
Bil. Sektor Nilai Ambang

1 Pembinaan RM10 juta
2 Perkhidmatan Penyelenggaraan RM5 juta

Bangunan/Infrastruktur/Jalan
3 Teknologi Informasi dan Komunikasi RM10 juta
4 Perkhidmatan Perundingan RM5 juta
JA
5 Perubatan dan Farmasi RM10 juta
A
6 Perkhidmatan Sokongan Kesihatan RM10 juta
H
Perkhidmatan Penyenggaraan,
7 RM10 juta
SA
Pembaikan dan Baik Pulih
8 Pengangkutan dan logistik RM10 juta
L
9
K
Pertahanan Strategik RM10 juta
B
10 Perkhidmatan Kawalan Keselamatan RM4 juta
11 Sektor Lain D RM10 juta
ER
D
1% X Kos Keseluruhan projek/perolehan

N
RM 24,000*
TE
* Elaun PROTÊGÊ sebanyak RM2,000 seorang X 12 Bulan

N
A
A
b) Petender adalah wajib mengemukakan Surat Akuan Pembida Untuk

N
Melaksanakan Program PROTÊGÊ seperti di ms SAP/2 bersama

U
dengan Dokumen Tawaran ini.

EG
c) Surat Akuan Pembida Untuk Melaksanakan Program PROTÊGÊ

tersebut adalah menjadi salah satu dokumen wajib dalam penilaian
K
sebut harga/tender. Sekiranya pembida gagal mengemukakan Surat

K
Akuan tersebut yang telah ditandatangani oleh penama di sijil

TU
*MOF/CIDB, pembida tersebut akan dinilai sebagai gagal dalam

penilaian (gagal mengemukakan dokumen wajib) dan penilaian
N
seterusnya tidak akan dilaksanakan

U
d) Sekiranya sesuatu kontrak yang menggunakan Wang Kos Prima atau

Wang Peruntukan Sementara melebihi nilai ambang yang ditetapkan,
Kontraktor Utama wajib memastikan klausa berkenaan pelaksanaan
Program PROTÊGÊ dimasukkan di dalam kontrak dengan Sub-
Kontraktor Yang Dinamakan (NSC) dan/atau Kontraktor Domestik.
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
JA
A
CADANGAN MENJALANKAN KERJA-KERJA PEMBAIKAN
H
CERUN DAN SISTEM PERPARITAN DI JALAN JALIL PERKASA
SA
19, TAMAN ESPLANADE, BUKIT JALIL,
L
K
B
D
BAHAGIAN 3. SYARAT-SYARAT MEMBUAT TENDER
ER
D
N
TE
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
ST/1
SYARAT-SYARAT MEMBUAT TENDER
1. Keseluruhan kerja-kerja yang dinyatakan dalam Dokumen Tender yang

ditunjukkan di atas Meja Tender (kemudian dari ini disebut "Dokumen Meja
Tender") akan diberi secara Kontrak.
2. a) Tiap-tiap petender mestilah menyerahkan dalam suatu sampul surat

bertutup dan bermeteri yang dialamatkan sebagaimana ditetapkan
JA
dalam Notis Tender, suatu tender yang sah dalam Borang Tender yang
diperuntukkan dan ditandatangani dengan sempurnanya. Borang
A
Tender yang tidak lengkap atau tidak bertandatangan akan ditolak.
H
b) Setiap petender mestilah mencatatkan dalam ruang yang diperuntukkan
SA
dalam Borang Tender masa yang akan dikehendakinya bagi
menyiapkan kerja-kerja itu.
L
K
c) Petender hendaklah di mana saja dikehendaki dalam Dokumen Tender,
B
meletakkan harga yang hendaklah diisi dengan dakwat dan
ditandatangani dengan sempurnanya oleh petender. Harga tersebut
D
hendaklah diteliti dan diselaraskan (jika perlu) oleh Pengawai Penguasa
ER
tentang kemunasabahannya.
D
3. Jika mana-mana petender :-

N
a) Menarik balik tendernya sebelum tamat Tempoh Sah Tender atau apa-
TE
apa tempoh lanjutan, atau

N
b) Mengenakan had, syarat atau janjian tambahan selepas tarikh akhir

A
yang ditetapkan bagi penyerahan tender (dan dalam hal yang

A
sedemikian ianya hendaklah disifatkan sebagai penarikan balik tender

N
ini), atau
U
c) Jika sekiranya tender telah disetujuterima, enggan dan tidak

EG
melaksanakan Perjanjian Kontrak yang formal atau mendeposit Bon

Perlaksanaan atau tidak meneruskan kerja-kerja ;
K
K
maka, dalam mana-mana hal itu, DATUK BANDAR hendaklah tanpa

menyentuh apa-apa hak lain yang ada padanya, sentiasa berhak mengambil
TU
tindakan tatatertib terhadap yang bertandatangan di bawah ini atau

membatalkan pendaftaran petender sebagai kontraktor DATUK BANDAR
N
sebagaimana difikirkan perlu oleh DATUK BANDAR.

U
4. Tiada apa-apa perubahan, tambahan atau nota yang tidak dibenarkan, boleh
dibuat kepada Borang Tender atau mana-mana Dokumen Tender yang lain.
5. a) Tender-tender dan dokumen-dokumen berhubung dengannya yang

dinyatakan dalam Klausa 2 di atas, mestilah diserahkan ditempat dan
pada atau sebelum masa yang ditetapkan dalam Notis Tender bagi
penyerahan tender.
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
ST/2
b) Jika sesuatu tender tidak diserahkan dengan tangan, petender mestilah

menguruskan bagi tendernya dan dokumen-dokumennya yang lain
dihantar dengan pos supaya sempat sampai di tempat yang ditetapkan
tidak lewat dari masa yang ditetapkan.
c) Mana-mana tender yang diserahkan selepas masa yang ditetapkan

berbangkit dari apa jua sebab tidak akan dipertimbangkan.
d) Tiada apa-apa jua perbelanjaan yang ditanggung oleh petender bagi

menyediakan tender- tendernya boleh dibayar kepadanya.
JA
6. Jika sekiranya atas permintaannya, seseorang petender diberikan salinan-
A
salinan sesuatu Dokumen Tender, maka adalah menjadi tanggungjawabnya
H
seorang diri untuk meneliti salinan-salinan itu dan memuaskan hatinya bahawa
SA
salinan-salinan itu adalah sebenarnya salinan-salinan dokumen yang termasuk
dalam Dokumen Meja Tender. Jika sekiranya terdapat apa-apa perbezaan atau
percanggahan antara mana-mana salinan yang diberi kepada petender dengan
L
salinan dalam Dokumen Meja Tender atau antara mana-mana dokumen yang
K
termasuk di dalamnya, maka adalah menjadi tanggungjawabnya seorang diri
B
untuk memohon secara bertulis kepada Pegawai Penyelaras jabatan pelaksana
D
supaya dibetulkan perbezaan atau percanggahan itu tidak lewat dari tujuh (7)
ER
hari sebelum tarikh akhir yang ditetapkan dalam Notis Tender bagi penyerahan
tender. Apa-apa jawapan yang hendak dibuat oleh Pegawai Penyelaras jabatan
pelaksana atas permohonan itu hendaklah dibuat dengan cara Addenda Tender
D
(Addendum) yang hendaklah dihantar kepada semua petender. Addenda

N
Tender (Addendum) itu hendaklah menjadi sebahagian daripada Dokumen

TE
Tender dan Tender yang diterima akan disifatkan sebagai berdasarkan pada
huraian, ubahsuaian atau perluasan kepada dokumen asal yang
N
mengandunginya.
A
7. Petender hendaklah disifatkan telah memeriksa dan meneliti tapak bina dan
A
sekitarnya dan telah berpuas hati sebelum menyerahkan tendernya tentang

N
jenis bumi dan lapisan tanah, bentuk dan jenis tapakbina, takat dan jenis kerja,
U
bahan dan barang yang perlu bagi menyiapkan kerja-kerja, cara-cara

EG
perhubungan dengan dan akses ke tapak bina, tempat tinggal yang mungkin
dikehendaki dan pada amnya hendaklah mendapatkan sendiri segala maklumat
K
yang perlu tentang risiko, luarjangka dan segala hal keadaan yang
mempengaruhi dan menjejaskan tendernya.
K
TU
8. Tender-tender hendaklah terus sah selama tempoh sembilan puluh (90) hari
dari tarikh akhir bagi penyerahan tender sebagaimana yang ditetapkan dalam
N
Notis Tender (dalam Syarat-Syarat Membuat Tender ini disebut "Tempoh Sah
U
Tender") dan tempoh ini boleh dengan persetujuan bersama dilanjutkan Jika
dan apabila perlu.
9. DATUK BANDAR tidak boleh terikat menyetujuterima tender yang rendah

sekali atau mana-mana tender dan juga tidak terikat untuk memberi apa-apa
sebab atas penolakan sesuatu tender serta berhak untuk melantik lebih dari
satu petender untuk melaksanakan kerja ini.
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
ST/3
10. Petender yang berjaya (jika ada) hendaklah diberitahu tentang tendernya
dengan surat (disebut "Surat Setujuterima Tender") dalam Tempoh Sah Tender
atau apa-apa tempoh lanjutan. Petender tersebut hendaklah dengan seberapa
segera yang praktik tetapi sebelum bermulanya kerja mendeposit dengan
Pegawai Penguasa, perkara-perkara berikut :-
a) Bon Perlaksanaan berjumlah sebanyak 5% daripada Jumlah Wang

Kontrak.
b) Polisi Insurans Tanggungan Awam (iaitu insurans terhadap bencana
JA
kepada orang-orang atau kerosakan kepada harta) atau Nota Liputan
berserta dengan resit bagi premium yang telah dibayar;
A
H
c) Nombor pendaftaran di bawah Skim Keselamatan Sosial Pekerja
SA
(PERKESO); dan / atau
d) Polisi Insurans Pampasan Pekerja atau Nota liputan berserta dengan
L
resit bagi premium yang telah dibayar.
K
B
Petender tersebut hendaklah juga dalam masa yang berpatutan selepas itu
D
mendeposit Polisi Insurans bagi kerja-kerja itu dan melaksanakan Perjanjian
Kontrak yang formal.
ER
11. Semua jadual butir-butir yang dilampirkan kepada Dokumen Tender hendaklah
D
diisi dan diserahkan oleh petender berserta dengan tendernya.

N
TE
12. Tiap-tiap notis yang hendak diberi kepada petender bolehlah diposkan ke
alamatnya yang dinyatakan dalam tender itu dan pengeposan itu hendaklah
disifatkan sebagai penyampaian yang sempurna akan notis itu.
N
A
13. Perkataan-perkataan "petender yang berjaya" hendaklah bererti bahawa

A
petender yang mana tendernya telah diluluskan dan disetujuterima oleh

N
DATUK BANDAR.
U
EG
14. Perkataan "petender" dalam syarat-syarat ini hendaklah disifatkan sebagai

termasuk dua orang atau lebih.
K
15. Jika petender tidak mematuhi syarat-syarat tersebut diatas mengenai apa- apa
K
jua hal maka tendernya boleh ditolak.

TU
16. Peringatan mengenai kesalahan RASUAH dalam perolehan kerjaan :-

N
(a) Sebarang perbuatan atau percubaan rasuah untuk menawar atau memberi,
U
meminta atau menerima apa-apa suapan kepada atau daripada mana-mana

orang berkaitan perolehan ini merupakan kesalahan jenayah di bawah Akta
Suruhanjaya Pencegahan Rasuah Malaysia 2009.
(b) Sekiranya mana-mana pihak ada menawar atau memberi apa-apa suapan
kepada mana-mana anggota pentadbiran awam, pihak yang ditawar atau
diberi suapan dikehendaki membuat aduan dengan segera ke pejabat
Suruhanjaya Pencegah Rasuah Malaysia (SPRM) atau balai polis yang
berhampiran. Kegagalan berbuat demikian adalah merupakan suatu
kesalahan di bawah Akta Suruhanjaya Pencegahan Rasuah Malaysia 2009.
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
ST/4
17. Syarat-syarat tender ini, setakat mana syarat-syarat itu mungkin menyentuh
pelaksanaan Kontrak ini, hendaklah disifatkan menjadi sebahagian daripada
Kontrak ini.
18. Setiap petender yang berjaya bagi tawaran/sebutharga untuk kerja seperti kerja-
kerja pembersihan dan penyenggaraan di dalam pejabat serta projek
pembangunan/penyelenggaraan sistem maklumat/data/transaksi/sistem
rangkaian Dewan Bandaraya Kuala Lumpur diwajibkan membuat tapisan
keselamatan untuk setiap pekerja yang terlibat dan mengemukakan sesalinan
JA
surat keselamatan kasar daripada Pejabat Keselamatan Negara (CGSO). Oleh
itu, penender yang berjaya dikehendaki mengemukakan senarai nama pekerja
A
yang ditugaskan di Dewan Bandaraya Kuala Lumpur (DBKL) ke Jabatan
H
Pelaksana dalam tempoh dua (2) minggu selepas Surat Setuju Terima (SST).
SA
Petender adalah dianggap telah memasukkan segala kos yang terlibat dalam
proses tapisan ini di dalam harga tawaran.
L
18. Cukai Jualan 2018 dan Cukai Perkhidmatan (CJCP)
K
B
a) Pelaksanaan pencukaian adalah tertakluk kepada Cukai Jualan 2018 dan
D
Cukai Perkhidmatan (CJCP) (Akta 807) yang berkuatkuasa serta syarat dan
ER
perjanjian
b) Semua tawaran harga (pembelian terus, lantikan terus, sebutharga dan

D
tender) oleh petender hendaklah dikemukakan TANPA KENAAN CJCP.

N
TE
c) Bagi petender yang mengisytiharkan tidak dikenakan cukai di bawah Akta

CJCP (Akta 807), namun akan menjadi petender yang berdaftar CJCP setelah
N
ditawarkan perolehan tersebut, maka petender hendaklah memaklumkan

A
dengan segera kepada Bahagian Pengurusan Perolehan, Jabatan

Pentadbiran atau Jabatan Pelaksana berkenaan perubahan status
A
pendaftaran syarikat tersebut di bawah Akta CJCP.

N
U
20. Pemansuhan Syarat Perubahan Harga (VOP) bagi Kontrak KERJA SAHAJA
EG
a) Peruntukan Syarat Perubahan Harga (VOP) bagi Kontrak Kerja Bangunan,

K
Jalan, Mekanikal dan Elektrikal adalah DIMANSUHKAN.

K
b) Tender ini dipelawa adalah berdasarkan Tawaran Tetap Harga Tender

TU
(Firm Price Tender). Oleh itu, petender hendaklah maklum bahawa

tawaran harga yang dikemukakan kepada Datuk Bandar telah pun
N
mengambil kira risiko perubahan harga bahan binaan dan klausa 30

U
berkaitan ”Fluctuation of Price” di dalam kontrak DBKL 203 (Rev. 2007)

dan DBKL 203A (Rev. 1/2010) adalah tidak lagi berkaitan dan dibatalkan.
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
JA
A
H
SA
L
K
B
D
ER
BAHAGIAN 4. BORANG TENDER
D
N
TE
(Sila rujuk Cakera Padat)

N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
(DBKL 203B-Pin.2/2002)
BORANG INI HENDAKLAH DIGUNAKAN JIKA KUANTITI

MENJADI SEBAHAGIAN DARIPADA KONTRAK
(THIS FORM IS TO BE USED WHERE QUANTITIES FORM
PART OF THE CONTRACT)
Kontrak No ..............................................................................................................................................tahun 20…

Contract No Of
bagi Kerja-Kerja tersebut di bawah ini yang dibuat pada ..............................................................................
haribulan..................….............20............................ oleh pihak-pihak yang bertandatangan di bawah ini,
JA
adalah berhubung dengan Borang Tender ini yang menjadi sebahagian daripada Kontrak tersebut dan
yang hendaklah dibaca dan diertikan sedemikian.
A
for the under-mentioned Works entered into on the day of by the undersigned
H
parties, refers to this Form of Tender which is and shall be read and construed as part of the said
SA
Contract.
L
K
B
D
..................................................................... ..........................................................................
Tandatangan Kontraktor Tandatangan Pegawai
ER
Signature of Contractor Signature of Officer
D
(Nama Penuh.............................................) (Nama Penuh ..................................)

N
Name in Full Name in Full

TE
Atas sifat................................................... Jawatan............................................

In the capacity of Designation
N
yang diberi kuasa dengan sempurnanya untuk Untuk dan bagi pihak DATUK BANDAR
A
menandatangani untuk dan bagi pihak KUALA LUMPUR

duly authorised to sign for and on For and on behalf of DATUK BANDAR
A
behalf of KUALA LUMPUR

N
U
EG
K
.................................................................
Meterai atau cap Kontraktor
K
Contractor's seal or chop

TU
Saksi ........................................................ Saksi ....................................................

N
Witness Witness
U
(Nama Penuh.............................................) (Nama Penuh .......................................)

Name in Full Name in Full
Pekerjaan ................................................. Jawatan ................................................
Occupation Designation
Alamat .....................................................
Address
FT/1
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
BORANG TENDER
(FORM OF TENDER)
TENDER BAGI
TENDER FOR
JA
A
H
SA
mengikut Pelan-Pelan No. Seperti yang dilampirkan
in accordance with Drawings No.
L
dan lain-lain pelan terperinci yang diberi untuk menerangkannya.
K
and any other detail drawings supplied in amplification thereof.
B
D
Salinan-salinan Dokumen Meja Tender yang merangkumi Perjanjian Kontrak,. Pelan-Pelan tersebut di
atas, Senarai Kuantiti dan/atau Spesifikasi dan Dokumen Tender yang lain boleh dilihat di tempat yang
ER
dinyatakan dalam Notis Tender dalam masa waktu pejabat pada mana-mana hari bekerja hingga tarikh
akhir yang ditetapkan bagi penyerahan tender.
D
N
Copies of the Tender Table Documents comprising the Contract Agreement, the above-mentioned
TE
Drawings, Bills of Quantities and/or Specification and other Tender Documents may be seen at the place
specified in the Tender Notice during office hours on any working day until the final date fixed for the
N
submission of tenders.
A
A
Kepada:
N
To
U
DATUK BANDAR KUALA LUMPUR

EG

JALAN RAJA LAUT, 50350 KUALA LUMPUR.
K
K
TUAN,
TU
N
Di bawah dan tertakluk kepada Syarat-Syarat Membuat Tender yang dilampirkan bersama ini, yang
U
bertandatangan di bawah ini adalah dengan ini membuat tender dan menawar untuk melaksana dan
menjalankan Kerja-Kerja dan peruntukan-peruntukan dan membekalkan semua buruh, bahan dan loji dan
segala benda dari tiap-tiap jenis yang masing-masing disebut, ditunjuk, diperihal dan dimaksudkan
dalam, atau yang hendaklah ditakrifkan daripada Dokumen Tender, yang hendaklah dilaksana dan
dibekalkan olch pihak Kontraktor, bagi Kerja-Kerja yang diperihalkan di atas, dengan menepati
Dokumen Tender tersebut bagi jumlah wang pukal yang disebutkan di bawah ini.
Under and subject to the Conditions of Tendering annexed hereto, the undersigned does hereby tender
and offer to execute and perform the Works and provisions and supply all labour, materials and plants
and everything of every kind respectively named, shown, described and alluded to in, or to be inferred
from the Tender Documents, to be executed and supplied on the part of the Contractor, for the Works
above described, in conformity with the said Tender Documents for the lump sum named herein below.
-
FT/2
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
CADANGAN MENJALANKAN KERJA-KERJA PEMBAIKAN CERUN DAN SISTEM PERPARITAN DI JALAN JALIL PERKASA
19, TAMAN ESPLANADE, BUKIT JALIL, WILAYAH PERSEKUTUAN KUALA LUMPUR
2. Yang bertandatangan di bawah ini bersetuju menjadi terikat oleh dan tunduk kepada Syarat-Syarat
Kontrak dan Senarai Kuantiti yang terletak harganya dan/atau Spesifikasi tersebut dan bersetuju bahawa
jika Tender ini disetujuterima, harga dan kadar harga dalam Senarai Kuantiti hendaklah diteliti dan
diselaraskan oleh Pegawai Penguasa tentang kemunasabahannya tetapi jumlah wang pukal yang
ditenderkan di bawah ini hendaklah tetap tak-bcrubah. Senarai Kuantiti yang terletak harganya tersebut,
selepas diperbetulkan atau diselaraskan sebagaimana yang diperuntukkan dalam Syarat-Syarat Kontrak,
hendaklah menjadi asas bagi menilaikan perakuan bayaran sementara dan apa-apa perubahan yang
mungkin diarahkan oleh Pegawai Penguasa dari semasa ke semasa.
The undersigned agrees to be bound by and submit to the Conditions of Contract and priced Bills
JA
of Quantities and/or Specification and agrees that if this Tender is accepted, the prices and rates in the.
Bills of Quantities shall be scrutinized and adjusted by the Superintending Officer as to their
A
reasonableness but the lump sum tendered herein below shall remain unaltered. The said priced Bills of
H
Quantities after rectification or adjustment as by the Conditions of Contract provided, shall form the
SA
basis for variation of interim payment certificates and any variation which may from time to time be
ordered by the Superintending Officer.
L
K
B
3. Dan selanjutnya, yang bertandatangan di bawah ini bersetuju menyiapkan Kerja-Kerja itu dalam
masa...............................minggu dari tarikh pemilikan tapak bina atau dalam apa-apa tempoh lanjutan
yang diperuntukkan dalam Syarat-Syarat Kontrak
D
ER
And further, the undersigned agrees to complete the Work within weeks from the date of
D
possession of site or within such extended time as by the Conditions of Contract provided.
N
TE
4. Jumlah amaun Tender ini ialah jumlah wang pukal sebanyak Ringgit Malaysia
The total amount of the Tender is the lump sum of Ringgit Malaysia
N
A
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
A
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...
N
U
iaitu, RM..………………………………….
EG
5. Yang bertandatangan di bawah ini berharap dibenarkan membuat tender, dalam sedikit masa lagi bagi
K
kerja berikut yang mana dijalankan secara langsung oleh yang bertandatangan di bawah ini dalam
perjalanan biasa perniagaannya dan yang baginya Wang Kos Prima atau Wang Peruntukan Sementara
K
telah dimasukkan dalam amaun Tender ini:

TU
The undersigned desires to be permitted to tender in due course, for the following work which the
N
undersigned in the ordinary course of business directly carries out and for which Prime Cost or
U
Provisional Sums have been included in the amount of this Tender:
.......................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................................................
FT/3
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
6. Bahawasanya adalah diketahui bahawa DATUK BANDAR sentiasa berhak menyetujuterima atau
menolak Tender ini, sama ada ianya lebih rendah atau lebih tinggi daripada tender-tender yang lain, atau
sama amaunnya. Yang bertandatangan di bawah ini bersetuju yang Tender ini akan berterusan sah dan
tidak akan ditarik balik dalam tempoh satu ratus dua puluh (120) hari dari tarikh akhir yang ditetapkan
bagi penyerahan tender dan sembilan puluh (90) hari untuk sebutharga dan bersetuju bahawa tiada apa-
apa had, syarat atau janjian lain akan dikenakan oleh kami selepas tarikh tersebut.
Whereas it is understood that the DATUK BANDAR reserves the right to accept or to refuse this
Tender, whether it be lower or higher than any other tender, or of the same amount. The undersigned
agrees that this Tender shall remain valid and shall not be withdrawn within ninety (90) days from the
final date fixed for the submission of tenders and agrees that no other term, condition or stipulation shall
be imposed by us after the said date.
JA
7. Yang bertandatangan di bawah ini berniat, jika Tender ini disetujuterima, memilih salah satu daripada
A
bentuk Bon Pelaksanaan seperti berikut:
H
SA
The undersigned intends, in the event of acceptance of this Tender, to choose one of the following
form of Performance Bond:
L
K
(i) Jaminan Bank atau
B
Bank Guarantee or
(ii) Jaminan Insurans Takaful atau

D
ER
InsuranceTakaful Guarantee or
D
(iii) Wang Jaminan Pelaksanaan yang dikenakan potongan sebanyak sepuluh peratus (10%)
daripada setiap bayaran interim sehingga mencapai jumlah lima peratus (5%) daripada
N
Jumlah Harga Kontrak.

TE
Performance Guarantee Sum whereby ten percent (10%) of each interim payment shall be
deducted until the total amount deducted aggregate to a sum equivalent to five percent
N
(5%) of the Contract Sum.

A
A
(iv) Draftbank atau Tunai

Draftbank or cash
N
U
8. Yang bertandatangan di bawah ini bersetuju, jika Tender ini disetujuterima, mendeposit, dengan
EG
seberapa segera yang praktik selepas penerimaan Surat Setujuterima Tender tetapi sebelum bermulanya
Kerja, perkara-perkara berikut:
K
The undersigned agrees, in the event of acceptance of this Tender, to deposit as soon as is practicable
after the receipt of the Letter of Acceptance of Tender but before the commencement of the Works, the
K
followings:
TU
(a) Bon Pelaksanaan (jika pretender memilih kaedah Jaminan Bank / Insurans Takaful) dan jikalau
N
gagal pada tarikh milik tapak, DATUK BANDAR berhak untuk melaksanakan kaedah Wang
U
Jaminan Pelaksanaan;
Performance Bond (if the tender opts for Bank / Insurance Takaful Guarantee) and failure to
submit the said bond by the date of possession of site entitle the DATUK BANDAR to implement
the Performance Guarantee Sum option;
(b) Polisi Insurans Tanggungan Awam (iaitu insurans terhadap bencana kepada orang-orang dan
kerosakan kepada harta) atau Nota Liputan berserta dengan resit bagi premium yang telah
dibayar;
Insurance Policy for Public Liability (ie. insurance against injury to persons and damage to
property) or the Cover Note together with receipt of premium paid in respect thereof;
FT/4
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
(c) Polisi Insurans Kerja atau Nota Liputan berserta dengan resit bagi premium yang telah dibayar;
Insurance Policy for Works or the Cover Note together with receipt of premium paid in respect
thereof;
(d) Nombor pendaftaran di bawah Skim Keselamatan Sosisl Pekerja (PERKESO);

Registration number under Employee’s Social Security (SOCSO) Scheme;
Yang bertandatangan di bawah ini selanjutnya bersetuju mendeposit Polisi Insurans bagi Kerja-Kerja itu
dan melaksanakan Perjanjian Kontrak yang formal dalam masa yang munasabah selepasnya itu.
JA
The undersigned further agrees to deposit the Insurance Policies for the Works and to execute the
formal Contract Agreement within a reasonable time thereafter.
A
H
SA
9. Yang bertandatangan di bawah ini dengan ini juga bersetuju bahawa Borang Tender ini berserta Surat
Setujuterima Tender (jika ada) hendaklah menjadi kontrak yang mengikat antara kita walaupun
Perjanjian Kontrak yang formal belum dilaksanakan.
L
K
The undersigned hereby also agrees that this Form of Tender together with the Letter of Acceptance
B
of Tender (if any) shall constitute a binding contract between us notwithstanding that a formal Contract
D
Agreement has been executed.
ER
10. Jumlah Ganti Rugi Tertentu / Ganti Rugi Ditetapkan bagi kontrak ini dibawah fasal 40 Borang DBKL
D
203 (Rev. 1/2010) /DBKL 203A (Rev. 1/2010) {yang mana berkaitan} adalah pada kadar RM
N
1,300.00/hari
TE
Liquidated and Ascertained damages under this contract clause 40 Borang DBKL 203 (Rev. 2010) /
DBKL 203A (Rev. 1/2010) {as per related} at the rate of RM 1,300.00/day
N
A
11. Yang bertandatangan di bawah ini mengesahkan, selepas menyemak sendiri, bahawa dokumen-
A
dokumen dan pelan-pelan yang digunakan oleh yang bertandatangan di bawah ini untuk menyusun
N
Tender ini adalah salinan-salinan yang sebenarnya bagi dokumen-dokumen dan pelan-pelan yang
U
dimasukkan dalam Dokumen Meja Tender.

EG
The undersigned confirms, after a personal scrutiny, that the documents and drawings used by the
K
undersigned in compiling this Tender are true copies of the documents and drawings included in the
Tender Table Documents.
K
TU
12. Yang bertandatangan di bawah ini bersetuju bahawa:

N
The undersigned agrees that:

U
(a) jika Tender ini ditarik balik sebelum tamatnya Tempoh Sah Tender atau apa-apa tempoh
lanjutan, atau
it this Tender is withdrawn before the expiry of the Tender Validity Period or any extended
period thereof, or
(b) jika yang bertandatangan di bawah ini mengenakan apa-apa had, syarat atau janjian tambahan
kepada Tender ini selepas tarikh akhir yang ditetapkan bagi penyerahan tender atau
if the undersigned imposes any additional term, condition or stipulation to the Tender after the
final date fixed for the submission of tenders or,
FT/5
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
(c) jika sekiranya Tender telah disetujuterima, yang bertandatangan di bawah ini enggan dan tidak
melaksanakan Perjanjian Kontrak yang formal atau mendeposit Bon Pelaksanaan (jika
pentender memilih kaedah Jaminan Bank/Insurans/Syarikat Kewangan/Bank Islam/BPIMB atau
Takaful sahaja) sebagaimana dikehendaki oleh Syarat-Syarat Kontrak atau tidak meneruskan
Kerja-Kerja, maka, dalam mana-mana hal itu, tanpa menyentuh apa-apa hak lain yang ada
padanya, Datuk Bandar sentiasa berhak mengambil tindakan tatatertib terhadap yang
bertandatangan di bawah ini atau membatalkan pendaftaran yang bertandatangan di bawah ini
sebagai Kontraktor DATUK BANDAR, sebagaimana difikirkan perlu oleh DATUK BANDAR
JA
in the event that the Tender having been accepted, the undersigned refuses and fails to execute
the formal Contract Agreement or to deposit the Performance as required by the Conditions of
A
Contract or fails to proceed with the Works, then, in any of such event, without prejudice to
H
any other rights it may possess, the DATUK BANDAR reserves the right to take disciplinary
SA
action against the under signed or to cancel the registration of the undersigned as a DATUK
BANDAR contractor, as the Government deems fit.
L
Dated this day of 20
K
B
..................................................................
D
Tandatangan Pentender
Signature of Tenderer
ER
Nama Penuh : ...........................................
D
Name in full
N
TE
Atas sifat : ...............................................

In the capacity of
N
yang diberikuasa dengan sempurnanya

A
untuk menandatangani Tender ini untuk

A
dan bagi pihak:

N
duly authorised to sign this Tender for and

U
on behalf of:
EG
.................................................................
Meterai atau cap Pentender
K
Tenderer's seal or chop

K
Saksi : ......................................................
TU
Witness
N
Nama Penuh : ..........................................

U
Name in full
Pekerjaan : ................................................
Occupation
Alamat : ...................................................
Address
....................................................
Cakera Padat)
FT/6
JA
A
H
SA
L
K
B
D
ER
BAHAGIAN 5. SYARAT-SYARAT PERJANJIAN /
D
N
SYARAT- SYARAT AM KONTRAK

TE
(Borang DBKL 203A / 203 {Rev. 1/2010})

N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
JA
A
H
SA
L
K
STANDARD FORM OF CONTRACT TO BE USED
B
D
WHERE BILLS OF QUANTITIES FORM PART OF
ER
THE CONTRACT
D
N
TE
BORANG KONTRAK DBKL 203A

N
(Rev. 1/2010)
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Clause Page
1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 2
2.0 CONTRACT PERIOD 4
3.0 THE S.O. AND S.O.'S REPRESENTATIVE 4
JA
4.0 S.O.'S RIGHT TO TAKE ACTION 5
A
5.0 S.O.'S INSTRUCTIONS 5
H
6.0 SCOPE OF CONTRACT 6
SA
7.0 CONTRACT SUM 6
L
8.0 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 6
K
B
9.0 REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND UNDERTAKINGS OF THE 7
CONTRACTOR
D
10.0 OBLIGATIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR ER 8
11.0 INSPECTION OF SITE 9

D
N
12.0 PROGRAMME OF WORK 9

TE
13.0 PERFORMANCE BOND/PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE SUM 10
14.0 INDEMNITY IN RESPECT OF PERSONAL INJURIES AND DAMAGE TO 11

N
PROPERTY
A
A
15.0 INSURANCE AGAINST PERSONAL INJURIES AND DAMAGE TO PROPERTY 12

N
16.0 INDEMNITIES TO DATUK BANDAR IN RESPECT OF CLAIMS BY WORKMEN 13

U
EG
17.0 EMPLOYEES' SOCIAL SECURITY ACT, 1969 13
18.0 INSURANCE OF WORKS 14

K
19.0 SETTING OUT 15

K
TU
20.0 UNFIXED MATERIALS AND GOODS 15

N
21.0 COMPLIANCE WITH THE LAW 15

U
22.0 DESIGN 16
23.0 EMPLOYMENT OF WORKMEN 17
24.0 VARIATIONS 19
25.0 VALUATION OF VARIATION 19
26.0 BILL OF QUANTITIES 20
i
Clause Page
27.0 MEASUREMENT OF WORKS 20
28.0 PAYMENT TO CONTRACTOR AND INTERIM CERTIFICATES 21
29.0 ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRACT SUM 22
30.0 FLUCTUATION OF PRICE 22
31.0 FINAL ACCOUNT AND PAYMENT CERTIFICATE 22
JA
32.0 EFFECT OF S.O.'S CERTIFICATES 23
A
33.0 DEDUCTION FROM MONEY DUE TO CONTRACTOR 23
H
34.0 PRIME COST / PROVISIONAL SUMS 23
SA
35.0 MATERIALS, GOODS AND WORKMANSHIP 24
L
36.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF MATERIALS, GOODS AND EQUIPMENT 24
K
B
37.0 CONSTRUCTIONAL PLANT, EQUIPMENT, VEHICLES AND MACHINERIES 25
D
38.0 POSSESSION OF SITE 25
39.0 COMPLETION OF WORKS

ER 26
D
40.0 DAMAGES FOR NON-COMPLETION 27
N
4.0 SECTIONAL COMPLETION 28

TE
42.0 PARTIAL OCCUPATION TAKING OVER BY DATUK BANDAR 28

N
43.0 DELAY AND EXTENSION OF TIME 29

A
A
44.0 CLAIMS FOR LOSS AND EXPENSE 30

N
45.0 INVESTIGATION BY THE DATUK BANDAR AND OTHER PERSONS IN CASE 31

U
OF ACCIDENT, FAILURE OR OTHER EVENT

EG
46.0 ACCESS FOR WORKS, ETC. 31

K
47.0 SUB-CONTRACT OR ASSIGNMENT 31

K
48.0 DEFECTS AFTER COMPLETION 32

TU
49.0 UNFULFILLED OBLIGATIONS 33

N
50.0 SUSPENSION OF WORKS 33

U
51.0 EVENTS AND CONSEQUENCES OF DEFAULT BY THE CONTRACTOR 34
52.0 TERMINATION ON NATIONAL INTEREST 36
ii
Clause Page
53.0 TERMINATION ON CORRUPTION, UNLAWFUL OR ILLEGAL ACTIVITIES 37
54.0 PAYMENTS UPON SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION ON NATIONAL 37

INTEREST
55.0 EVENTS AND CONSEQUENCES OF DEFAULT BY THE DATUK BANDAR 38
56.0 CERTIFICATE OF TERMINATION COSTS 38
JA
57.0 SURVIVING RIGHTS 39
58.0 EFFECT OF FORCE MAJEURE 39
A
H
59.0 SITE AGENT AND ASSISTANTS 40
SA
60.0 NOMINATED SUB-CONTRACTORS AND/OR NOMINATED SUPPLIERS 40
L
61.0 PAYMENT TO NOMINATED SUB-CONTRACTOR OR SUPPLIERS 41
K
62.0 NO LIABILITY OF DATUK BANDAR TO NOMINATED AND/OR SUB•CONTRACTOR 42
B
OR SUPPLIER
D
63.0 RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTOR TO NOMINATED AND/OR SUB• 42
CONTRACTORS OR SUPPLIERS ER
64.0 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS 42
D
N
65.0 ANTIQUITIES 43
TE
66.0 ARBITRATION 43
N
67.0 NOTICE, ETC. 44

A
68.0 SAFETY AT THE SITE 45

A
N
69.0 ADVANCE PAYMENT 45

U
70.0 AMENDMENT 46
EG
71.0 CONFIDENTIALITY 47
K
72.0 STAMP DUTY 47

K
73.0 SEVERABILITY 47
TU
74.0 WAIVER 47
N
U
75.0 LAWS APPLICABLE 47
76.0 SUCCESSORS BOUND 47
77.0 EPIDEMICS AND MEDICAL ATTENDANCE 48
78.0 TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER 48
79.0 GENERAL DUTIES AND PERFORMANCE STANDARD 48
iii
Clause Page
80.0 RESTRICTION AND PROCEDURE ON USE OF IMPORTED MATERIALS AND 48

GOODS
81.0 TIME 49
JA
A
H
SA
L
K
B
D
ER
D
N
TE
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
iv
CONTRACT NO: of 20
AGREEMENT to be met from: Head ......................................................
Sub-head ............................•.....................
Year of ....................................................
JA
A
THIS AGREEMENT is made on the day of 20
H
SA
BETWEEN
L
DATUK BANDAR KUALA LUMPUR, a corporation sole establish under Section 5 of the Federal
K
Capital Act 1960 and having its office at Menara DBKL 1, Jalan Raja Laut, 50350 Kuala Lumpur
B
D
(hereinafter called “Datuk Bandar”) of the one part;
AND
ER
D
[Name of Contractor]
N
TE
(Company No.: ), a company incorporated in Malaysia under the Companies

Act 1965 and having its registered office at
N
A
(hereinafter called the "Contractor”) of the other part.

A
N
(Datuk Bandar and the Contractor shall hereinafter individually be referred to "Party" or collectively as
U
the "Parties").
EG
WHEREAS:
K
A. Datuk Bandar is desirous of

K
at
TU
(hereinafter referred to as the “Works”) and has caused Drawings, Bills of Quantities,
Specification describing the work to be done to be prepared.
N
U
B. The said Drawings numbered (hereinafter

referred to as the "Contract Drawings"), and the Bills of Quantities, Specification, Form of
Tender and Letter of Acceptance of Tender have been signed by or on behalf of the Parties
hereto.
1
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
1.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1.1 Definition
Unless the context otherwise requires, this Contract or an item or entry in the Appendices
specifically otherwise provides, the following words and phrases in this Contract and the
Appendices shall have the meaning given below or ascribed in the clauses or Appendix item
to which reference is made:
JA
(a) "Contract" means this contract and the appendices attached hereto;
A
H
SA
(b) "Contract Documents" means the documents forming the tender and
acceptance thereof including:
L
Form of Tender;
K
Letter of Acceptance of Tender; Contract Drawings;
B
Bills of Quantities;
D
Specifications; Treasury's Instructions;
ER
_;
D
N
and all these documents shall be complementary to one

TE
another;
N
(c) "Contractor" means the person or persons, sole proprietor, partnership,

A
firm or company whose tender for the Works has been

accepted and who has or have signed this Contract
A
and includes the Contractor's personal representatives,

N
heirs, successors, executors, administrators, servant and

U
agent;
EG
(d) "Contract Period" means the time frame stipulated in clause 2;

K
(e) "Contract Sum" means the sum stipulated in clause 7;

K
TU
(f) "Date for Completion" means the date fixed and stated in Appendix or any other
date as provided for in clause 39;
N
U
(g) "Defects Liability Period" means the period stated in Appendix or if none stated,
the means the period stated in Appendix or if none
stated, the period is twelve (12) months from the
date of practical completion certified by the S.O. s
provided for under clause 39.3;
(h) "Nominated Sub• means all specialist, merchants, tradesmen and others
Contractor" or executing any work or services, or supplying any materials
"Nominated Supplier" or goods for which Prime Cost Sum (or P.C. Sums) are
2
included in the Bills of Quantities or which the S.O. has
given written instructions in regard to the expenditure of
Provisional Sum and who may be nominated by the S.O.
and employed by the Contractor as Sub•contractors or
Suppliers;
means any cost and expenses reasonably incurred

(i) "On-Cost Charges" by the Datuk Bandar;
JA
means officer empowered to take action on behalf of the
(j) “Officer Named" Datuk Bandar pertaining to clauses ;
A
H
means a sum for works or services to be executed
SA
(k) "Prime Cost" or by a Nominated Sub-Contractor or sums for materials or
abbreviation "P.C. Sum" goods to be obtained from a Nominated Supplier;
L
K
(I) "Provisional Sum" means a sum for work or for the supply of goods or
B
materials which cannot be defined or detailed at the time
the tender documents are issued;
D
(m) “Site”
ER
means the land and other places on, above, under, in or
through which the Works are to be executed and any
D
other lands or places provided or approved by Datuk
N
Bandar for working space or any other purposes as may

be specifically designated in this Contract and whether
TE
the same may be on the Site or not;

N
(n) “S.O.” means the Superintending Officer who shall be

A
and/or his successors in office;

A
N
(o) “S.O.’s Representatives” means any person or persons delegated or authorized in

U
writing by the S.O. to perform any of the duties of the

EG
S.O. as may be from time to time notified in writing to the

Contractor by the S.O.
K
(p) “Works” means the works specified in the Contract Documents

K
and shall include temporary work.

TU
N
(The remainder of this

U
page is intentionally left

blank)
3
1.2 Interpretation
(a) The terms "approved or approval" and "directed or direction" wherever used in this
Contract shall be in writing.
(b) Words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa where the context
requires.
(c) The headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to be
part of this Contract or be taken into consideration in the interpretation or
construction of this Contract.
JA
(d) Unless otherwise specifically stated, a reference in this Contract and the Appendices
to any clause means that clause in this Contract.
A
H
(e) This Contract and the Appendices are to be read as a whole and the effect or
SA
operation of any clause in this Contract or item in or entry in the Appendices shall,
unless otherwise specifically stated, be read subject to any relevant qualification or
modification in any other clauses in this Contract or item in or entry in the Appendices.
L
K
2.0 CONTRACT PERIOD
B
D
The Contract Period shall be for a period of _ commencing
from _ expiring on .
ER
3.0 THE S.O. AND S.O.'S REPRESENTATIVE
D
N
3.1 Duties of S.O. and S.O.'s Representative

TE
The S.O. shall be responsible for the overall supervision and direction of the Works. All
matters regarding the Works shall be dealt with by the Contractor with the S.O.
N
A
3.2 S.O.'s Representative

A
(a) The S.O. may from time to time appoint such number of S.O.'s Representative as he
N
deems fit.
U
(b) The S.O.'s Representative shall be responsible to the S.O. and his duties are to watch
EG
and supervise the Works and to test and examine any materials or goods to be used
or workmanship employed in connection with the Works.
K
3.3 S.O.'s Authority to Delegate

K
TU
(a) The S.O. may from time to time in writing delegate to the S.O.'s Representative any of
the powers and authorities vested in the S.O. as listed in the letter of delegation and
shall furnish to the Contractor a copy of all such written delegation of powers and
N
authorities.
U
(b) Any instruction or approval given by the S.O.'s Representative to the contractor within
the terms of such delegation shall bind the Contractor and Datuk Bandar as though it
had been given by the S.O. PROVIDED THAT failure of the S.O.'s Representative to
disapprove any work or material shall not prejudice the power of the S.O. thereafter to
disapprove such work or materials and to order the pulling down, removal or breaking
up thereof.
(c) If the Contractor is not satisfied with any decision of the S.O.’s Representative, the
Contractor shall refer the matter to the S.O. who shall confirm, reverse or vary the
decision of the S.O.'s Representative.
4
(d) The delegation under this clause shall not preclude the S.O. from himself exercising or
performing at any time any of the delegated powers and duties.
4.0 S.O.'S RIGHT TO TAKE ACTION
4.1 Notwithstanding any provision in this Contract it is hereby agreed that:
(a) the power of the S.O. to issue instruction requiring a variation under clause 24 shall be
subject to the financial limits as set out in Appendix 1 hereto. If the instruction for a
variation under clause 24 is more than the financial limits as set out in the Appendix 1,
JA
the S.O. shall obtain the prior written approval of the relevant authorities of Datuk
Bandar; and
A
(b) the right to act on behalf of the Datuk Bandar in respect of any matter which arises
H
out of the provisions of clauses 51, 52, 53, 58 and 66 shall be exercised by the Officer
SA
Named in Appendix 1.
4.2 The Contractor shall not be entitled to extension of time or any additional cost or expense or
L
whatsoever arising from compliance with this clause 4.
K
B
5.0 S.O.'S INSTRUCTIONS
D
5.1 The S.O. may from time to time issue further drawings, details and/or written instructions (all of
ER
which are hereafter collectively referred to as "S.O.'s instructions") in regard to -
(a) the variation as referred to in clause 24 hereof;

D
N
(b) any discrepancy in or between the Contract Documents as referred to in clause 8.2(b)
TE
hereof.
(c) the removal from the Site of any materials or goods brought thereon by the Contractor
N
and the substitutions of any other materials or goods therefore;

A
(d) the removal and/or re-execution of any works executed by the Contractor;
A
N
(e) the dismissal from the Works of any person mentioned in clause 23.6 hereof employed
U
thereupon;
EG
(f) the opening up for inspection of any work covered up;

K
(g) the amending and making good of any defects whatsoever under clause 48;
K
(h) any matter which is necessary and incidental to the carrying out and completion of
TU
the Works under this Contract; and
(i) any matter in respect of which the S.O. is expressly empowered by this Contract to
N
issue instructions.
U
5.2 All instructions issued by the S.O. shall be in writing. The Contractor shall forthwith comply
with all instructions issued to him by the S.O. If such instruction is given orally, the S.O. shall
then issue a written instruction within seven (7) days from the date of such oral instruction is
given.
5.3 If within seven (7) days after receipt of a written notice from the S.O. requiring compliance of
an instruction and the Contractor does not comply therewith, then the S.O. without prejudice to
any other rights or remedies available to Datuk Bandar under this Contract, undertake the
work departmentally or employ and pay another Contractor or any other persons to execute
any work whatsoever which may be necessary to give effect to such instruction. All costs and
5
expenses incurred in connection with such employment (including On-Cost Charges), shall
be deducted from any money due or to become due to the Contractor under this Contract, and
failing which such deductions shall be recovered from the Performance Bond or as a debt due
from the Contractor.
5.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs and expenses incurred by the Datuk Bandar
in carrying out the Works under clause 5.3 and On-Cost Charges (calculated by applying the
Percentage of On-Cost Charges stated in Appendix hereto to the amount
incurred).Datuk Bandar shall be entitled to deduct such costs, expenses and On-cost Charges
or any part thereof from any monies due or to become due to the Contractor under this
Contract or to recover the same from the Performance Bond or as a debt due from the
JA
Contractor.
A
6.0 SCOPE OF CONTRACT
H
SA
6.1 The Contractor shall upon and subject to this Contract, construct and complete the Works
using materials, goods and workmanship of the quality and standards therein specified in
accordance with best industry practice.
L
6.2 The Contractor shall also undertake any consequential work in relation to the construction and
K
completion of Works on the Site i.e. removal/diversion of public sewer, water mains, electrical
B
mains, gas mains and telephone mains and the installation of permanent connections thereto
D
shall be borne by the Datuk Bandar .Datuk Bandar shall reimburse the Contractor for such
costs by adding it to the Contract Sum PROVIDED THAT such cost have not alread y been
ER
included in the Contract Sum by way of a Provisional Sum or otherwise.
PROVIDED FURTHER any temporary connection shall be obtained by the Contractor with no
D
additional cost to Datuk Bandar for purpose of carrying out their work.
N
TE
6.3 The Contractor shall also make good any defect, imperfection, shrinkage or any other
fault whatsoever which may appear during the Defects Liability Period in accordance with
clause 48 hereof.
N
A
7.0 CONTRACT SUM

A
N
Datuk Bandar hereby covenants to pay the Contractor in consideration of the construction and
U
completion of the Works and making good of any defects whatsoever to the Works the sum of
Ringgit (RM _) or
EG
such other sum as shall become payable under and at the times and in the manner specified
in this Contract.
K
K
8.0 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

TU
8.1 Custody of the Contract Documents

N
(a) The Contract shall be prepared in two (2) original copies. The original copies of the
U
Contract shall remain in the custody of the S.O. and the Contractor.
(b) Immediately after the execution of this Contract, the S.O. shall furnish to the
Contractor without any charge (unless he shall have been previously furnished) with:
(i) two (2) copies of the Contract Drawings; and
(ii) two (2) copies of the un-priced Bills of Quantities and (if requested by
the Contractor) one copy of the priced Bills of Quantities.
6
(c) The S.O. shall, as and when necessary and without charge to the Contractor, furnish
him with two (2) copies of such further working drawings or details as are reasonably
necessary either to explain and amplify the Contract Drawings or the Specification (if
any) or to enable the Contractor to construct and complete the Works in accordance
with this Contract. PROVIDED THAT nothing contained in the said working drawings
or details shall impose any obligation beyond those imposed by the Contract
Documents.
(d) The Contractor shall keep one copy of the Contract Drawings, the Specification (if
any), un-priced Bills of Quantities, priced Bills of Quantities (if any) and other like
documents referred to in sub-clause (c) hereof on the Site and the S.O. shall at all
JA
reasonable times have access to the same.
(e) Upon final payment being made pursuant to the issuance of Final Account and
A
Payment Certificate under clause 31, the Contractor shall return to the S.O. all
H
drawings, details, specifications, un-priced copy of Bill of Quantities and priced Bill of
SA
Quantities, if any.
(f) None of the documents hereinbefore mentioned shall be used by the Contractor for
L
any purpose other than this Contract.
K
8.2 Sufficiency of Contract Documents
B
D
(a) The Contract documents are to be taken as mutually explanatory of one another. The
Contractor shall provide everything necessary for the proper execution of the Works
ER
until its completion according to the true intent and meaning of the Contract
Documents taken together whether the true intent and meaning may or may not be
particularly shown or described PROVIDED THAT it can be reasonably inferred
D
therefrom.
N
TE
(b) If the Contractor shall find any discrepancy in or divergence between any two or more
of the Contract Documents including a discrepancy or divergence between parts of
any one of them, he shall immediately give to the S.O. a written notice specifying
N
the discrepancy or divergence and the S.O. shall issue instructions in regard
A
thereto PROVIDED ALWAYS that such discrepancy or divergence shall not vitiate this
Contract.
A
N
U
9.0 REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND UNDERTAKINGS OF THE CONTRACTOR

EG
9.1 Representations and Warranties

K
The Contractor hereby represents and warrants to Datuk Bandar that-

K
(a) it is a corporation validly existing under the laws of Malaysia;

TU
(b) the Contractor has obtained a valid registration with the Construction Industry
Development Board;
N
U
(c) it has the corporate power to enter into and perform its obligations under this Contract
and to carry out the transactions and to carry on its business as contemplated by this
Contract*;
(d) it has taken all necessary corporate actions to authorize the entry into and
performance of this Contract and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this
Contract;
* applicable only if the Contractor is a company registered under the Companied Act 1965.
7
(e) as at the execution date, neither the execution nor performance by it of this Contract
nor any transactions contemplated by this Contract will violate in any respect any
provision of-
(i) its Memorandum and Articles of Association; or
(ii) any other document or agreement which is binding upon it or its asset;
(f) no litigation, arbitration, tax claim, dispute or administrative proceeding is

presently current or pending or, to its knowledge, threatened, which is likely to have a
material adverse effect upon it or its ability to perform its financial or other obligations
JA
under this Contract;
(g) this Contract constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Contractor and is
A
enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions;
H
SA
(h) it has necessary financial and technical capability to undertake the Works,
and the Contractor acknowledges that Datuk Bandar has entered into this Contract in reliance on its
L
representations and warranties as aforesaid.
K
B
9.2 Undertakings of the Contractor*
D
The Contractor undertakes that-
(a)
ER
it shall comply with all requirements, statutory or otherwise, regulating or relating to the
conduct, trade, business or profession of a contractor, and the Contractor shall be fully
D
and solely liable for all costs incurred thereby;
N
TE
(b) it shall pay all taxes that may be imposed on the profits made in respect of this
Contract in accordance with the applicable laws; and
N
(c) it shall ensure that all his employees, including non-Malaysian personnel, comply with
A
all relevant laws to which they are subject to including payment of income tax, which
in respect thereto the Contractor shall make such deductions from the salaries of his
A
employees as may be lawfully imposed by the relevant authority.

N
U
10.0 OBLIGATIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR

EG
The Contractor shall-

K
(a) construct, complete, test and commission the Works in accordance with the
Specifications, Contract Drawings and any other documents specified in the Contract
K
Documents;
TU
(b) perform the Works in a proper manner and in accordance with good management
practice and to the best advantage of Datuk Bandar;
N
U
(c) take all appropriate measures expected of a contractor providing similar works to
ensure that the Works comply with the requirements of this Contract;
(d) perform the Works and discharge its obligations as contained in this Contract by
exercising professional judgment and practice, requisite skill, care and diligence. In
performing the Works, the Contractor shall provide well-outlined procedures in the
form agreed by Datuk Bandar for reporting and co-ordination purposes;
* applicable only if the Contractor is a company registered under the Companied Act 1965.
8
(e) at all times perform the Works in such manner as will always safeguard and
protect Datuk Bandar interest in relation to the Works and take all necessary and
proper steps to prevent abuse or uneconomical use of facilities, if any, made available
by Datuk Bandar to the Contractor;
(f) inform Datuk Bandar immediately in writing of the occurrence of any factor or event,
which is likely to affect the Works. Such notification shall not be construed as a
discharge of any of the Contractor's obligations under this Contract;
JA
(g) provide and maintain throughout the Contract Period such number, categories of
qualified and competent personnel necessary to perform the Works;
A
(h) provide and maintain at its own cost and expense all equipment and materials
H
necessary for the proper and effective performance of the Works;
SA
(i) instruct and supervise its staffs and sub-contractor in carrying out the Works' repairs
and other works in relation to the Works;
L
K
(j) make good any defect, imperfection, shrinkage or any other fault whatsoever which
may appear during the Defects Liability Period; and
B
D
(k) carry out any other obligations and responsibilities under this Contract.
11.0 INSPECTION OF SITE

ER
D
11.1 The Contractor shall be deemed to have inspected and examined the Site and its
N
surroundings and to have satisfied himself before submitting his tender as to the following:
TE
(a) the nature of the ground and subsoil;

N
(b) the form and nature of the Site;

A
(c) the extent and nature of the work, materials and goods necessary for the
A
completion of the Works;

N
U
(d) the means of communication with and access to the Site;

EG
(e) the accommodation he may require; and

K
(f) in general to have obtained for himself all necessary information as to risks,
contingencies and all circumstances influencing and affecting his tender.
K
TU
11.2 Any information or document forwarded by the Datuk Bandar to the Contractor shall not relieve
the Contractor of his obligations under the provisions of this clause.
N
U
12.0 PROGRAMME OF WORK
12.1 Within fourteen (14) days from the receipt of the Letter of Acceptance by Datuk Bandar, the
Contractor shall submit to the S.O for his approval -
(a) a work programme for the carrying out of the Works (hereinafter referred to as "Work
Programme") in such form and details as determined by the S.O. showing the detail
activities of the Works so as to enable the Datuk Bandar to monitor the progress
thereof; and
9
(b) a general description in writing, of the arrangements and methods of construction
which the Contractor proposes to adopt for the carrying out of the Works.
12.2 The S.O shall within ( ) days after receipt of the Contractor's
programme:
(i) approve the Work Programme in writing; or
(ii) reject the Work Programme in writing with reasons and/or request modifications;
and/or
JA
(iii) request the Contractor to supply further information to clarify or substantiate the Work
Programme or to satisfy the S.O as to its reasonableness having regard to the
A
Contractor's obligations under the Contract, PROVIDED THAT if none of the above
H
actions is taken within the said period of ( ) days the S.O
SA
shall be deemed to have approved the Work Programme as submitted.
12.3 The Contractor shall upon receipt from the S.O any request under clause 12.2(ii) or (iii)
L
resubmit a modified Work Programme or provide further information as requested.
K
12.4 If at any time it should appear to the S.O that the actual progress of Works does not conform
B
to the approved Work Programme referred to herein before the Contractor shall produce, at
D
the request of the S.O., a revised Work Programme showing the modifications to the approved
Work Programme necessary to ensure completion of the whole Works within the time for
ER
completion provided for in clause 39 hereof or extended time granted pursuant to clause 43
hereof.
D
12.5 The submission to and approval by the S.O or the S.O's Representative of such Work
N
Programme or the furnishing of such particulars shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his
TE
duties or responsibilities under this Contract.

N
13.0 PERFORMANCE BOND/PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE SUM

A
13.1 (a) The Contractor shall, on the date of the possession of Site, provide a Performance
A
Bond or Performance Guarantee Sum as the case may be substantially in the form
N
as in Appendix issued by an approved licensed bank or financial institution

U
incorporated in Malaysia in favour of the Datuk Bandar for a sum equivalent to five
percent (5%) of the total Contract Sum as specified in Appendix to secure the due
EG
performance of the obligations under this Contract by the Contractor. The

Performance Bond shall remain valid and effective until twelve (12) months after the
K
expiry of the Defect Liability Period or the issuance of the Certificate of Completion of
Making Good Defects, whichever is the later.
K
TU
(b) If the Contractor fails to submit the said Performance Bond as specified in sub-clause
(a) above on the date of possession of site, then the Contractor shall be deemed
to have opted for Performance Bond in the form of Performance Guarantee Sum as
N
provided for under clause 13.2 hereof.

U
13.2 The Contractor may opt for a Performance Bond in the form of Performance Guarantee Sum
in lieu of the Bank, Insurance- or Finance Company Guarantee as specified in clause 13.1
hereof whereby deductions of ten percent (10%) shall be made from the first interim payments
and subsequent interim payment until the total amount deducted aggregate to a sum
equivalent to five (5) percent of the Contract Sum. The amount deducted shall be retained by
the Datuk Bandar up to twelve (12) months after the expiry of the Defect Liability Period or the
issuance of the Certificate of Completion of Making Good Defects, whichever is the later.
13.3 Notwithstanding anything contained in this Contract, the Datuk Bandar shall be entitled at any
time to call upon the Performance Bond, wholly or partially, in the event that the Contractor
10
fails to perform or fulfill its obligations under this Contract and such failure is not remedied in
accordance with this Contract.
13.4 If a payment is made to the Datuk Bandar pursuant to any claim under the Performance Bond,
the Contractor shall issue to the Datuk Bandar further security in the form of additional
performance bond or bonds for an amount not less than the amount so paid to Datuk Bandar
on or prior to the date of such payment so that the total sum of the Performance Bond shall be
maintained at all times at the value specified in clause 13.1(a).
13.5 The Performance Bond (or any balance thereof remaining for the credit of the Contractor) may
be released or refunded to the Contractor on the completion of making good of all defects,
JA
shrinkages or other faults which may appear during the Defects Liability Period and upon the
giving of the Certificate of Completion of Making Good Defects for the whole of the Works
under clause 48.
A
H
13.6 Notwithstanding the above, in the event that this Contract is terminated under clause 51 hereof
SA
the said Performance Bond or any balance thereof shall be forfeited.
L
14.0 INDEMNITY IN RESPECT OF PERSONAL INJURIES AND DAMAGE TO PROPERTY
K
14.1 The Contractor agrees with Datuk Bandar that-
B
D
(a) it shall perform all of its obligations under this Contract at its own risk and releases, to
the fullest extent permitted by law, the Datuk Bandar and their agents and servants
ER
from all claims and demands of every kind resulting from any accident, damage,
injury or death arising from the carrying out of the Works except where such accident,
damage, injury or death is caused or contributed to by any act or omission or
D
negligence of the Datuk Bandar or its agents and servants. The Contractor
N
expressly agrees that in the absence of any such act, omission or negligence as
TE
aforesaid Datuk Bandar shall have no responsibility or liability whatsoever in relation

to such accident, damage, injury or death;
N
(b) it shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Datuk Bandar from and against all actions,
A
suits, claims or demands, proceedings, losses, damages, compensation, costs

(including legal cost), charges and expenses whatsoever to which the Datuk Bandar
A
shall or may be or become liable in respect of or arising from-

N
U
(i) the negligent use, misuse or abuse by the Contractor or its personnel,
servants, agents or employees appointed by the Contractor;
EG
(ii) any loss or damage to property or injury of whatsoever nature or kind and
K
howsoever or wherever sustained or caused or contributed to by carrying

out of the Works by the Contractor to any person and not caused by
K
the negligence or willful act, default or omission of the Datuk Bandar, its
TU
agents or servants; or
(iii) any loss, damage or injury from any cause whatsoever to property or persons
N
affected by the Works to the extent to which the same is occasioned or

U
contributed to by the act, omission, neglect, breach or default of the

Contractor or personnel, servants, agents or employees; and
(c) the obligations under this clause shall continue after the expiry or earlier
termination of this Contract in respect of any act, deed, matter or thing
happening before such expiration or termination of this Contract.
14.2 The Contractor shall indemnify, protect and defend at its own cost and expense, the Datuk
Bandar and its agents and servants from and against all actions, claims and liabilities arising
out of acts done by the Contractor in the performance of this Contract.
11
15.0 INSURANCE AGAINST PERSONAL INJURIES AND DAMAGE TO PROPERTY
15.1 Taking of Insurance
(a) Without prejudice to his liability to indemnify the Datuk Bandar under clause 14
hereof, the Contractor shall, as a condition precedent to the commencement of
any work under this Contract, effect and maintain such insurances whether with or
without an excess amount as specified in Appendix hereto as are necessary to cover
JA
the liability of the Contractor and all sub•contractors, whether nominated or otherwise.
(b) Such insurance shall be for the purpose of personal injuries or death, damage or loss
A
to property, movable or immovable, arising out of, or in the course of, or by reason of
H
the execution of the Works and caused by any negligence, omission, breach of
SA
contract or default of the Contractor or any sub-contractor, whether nominated or
otherwise, or of any servants or agents of the Contractor or of any such sub-
contractor, whether nominated or otherwise. Where an excess amount is specified in
L
Appendix, the Contractor shall bear the amount of such excess. The policy or policies
of insurance shall contain a cross liability clause indemnifying each of the jointly
K
insured against claims made by on him by the other jointly insured. ·
B
D
(c) Such insurance as referred to under sub-clause (a) hereof shall be effect with an
insurance company as approved by the Datuk Bandar and maintained in the joint
ER
names of the Datuk Bandar and Contractor and all sub-contractors, whether
nominated or otherwise. Such insurance shall cover from the period of the date of
possession of site until the date of issuance of Certificate of Making Good Defects for
D
any claim occasioned by the Contractor or any sub-contractor in the course of any
N
operations carried out by the Contractor or any sub-contractor for the purpose of
TE
complying with his obligations under Clause 48 hereof.
15.2 Production of Policies

N
A
It shall be the duty of the Contractor to produce and shall deposit the relevant policy or
policies of the insurance together with receipts in respect of premiums paid to the S.O.,
A
whether demanded or not.

N
U
15.3 Defaults in Insuring

EG
If the Contractor fails to effect or renew such insurances as are required to be effected and
maintained under this Contract, Datuk Bandar or the S.O. on its behalf may effect or renew
K
such insurance and shall be entitled to deduct a sum equivalent to the amount in respect of
the premiums paid and On-Cost Charges (calculated by applying the 'Percentage for
K
On-cost Charges' stated in Appendix hereto to the premiums paid), from any money due or
TU
to become due to the Contractor under this Contract or to recover the same from the
Performance Bond or as a debt due from the Contractor
N
15.4 Cancellation of Insurance

U
(a) The Contractor shall ensure that any insurance policy effected hereto shall only be
cancelled by the insurer after the expiry of thirty (30) days from the date of receipt by
Datuk Bandar of a written notice from the insurer advising of such impending
cancellation PROVIDED THAT the Contractor has been issued with the Certificate
of Making Good Defects in accordance with clause 48.
(b) The Contractor shall not at any time permit or cause to be done any act, matter or
thing which may result in any insurance effected by virtue of this Contract being
vitiated or rendered void or voidable or whereby the rate of the premium on any
insurance effected shall be liable to be increased.
12
15.5 Loss or Damage Occasioned by Insured Risk
In the event of any damage or loss occurring during the performance of this Contract,
the Contractor shall repair, replace or make good such damage or loss from the amount of
insurance claimed, if sufficient, or if insufficient, using his own resources.
16.0 INDEMNITIES TO DATUK BANDAR IN RESPECT OF CLAIMS BY WORKMEN
JA
16.1 Workmen Compensation
A
(a) The Contractor shall be liable for and shall indemnify and keep indemnify
H
Datuk Bandar and its officers or servants from all liabilities arising out of claims by any
SA
workman employed by the Contractor in and for the performance of this Contract for
payment of compensation under or by virtue of the Workmen's Compensation Act
1952 and the Employee's Social Security Act 1969 or any other law amending or
L
replacing such law and from all costs and expenses incidental and consequential
K
thereto.
B
(b) The Contractor shall effect and maintain throughout the Contract Period a "Workmen
D
Compensation Insurance" or any other applicable insurance for its personnel,
servants, agents or employees required under the laws of Malaysia.
ER
17.0 EMPLOYEES’ SOCIAL SECURITY ACT, 1969
D
N
TE
17.1 Registration with SOCSO
Without prejudice to his liability to indemnify the Datuk Bandar under clause 16, the Contractor
N
shall register or cause to register all local workmen employed in the execution of the Works
A
and who are subject to registration under the Employee's Social Security Scheme ("the
SOCSO Scheme") in accordance with the Employee's Social Security Act 1969 or any
A
subsequent modification or re-enactment of the said Act. For the purpose of this sub-clause,
N
the term "local workmen” shall include workmen who are Malaysian citizens and those who
U
have permanent resident status.

EG
17.2 Contribution to SOCSO

K
The Contractor shall submit the Code Number and Social Security Numbers of all the
K
workmen registered under the SOCSO scheme to the S.O. for verification. The Contractor
TU
shall make payment of all contribution from time to time on the first contribution day on
which the same ought .to be paid and until the completion of this Contract and it shall
be the duty of the Contractor to produce to the S.O. contribution statement or payment
N
vouchers as evidence of payment of such contribution, whether demanded or not.

U
17.3 Defaults in Complying with SOCSO
If the Contractor fails to comply with the terms of this Clause, Datuk Bandar or the S.O. on its
behalf may without prejudice to any other remedy available to Datuk Bandar for breach of any
terms of this Contract:
(a) withhold an amount from any money which would otherwise be due to the
Contractor under this Contract and which in the opinion of the S.O. will satisfy any
13
claims for compensation by workmen that would have been borne by SOCSO Scheme
had the Contractor not made default in maintaining the contribution; and/or
(b) pay such contributions as have become due and remain unpaid and deduct the
amount of such contributions including On-Cost Charges (calculated by applying the
Percentage of On-Cost Charges stated in Appendix to the contributions paid), from
any money due or to become due to the Contractor under this Contract, and
failing which such contributions shall be recovered from the Performance Bond or
as a debt due from the Contractor.
JA
18.0 INSURANCE OF WORKS
18.1 Taking of Insurance
A
H
(a) The Contractor shall in the joint names of Datuk Bandar and the Contractor insure
SA
against loss and damage by fire, lightning, explosion, storm, tempest, flood, ground
subsidence, bursting or overflowing of water tanks, apparatus or pipes, aircraft and
other aerial devices or articles dropped therefrom, riot and civil commotion, all work
L
executed and all unfixed materials and goods, delivered to, placed on or adjacent to
the Works and intended therefore (but excluding temporary buildings, plant, tools
K
and equipment owned or hired by the Contractor or any sub-contractor, nominated or
B
otherwise) to the full value thereof (plus any amount which may be specifically stated
D
in Appendix or elsewhere in the Contract Documents) and shall keep such work,
materials and goods so insured until the completion of the whole of the Works,
ER
notwithstanding any arrangement for Sectional Completion or Partial occupation by
Datuk Bandar under this Contract. Such insurance policy or policies shall provide
expressly for payment in the first place to Datuk Bandar of any insurance monies
D
due under the policy or policies.
N
TE
(b) The said insurance with or without an excess clause as specified in Appendix
hereto shall be effected with an insurance company approved by the S.O. and it shall
be the duty of the Contractor to produce to the S.O. the said policy or policies and the
N
receipts in respect of the premium paid. Where an excess clause is specified in

A
Appendix, the Contractor shall bear the amount of such excess.

A
18.2 Defaults in Insuring

N
U
If the Contractor fails to effect or renew such insurance as are necessary under this clause,
Datuk Bandar or the S.O. on its behalf may renew such insurance and pay the premium in
EG
respect thereof and deduct the amount so expended including On-Cost Charges (calculated
by applying the 'Percentage of On-cost Charges' stated in Appendix to the premiums paid),
K
from any money due or to become due to the Contractor under this Contract, and failing which
such premium shall be recovered from the Performance Bond or as a debt due from the
K
Contractor.
TU
18.3 Payment of Insurance in the Event of any Loss/Damage

N
Upon the occurrence of any loss or damage to the Works or unfixed materials or goods prior to
U
the date the Works has been certified as practically completed by the S.O. in the Certificate of
Practical Completion, the Contractor shall notwithstanding that settlement of any insurance
claim has not been completed, with due diligence restore, replace or repair the same, remove
and dispose of any debris and proceed with the carrying out and completion of the Works. All
money if and when received from the insurance under this clause shall be paid in the first
place to Datuk Bandar and then (less any such amounts as are specifically required in
Appendix or elsewhere in the Contract Documents) be released to the Contractor by
installments on the certificate for payment issued by the S.O., calculated as from the date of
receipt of the money in proportion to the extent of the work of restoration, replacement or
repair and the removal and disposal of debris previously carried out by the Contractor. The
Contractor shall not be entitled to any payment In respect of the work of restoration,
14
replacement or repair and the removal and disposal of debris other than the money received
under the said insurance.
18.4 Cancellation of Insurance Policy
The Contractor shall ensure that any insurance policy effected hereto shall only be cancelled
by the insurer after the expiry of thirty (30) days from the date of receipt by Datuk Bandar of a
written notice from the insurer advising of such impending cancellation PROVIDED THAT the
Contractor has been issued with the Certificate of Making Good Defects in accordance
with clause 48.
JA
19.0 SETTING OUT
19.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting out of the Works and for the
A
correctness of the positions, levels, dimensions and alignments of all parts of the Works and
H
for the provisions of all necessary instruments, appliances and labour in connection therewith.
SA
19.2 If at any time during the progress of the Works any error in the positions, levels, dimensions or
alignments of any part of the Works is discovered, the Contractor shall at his own expense
L
rectify such error unless such error is based on incorrect data supplied in writing by the S.O.'s
Representative in which case the expense of rectifying shall be borne by Datuk Bandar.
K
B
19.3 If at any time during the progress of the Works, any error shall appear or arise in the setting-
D
out required to construct the Works or in the position, levels, dimensions or alignment of any
part of the Works, the Contractor, on being required to do so by the S.O., shall at his own
ER
expense rectify such error to the satisfaction of the S.O. The checking of any setting out of or
of any line or level by the S.O. shall not in any way relieve the Contractor of his
responsibility for the correctness thereof and the Contractor shall carefully protect and
D
preserve all things used in the setting-out required for the construction of the Works until the
N
S.O. agrees that the said things may be abandoned.

TE
19.4 The Contractor shall give to the S.O. without charge such information as may be required by
the S.O. to enable him to check the setting-out required for the construction of the Works
N
including interpreting any marks made by the Contractor for the purpose of setting out.
A
A
20.0 UNFIXED MATERIALS AND GOODS

N
U
Unfixed materials and goods delivered to, placed on or adjacent to the Site and intended
for incorporation therein, shall not be removed except for use upon the Works, unless the
EG
S.O. has consented in writing to such removal. Where the S.O. has included the value of such
materials or goods in any certificate in accordance with clause 28, under which the Contractor
K
has received payment, such materials and goods shall become the property of Datuk
Bandar, but the Contractor shall remain responsible for loss or damage to the same.
K
TU
21.0 COMPLIANCE WITH THE LAW

N
21.1 The Contractor shall comply in all respects (including the giving of all notices and the paying of
U
all fees required} with any law, regulation or by-law, or any order or directive issued by any
public authority or public service company {hereinafter referred to as "Statutory
Requirements"), relating to the Works or, in the case of public authority or public service
company, with those systems the same are or will be connected. The Contractor shall submit
to the S.O. all approvals received by the Contractor in connection therein. The Contractor
shall keep Datuk Bandar indemnified against all penalties and liability of every kind for breach
of any such Statutory Requirements.
21.2 If after the Date of Tender (as specified in Appendix) there is any change or amendment in any
written law, regulations and by-laws which necessitates any variation to the Works,
the Contractor shall, before making such variation, give to the S.O. a written notice
15
specifying and giving the reason for such variation and apply for the S.O.'s instruction in
respect of the matter.
22.0 DESIGN
22.1 Design Liability
(a) Notwithstanding any design and specifications supplied by Datuk Bandar, if the
Contractor is required under this Contract to undertake the design of any part of the
Works which is a stand alone design as determined by the Datuk Bandar, the
JA
Contractor shall ensure that such design is suitable, functional, safe, compatible and
integrates with the design and specifications of the Works and it shall be undertaken,
approved and endorsed by a competent and registered professional.
A
H
(b) The Contractor shall submit to the S.O. all drawings, specifications, calculations and
SA
any other relevant information pertaining to the stand alone design for approval. No
work shall commence without prior written consent of the S.O.
L
(c) The Contractor shall be fully responsible and guarantee the Datuk Bandar that the
K
stand alone design, integration, execution of the Works, materials and workmanship
for the Works or part of the Works are independent of fault, suitable, functional,
B
safe and compatible with the requirements of Datuk Bandar.
D
(d) The approval of the stand alone design by the S.O pursuant to sub-clause (b) shall not
ER
absolve the Contractor from its responsibility under sub-clause (c) and the Contractor
shall be liable and shall fully indemnify and keep Datuk Bandar indemnified for any
design defects, damage, inadequacies or insufficiency of such design.
D
N
TE
22.2 Design Guarantee Bond
(a) The Contractor shall provide a Design Guarantee Bond for the stand alone design
N
issued by an approved licensed bank or financial institution of the sum of Ringgit

A
(RM ) amounting to 5% of the value of

A
the said part of the Works substantially in the form as in Appendix [ ] upon
N
or before the issuance of the Certificate of Practical Completion of the Works as a

U
security for the Contractor's obligations and warranties under Clause 22.1. Such
Design Guarantee Bond shall remain valid for a period of 5 years from the date of
EG
practical completion of the Works.

K
(b) If any defect or damage shall occur to that particular part of the Works as a result of
any defect, fault, insufficiency, imperfection, shrinkages or inadequacy in the stand
K
alone design including workmanship, materials or equipment which has become

TU
defective arising from design fault then the approved licensed bank or financial
institution issuing the Design Guarantee Bond pursuant to sub-clause (a) above
shall pay to Datuk Bandar, on demand by Datuk Bandar in writing notwithstanding
N
any objection by the Contractor or any third party, the sum of Ringgit
U
(RM _) being equal to 5% of the value of the said part of the Works or
such part thereof as may be demanded.
(c) If the Design Guarantee Bond is not deposited with the Datuk Bandar in accordance
with sub-clause (a) above, the Datuk Bandar shall have the right to claim from the
Performance Bond the sum of Ringgit
(RM _)
being equal to 5% of the value of the said part of the Works or such part thereof as
may be demanded.
16
(d) If a payment is made to Datuk Bandar pursuant to clause (b), the Contractor shall
ensure that further security in the form of an additional Design Guarantee Bond for an
amount no less than the amount so paid to Datuk Bandar shall be issued to Datuk
Bandar prior to or upon the date of such payment. If any of the issued Design
Guarantee Bond were to expire prior to the validity period, a replacement Design
Guarantee Bond shall be issued to Datuk Bandar on or prior to the date of expiry of
the first mentioned Design Guarantee Bond in an amount not less than the amount of
that Design Guarantee Bond.
JA
23.0 EMPLOYMENT OF WORKMEN
A
23.1 Workmen
H
SA
(a) The Contractor shall employ, in the execution of this Contract, only Malaysian citizens
as workmen.
L
(b) If in any particular trade or skill required to complete the Works, the Contractor can
show to the satisfaction of the S.O. that Malaysian citizens are not available, then the
K
Contractor may employ non-Malaysian citizens subject to the approval of the Datuk
B
Bandar.
D
(c) The Contractor shall on the commencement of the Works furnish to the Datuk Bandar
ER
of the State in which this Contract is performed all particulars connected with this
Contract and such returns as may be called for from time to time in respect of labour
employed by him on for the execution of this Contract, in accordance with the
D
requirements of the Employment Act 1955, Employment (Restriction) Act 1968, and
N
Internal Security (Registration of Labour) Regulation 1960 or any subsequent

TE
modification or re-enactment thereof.
(d) The Contractor shall maintain on the Site at all times during the progress of the Works
N
an up to date register containing particulars of all workers employed by him.

A
(e) The Contractor shall cause his sub-contractors (including 'labour only' sub-contractors)
A
and Nominated Sub-Contractors to comply with the provisions of this clause.

N
U
23.2 Compliance with Employment Act 1955, etc.

EG
In the employment of workmen for the execution of this Contract, the Contractor shall comply,
and shall cause his sub-contractors (including "labour only'' sub-contractors) and Nominated
K
Sub-Contractors to comply with all the requirements of the Employment Act 1955,
Employment (Restriction) Act 1968, Employee's Provident Fund Act 1951, the Industrial
K
Relations Act 1967 and any other law relating to the employment of workmen, or any
TU
subsequent modification or re•enactment thereof PROVIDED THAT the Contractor shall not
be entitled to any claim for additional costs and payments whatsoever in respect of his
compliance with this clause.
N
U
23.3 Days and Hours of Working
No work shall be done on:
(a) the weekly day of rest;
(b) any public holiday which is recognized in the state where this Contract is being
carried out; or
(c) between the hours of six in the evening and six in the following morning;
17
without the written permission of the S.O. PROVIDED THAT when such written application of
the Contractor is approved by the S.O., the Contractor shall comply fully with all the
requirements of the Employment Ordinance 1955 in regard thereto or any subsequent
modification or re•enactment thereof and shall bear any costs for compliance therewith,
and any extra costs incurred by Datuk Bandar in connection with the supervision of the
Works.
23.4 Wages Books and Time Sheets
(a) The Contractor shall keep and shall cause his sub-contractors (including "labour only"
sub-contractors) and Nominated Sub-Contractors to keep proper wages books and
JA
time sheets showing wages paid to and the time worked by all workmen employed by
him and his sub-contractors as aforesaid in and for the performance of this Contract.
A
(b) The Contractor shall produce such wages books and time sheets on demand
H
for inspection by any persons duly authorised by the S.O.
SA
(c) The Contractor shall furnish to the S.O. or S.O.’s Representative such information
relating to the wages and conditions of employment of such workmen as the S.O. may
L
from time to time require.
K
23.5 Defaults in Payment of Wages
B
D
In the event of default in the payment of-
(a) any money in respect of wages; and/or ER

(b) payment in respect of Employees Provident Fund Contributions,
D
N
of any workmen employed by the Contractor or his sub-contractors (including "labour only"
TE
sub•contractors) and Nominated Sub-contractors in and for the performance of this Contract,
which a claim has been filed with the Department of Labour, then the S.O. shall make payment
to the Director General of Labour and/or Employees Provident Fund, as the case may be, out
N
of any monies at any time due to the Contractor under this Contract and such payment shall
A
be deemed to be a payment made to the Contractor by Datuk Bandar under and by virtue of
this Contract.
A
N
23.6 Discharge of Workmen

U
(a) The Contractor shall employ in and about the execution of the Works only such
EG
persons as are of good character, careful, skilled and experienced in their respective
vocations and trades.
K
(b) The S.O. shall be at liberty to object to and require the Contractor to remove
K
immediately from the Site any person employed by the Contractor in or about the
TU
execution of the Works who in the opinion of the S.O. misconducts himself or is
incompetent or negligent in the proper performance of his duties. Such person
shall not again be employed upon the Works without the prior written permission of the
N
S.O.
U
(c) Any person so removed from the Works shall be replaced without delay by a substitute
approved by the S.O. PROVIDED THAT the Contractor shall not be entitled to any
claim for any expense whatsoever incurred by him in respect of any direction given by
the S.O. under this clause.
18
24.0 VARIATIONS
24.1 The S.O. may issue instructions requiring a Variation in a form of a Variation Order. No
variation required by the S.O. shall vitiate this Contract. Upon the issuance of such Variation
Order, the Contractor shall forthwith comply with the Variation Order issued by the S.O.
24.2 The term 'Variation' means a change in the Contract Document which necessitates the
alteration or modification of the design, quality or quantity of the Works as described by or
referred to therein and affects the Contract Sum, including:
(a) the addition, omission or substitution of any work;
JA
(b) the alteration of the kind or standard of any of the materials, goods to be used in the
Works; or
A
H
(c) the removal from the Site of any work executed or materials or goods brought thereon
SA
by the Contractor for the purposes of the Works other than work, materials or goods
which are not in accordance with this Contract.
L
24.3 Any variation made under this clause shall not relieve the Contractor from his obligations
K
under clause 22.1(c).
B
D
25.0 VALUATION OF VARIATION
25.1 ER
All variations instructed in writing by the S.O. in accordance with clause 24 hereof shall
be measured and valued by the S.O. The valuation of Variations, unless previously or
otherwise agreed, shall be made in accordance with the following rules:
D
N
(a) the rates in the Bills of Quantities after adjustment if necessary as provided in clauses
TE
26.6 and 26.7 hereof, shall determine the valuation of work of similar character and
executed under similar conditions as work priced therein;
N
(b) the said rates, where work is not of similar character or executed under similar
A
conditions as aforesaid, shall be the basis of rates for the same, so far as may be
reasonable, failing which a fair valuation thereof shall be made by the S.O.;
A
N
(c) the rates in the Bills of Quantities shall determine the valuation of items
U
omitted, PROVIDED THAT if the omission substantially vary the conditions under
which any remaining items of work are carried out, the rates of such remaining
EG
items shall be valued under rule (b).

K
25.2 Where work cannot properly be measured or valued, the S.O. may allow day work price
as specified in Appendix. Unless otherwise provided in the Bills of Quantities, the day work
K
prices for the purpose of this Contract shall be taken to mean the actual net cost to the
TU
Contractor of his materials, plant and labour for the work concerned. The Contractor shall be
paid day work prices, plus fifteen percent (15%), which shall include for the cost of all ordinary
plant, tools, scaffolding, supervision and profit. PROVIDED ALWAYS that as a condition
N
precedent to any right to any payment the Contractor shall produce vouchers, receipts and
U
wage books specifying the time for labour and plant employed and materials used to the S.O
not exceeding seven (7) days after the work shall have been done.
25.3 The amount of variations shall be certified by the S.O. and added to or deducted from the
Contract Sum as the case may be and the amount shall be adjusted accordingly.
19
26.0 BILL OF QUANTITIES
Basis of Contract Sum
26.1 The quality and quantity of the Works as set out in the Bills of Quantities shall be the basis of
the Contract Sum. Any error in description or quantity or omission of Works from the
Bills of Quantities shall not vitiate this Contract but shall be rectified and the amount in
respect of such rectification shall be added to or deducted from the Contract Sum as the case
may be.
26:2 Datuk Bandar reserves the right to adjust the prices and rates in the Bills of Quantities
JA
submitted by the Contractor to ensure their reasonableness before acceptance of tender and
the decision of Datuk Bandar shall be final.
A
26.3 Any adjustment of the prices and/or rates in the Bills of Quantities required under clause 26. 2
H
and any arithmetical error or omission in the prices or rates and/or calculations of the
SA
Contractor in the Bills of Quantities shall before the signing of this Contract be so rectified and
adjusted that when correctly calculated, the total amount in the Summary of the Bills of
Quantities shall represent the same amount as the tender amount in the Form of Tender.
L
The tender amount shown in the Form of Tender shall remain unaltered but the net
aggregate amount of the difference between the total adjusted amount in the Summary of
K
the Bills of Quantities and the tender amount shown in the Form of Tender, whether a net
B
deduction or net addition, shall be calculated as a percentage of the total adjusted amount
D
shown in the Summary of the Bills of Quantities and all prices and/or rates throughout the Bills
of Quantities shall be subject to such percentage discounts or premiums as the case may
ER
be. Provided Always the Provisional and Prime Cost Sums shall be excluded from such
calculation and shall not be subject to such percentage discount or premium.
D
Standard Method of Measurement
N
TE
26.4 The Bills of Quantities, unless otherwise expressly stated in respect of any specified item
or items, shall be deemed to have been prepared in accordance with the principles of the
Standard Method of Measurement of Building Works as published by the Institution of
N
Surveyors (Malaysia) or Civil Engineering Method of Measurement published by Institution of

A
Civil Engineers (London) or Method of Measurement as set out in Bill of Quantities.

A
Provisional Quantities
N
U
26.5 Unless where the quantities of the Works or any part thereof are stated as 'provisional' in the
Bills of Quantities such quantities are firm and the Works shall not be subject to re-
EG
measurement unless the Bills of Quantities are proven to be erroneous and shall be dealt with
under clause 26.1.
K
26.6 Where the quantities of Works are stated as "provisional" in the Bills of Quantities,
K
such quantities are the estimated quantities which shall not be taken as the actual
and correct quantities of Works to be executed by the Contractor in the fulfillment of his
TU
obligations under the Contract. The amount to be paid to the Contractor in respect of such
Works upon completion of this Contract shall be ascertained by re-measurement of the work
N
as it is actually executed and valued in accordance with clause 25.1 hereof, after
U
adjustment if necessary as provided in clause 25.3 hereof.
26.7 For the purpose of clause 26.6, the amount to be paid to the Contractor shall be set off
against the amount for such work in the Bills of Quantities, and the balance shall be
added to or deducted from the Contract Sum as the case may be.
27.0 MEASUREMENT OF WORKS
27.1 The S.O. shall, when he requires any part or parts of the Works to be measured or re-
measured for the purposes of clauses of Variation under clause 24 and provisional quantities
20
under clause 26.5, give reasonable notice to the Contractor who shall attend or send a
qualified agent to assist the S.O. or S.O.'s Representative in making such measurement and
shall furnish all particulars required by the S.O.. Should the Contractor fail to attend or neglect
or omit to send such agent, then the measurement made by the S.O. or approved by him shall
be taken to be the correct measurement of the work.
27.2 Upon the completion of the measurement pursuant to clause 27.1, the S.O. shall supply the
Contractor with such measurement in respect of the said parts.
28.0 PAYMENT TO CONTRACTOR AND INTERIM CERTIFICATES
JA
28.1 When the Contractor has executed work including delivery to or adjacent to the Works of any
unfixed materials or goods intended for incorporation into the Works in accordance with the
A
terms of this Contract and their total value of work thereof has reached the sum referred to in
H
Appendix, the S.O. shall at that time make the first valuation of the same.
SA
28.2 Thereafter, once (or more often at the discretion of the S.O.) during the course of each
succeeding month the S.O. shall make a valuation of the works properly executed and of
L
unfixed materials and goods delivered to or adjacent to the Site, provided the total value of
work properly executed and the value of unfixed materials and goods as specified in
K
clause 28.4 hereof, delivered to the Site intended for incorporation into the Works in each
B
subsequent valuation shall not be less than the sum referred to in Appendix.
D
28.3 Within fourteen (14) days from the date of any such valuation being made and subject to the
ER
provision mentioned in clause 28.1, the S.O. shall issue an Interim Certificate stating the
amount due to the Contractor from Datuk Bandar PROVIDED THAT the signing of this
Contract shall not be a condition precedent for the issue of the first Interim Certificate (and no
D
other) so long as the Contractor has returned the Letter of Acceptance of Tender duly signed
N
and has deposited with the S.O. or the Datuk Bandar the relevant insurance policies under
TE
clauses 15 and 18 hereof.
28.4 The amount stated as due in an Interim Certificate shall, subject to any agreement between
N
the Parties as to payment by stages, be the estimated total value of the work properly
A
executed and up to ninety percent (90%) of the value of the unfixed materials and goods
delivered to or adjacent to the Site intended for incorporation into the permanent Works up to
A
and including the date the valuation was made, less any payment (including advance
N
payment) previously made paid under this Contract. PROVIDED THAT such certificate shall
U
only include the value of the said unfixed materials and goods as and from such time as they
are reasonably and properly and not prematurely delivered to or adjacent to the Site arid
EG
adequately protected against weather, damage or deterioration.

K
28.5 This clause shall not apply to any unfixed materials and goods which are supplied and
delivered by Nominated Suppliers for which payment shall be made for the full value of
K
the unfixed materials and goods.

TU
28.6 Within a number of days as stated in Appendix (or if none stated then within thirty (30) days of
the issue of any such Interim Certificate), Datuk Bandar shall make a payment to the
N
Contractor as follows:
U
(a) where the Performance Bond is in the form of a Banker's, Insurance or

Finance Company Guarantee, payment shall be made on the amount certified as due
to the Contractor in the said Interim Certificate; or
(b) where the Performance Bond is in the form of a Performance Guarantee Sum,
payment of ninety percent (90%) on the amount certified as due to the Contractor
shall be made with the remaining ten percent (10%) being retained by Datuk
Bandar as a Performance Guarantee Sum. PROVIDED THAT when the sum retained
is equivalent to five percent (5%) of the Contract Sum then in any subsequent
21
Certificate, payment shall be made on the full amount certified as due to the
Contractor.
29.0 ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRACT SUM
The amount to be added to or deducted from the Contract Sum in respect of expense or loss
due to fees and charges in relation to the supply of water and electricity and permanent
connections to water, electricity, telephone and sewerage mains under clause 6.2, variations
under clause 24, rectification of errors in Bill of Quantities under clause 26.3, fluctuation of
price under clause 30, payment of P.C. Sums and Provisional Sums under clause 34, opening
JA
up work for inspection and testing of materials or goods and executed work under clause 35.2,
loss and expense under clause 44 and costs of disposal of fossils, etc. under clause 65
hereof, shall be certified by the S.O.
A
H
SA
30.0 FLUCTUATION OF PRICE
In accordance with the Special Provisions to the Conditions of Contract for Fluctuation of Price
-CANCELED-
L
as contained in Appendix (if applicable), the amount payable by Datuk Bandar to the
Contractor upon the issue by the S.O. of an Interim Certificate under clause 28 hereof shall be
K
increased or decreased accordingly. The net total of any such increases or decreases shall be
B
given effect to in determining the Contract Sum.
D
31.0 FINAL ACCOUNT AND PAYMENT CERTIFICATE ER
31.1 As soon as is practicable but not later than three (3) months after the issuance of the
D
Certificate of Practical Completion, the Contractor shall submit full particulars complete
N
with receipts, vouchers records that would substantiate the Contractor's claim under clause 44
TE
together with any documents, supporting vouchers and any explanation and calculations
including documents relating to the accounts of Nominated Sub-Contractors or Nominated
Suppliers, which may be necessary to enable the Final Account to be prepared by the S.O.
N
PROVIDED ALWAYS the Contractor had given the notice of claim in writing within the
A
stipulated time or times in the said provisions.

A
31.2 If the Contractor fails to submit full particulars of all claims within the stipulated period, the S.O.
N
shall forthwith make the assessment based on the available documents submitted by
U
the Contractor for the purpose of the Final Account. Datuk Bandar shall be discharged from all
liabilities in connection with the claims.
EG
31.3 Within three (3) months after the expiry of the Defects Liability Period for the whole of the
K
Works or three (3) months after the issue of the Certificate of Completion of Making Good
Defects under clause 48 hereof, whichever is the later, the S.O. shall issue the Final
K
Certificate.
TU
31.4 The Final Certificate shall be supported by documents, and full particulars complete
with receipts, vouchers records showing the S.O.'s final valuation of Works and any
N
amount determined in clause 31.1 in accordance with the terms of this Contract. After setting
U
out or allowing for all payments or other expenditure of Datuk Bandar or any permitted
deductions made by Datuk Bandar or the S.O. on its behalf, the Final Certificate shall state
any final balance due from Datuk Bandar to the Contractor or from the Contractor to Datuk
Bandar, as the case may be, which shall thereupon become the debt payable. Such certificate
shall also take account of any outstanding permitted deductions not yet made by Datuk
Bandar under the terms of this Contract whether by way of liquidated damages or otherwise.
31.5 No final payment due to the Contractor under the Final Certificate, shall be made unless and
until the Contractor shall have satisfied the S.O. by means of a Statutory Declaration made by
or on behalf of the Contractor to the effect that the workmen who have been employed
by the Contractor on the Works including workmen employed by sub-contractors, whether
22
nominated or otherwise (including "labour only" sub-contractors) have received all wages due
to them in connection with such employment, and that all dues or contributions under the
Employment Act 1955, the Employee's Social Security Act 1969, the Employee's Provident
Fund Act 1965 and any other laws relevant to the employment of workmen, have been paid.
32.0 EFFECT OF S.O.'S CERTIFICATES
No certificate of the S.O. under any provision of this Contract shall be considered as
conclusive evidence as to the sufficiency of any work, materials or goods to which it relates,
nor shall it relieve the Contractor from his liability to amend and make good all defects,
JA
imperfections, shrinkages, or any other faults whatsoever as provided by this Contract.
In any case, no certificate of the S.O. shall be final and binding in any dispute between Datuk
Bandar and the Contractor if the dispute is brought whether before an arbitrator or in the
A
Courts.
H
SA
33.0 DEDUCTION FROM MONEY DUE TO CONTRACTOR
Datuk Bandar or the S.O. on its behalf shall be entitled to deduct any money owing from the
L
Contractor to the Datuk Bandar under this Contract from any sum which may become due or is
K
payable by the Datuk Bandar to the Contractor under this Contract or any other contracts to
which Datuk Bandar and Contractor are Parties thereto. The S.O. in issuing any certificate
B
under clauses 28 and 31, shall have regard to any such sum so chargeable against the
D
Contractor, provided always that this provision shall not affect any other remedy to which
Datuk Bandar may be entitled for the recovery of such sums.
ER
34.0 PRIME COST / PROVISIONAL SUMS
D
N
34.1 In respect of any and every Prime Cost or P.C. Sum provided in the Contract, the amount due
TE
to any Contractor shall be determined by deducting the said Prime Cost or P.C. Sum and
the relevant profit and/or attendance charges from the Contract Sum and substituting for the
same with the actual amount due to relevant Nominated Sub-Contractor or Nominated
N
Supplier as valued in accordance with the relevant sub-contract and the sums due to any
A
Contractor by· way of profit and/or attendance charges at the rates or prices stipulated in the
Contract Documents (if any).
A
N
34.2 The Provisional Sum may be expended at such times and in such amounts as the S.O. may
U
direct. Such sum if not used either wholly or in part shall be deducted from the Contract Sum.
The value of works which are executed by the Contractor in respect of Provisional Sums shall
EG
be ascertained in accordance with clause 25 hereof. The said value of such work executed by
the Contractor shall be set off against all such Provisional Sums and the balance shall be
K
added to or deducted from the Contract Sum as the case may be.
K
34.3 Any work to be executed, or materials or goods to be supplied for which Provisional Sums are
TU
provided in the Bills of Quantities may, if the S.O. so decides, be treated as P.C. Sum items
and shall be dealt with in accordance with clause 34.1.
N
34.4 Where the Contractor in the ordinary course of his business directly carries out works for
U
which P.C. Sums are provided in the Bills of Quantities and where such works are set out in
Appendix hereto and the S.O. is prepared to accept tenders from the Contractor for such
works the Contractor shall be permitted to tender for the same or any of them without
prejudice to Datuk Bandar’s right to reject the lowest or any tender. If the tender of Contractor
for any work included in the P.C. Sum is accepted, such tender shall be held to include
the profit and attendance charges, and the Contractor shall not be entitled to the profit and
attendance charges as contained in the Bills of Quantities notwithstanding any provision to the
contrary under clause 34.1.
23
35.0 MATERIALS, GOODS AND WORKMANSHIP
35.1 All materials, goods and workmanship shall be of the respective kinds and standards
described in the Specification and of good quality and in accordance with the standard of the
workmanship in the industry. The Contractor shall upon the request of the S.O. furnish him
with the relevant certificates and/or vouchers to prove that the materials and goods comply
with the Specification.
35.2 The Contractor shall, entirely at his own cost, provide samples of materials and goods for
testing purposes. The Contractor shall, when instructed by the S.O. to open up for inspection
any work covered up, or arrange for or carry out any test of any materials or goods (whether or
JA
not already incorporated in the Works) or of any executed work which the S.O. may in writing
require and the cost of such opening up or testing (together with the cost of making good
in consequence thereof) shall be added to the Contract Sum unless provided for in the Bills
A
of Quantities by way of Provisional Sums or otherwise or unless the inspection or test shows
H
that the work, materials or goods are not in accordance with this Contract.
SA
35.3 The Contractor shall pay all duties and taxes which may be imposed by law, such as customs
duties and sales tax, on all materials, goods and equipment, whether purchased or imported in
L
the Contractor's name or his agent, which are incorporated in the Works or used directly in
the construction, completion or maintenance of the Works.
K
35.4 Except where otherwise specified, the Contractor shall pay all tonnage and other royalties,
B
rent fees and other payments or compensation (if any) for getting stone, sand, gravel, clay or
D
other materials required for the Works.
36.0
ER
INSPECTION AND TESTING OF MATERIALS, GOODS AND EQUIPMENT
D
36.1 Further to his the Contractor's obligations under clause 10, the Contractor shall submit to the
N
S.O. for his approval, proposals for inspecting the design and setting out of the Works and
TE
testing the materials and workmanship to ensure that the Contractor's obligations under
the Contract are fulfilled.
N
36.2 The Contractor shall carry out the inspection and tests approved under clause 36.5 or
A
elsewhere in the Contract and such further tests as the S.O. may reasonably require, including
to open up for inspection any work covered up or to carry out any test of any materials or
A
goods (whether or not already incorporated in the Works or any executed Works).
N
U
36.3 The S.O may issue instructions to the Contractor to remove from the Site or rectify any work,
goods which are not in accordance with this Contract at his own cost.
EG
36.4 The Contractor shall, as may be required by the S.O. from time to time, provide such
K
assistance, instruments, machines, labour and materials as are normally required for the
purpose of examining, measuring and testing of any work, as well as and the quality, weight or
K
quantity of the materials used, and shall supply samples of materials before incorporation in
the Works for testing.
TU
36.5 Unless the Contract otherwise provides, the cost of making any test shall be borne by
N
the Contractor if such test is -

U
(a) proposed by the Contractor; or
(b) clearly intended by or provided for in the Contract.
36.6 Notwithstanding anything in clause 36.5, if the Contractor carries out any further test as
required by the S.O. pursuant to clause 36.2 and the result of such test shows the
workmanship or materials is not in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, then the
cost of such test shall be borne by the Contractor. But if the result of such test shows the
workmanship or materials comply with the provisions of the Contract, then the cost of such test
shall be borne by Datuk Bandar.
24
37.0 CONSTRUCTIONAL PLANT, EQUIPMENT, VEHICLES AND MACHINERIES
37.1 The Contractor shall pay all port dues including (but not by way of limitation) wharfage dues,
pilotage fees, anchorage, berthage and mooring fees, quarantine dues, loading porterage and
overtime fees for constructional plant, equipment, vehicles and machineries for use directly in
connection with the construction, completion of the works brought into and despatched from
Malaysia by the Contractor (or in his name by agents).
37.2 The Contractor shall furnish to the S.O. all such shipping documents, invoices and
JA
other documentation as may be required by the Customs Authorities in connection with the
importation of goods, materials, constructional plant, equipment, vehicles and machineries.
A
37.3 In the case of constructional plant, equipment, vehicles, and machineries imported on
H
the Contractor's behalf by importing agents and the like both the shipping documents
SA
and the invoices of the original suppliers or manufacturers must indicate clearly that the
consignment is for the Contractor's account.
L
37.4 The procedure in respect of the requirements of the foregoing shall be determined by
the Customs Authorities. The Contractor shall make written application to the S.O. and shall
K
provide the relevant documentation of all constructional plant, equipment, vehicles and
B
machineries to be imported into Malaysia not less than forty-five (45) days before the arrival
D
of the said constructional plant, equipment, vehicles and machineries.
37.5 ER
The Contractor shall pay all charges and other expenses in connection with the landing and
shipment of all constructional plant materials and other things of whatsoever nature brought
into or despatched from Malaysia for the purpose of the Contract.
D
N
37.6 The Contractor shall make his own arrangement in obtaining clearance through the Customs
TE
of constructional plant, equipment, vehicles and machineries. However, if required, the S.O.'s
assistance may be sought.
N
37.7 Under this Contract, the Contractor shall be required to furnish all lists of constructional plant,
A
equipment, vehicles and machineries to the S.O. whether the constructional plant, equipment,
vehicles and machineries are hired or acquired.
A
N
U
38.0 POSSESSION OF SITE

EG
38.1 No work under this Contract shall commence unless and until the Performance Bond
stipulated under clause 13 and such insurance policy as specified under clauses 15 and 18
K
shall have been deposited with Datuk Bandar, PROVIDED THAT for the purposes of this
clause only (but for no other), if the Contractor shall produce to Datuk Bandar the cover note of
K
the said insurance policy and the receipt of premium paid, it shall be a sufficient discharge of
TU
his obligations under this clause.
38.2 Unless the Contract Documents shall otherwise provide, possession of the Site as complete
N
as may reasonably be possible but not so as to constitute a tenancy, shall be given on or

U
before the "Date for Possession" stated in the Letter of Acceptance to the Contractor who shall
thereon and forthwith commence the Works (but subject to clause 38.1) and regularly and
diligently proceed with and complete the Works on or before the Date for Completion
as stated in Appendix.
38.3 The "Date for Completion" of the Works as referred to under clause 39 hereof shall be
calculated from the said "Date for Possession" PROVIDED ALWAYS that the possession of
Site may be given in section or in parts and any other restrictions upon possession of the Site
shall be stated in the Appendix to these Conditions or in the Contract Documents.
25
38.4 In the event of any delay in giving possession of the Site from the "Date for Possession" as
stated in Letter of Acceptance or delay in giving any section or part of the Site as provided in
clause 38.3, the S.O. may issue instructions in regard to the revision of the "Date for
Possession" and the "Date for Completion" shall be appropriately revised under clause 43.1(g)
hereof, but the Contractor shall not be entitled to claim for any loss or damage caused by
such delay in giving possession of the Site, nor shall he be entitled to terminate this Contract.
38.5 In the event that the giving of the possession of the whole Site is delayed beyond ninety (90)
days of the "Date for Possession" stated in the Letter of Acceptance, the S.O. shall give written
notice to the Contractor of the causes of such delay. Upon the receipt of the said written notice
issued by the S.O., the Contractor may, inform the S.O. in writing of its decision within
JA
fourteen (14) days of receipt of the said notice either to:
(a) agree to proceed with the Works when the Site is subsequently made available, in
A
which case clause 38.4 shall apply in particular, the Contractor shall not be entitled to
H
claim for any loss or damage caused by such delay in giving possession of the Site, or
SA
(b) terminate this Contract, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that Datuk
Bandar and the Contractor may have as a result of the termination.
L
38.6 In the event that the giving of possession of any section or part of the Site (whether provided
K
for in clause 38.3 or otherwise) is delayed beyond ninety (90) days from the Date of
B
Possession stated in the Appendix or the date the Contractor is scheduled to commence work
D
on that section or part of the Works in accordance with the approved programme of Works
as referred to in clause 12 hereof as the case may be, then the S.O. shall give written notice to
ER
the Contractor of the causes of such delay. Upon receipt of the said written notice, the
Contractor may inform the S.O. in writing, within fourteen (14) days of receipt of the said notice
of its decision either to:
D
N
(a) agree to proceed with the Works when the section or part of the Site is subsequently
TE
made available, in which case sub-clause 38.5(a) above shall apply and in
particular, the Contractor shall not be entitled to claim for any loss or damage caused
by such delay as aforesaid; or
N
A
(b) request for S.O.'s instruction to omit the relevant section or part of the Works from
the Contract. If the S.O. agrees to such request then the relevant section or part of the
A
Works shall be duly omitted and deemed to be a variation to the Contract. Such
N
variation shall not vitiate this Contract. If the S.O. does not agree to such request as
U
aforesaid, then the Contractor shall be entitled to claim for any loss and/or expenses
caused by and in respect of such delay beyond ninety (90) days as aforesaid.
EG
K
39.0 COMPLETION OF WORKS

K
39.1 Subject to clauses 38.3 and 41, the Contractor shall complete the whole of the Works on or
TU
before the "Date for Completion" as stated in the Appendix or such extended time as may be
allowed under clause 43 hereof.
N
39.2 If the Contractor considers that the works have achieved practical completion, the Contractor
U
shall notify the S.O. in writing to that effect.
39.3 Within 14 days of receipt of such notice, the S.O. shall carry out testing/ inspection of the
Works. Pursuant to such inspection/testing, the S.O. shall-
(a) issue the Certificate of Practical Completion to the Contractor if in his opinion the
whole Works have reached Practical Completion and have satisfactorily passed any
inspection/test carried out by the S.O. The date of such completion shall be certified
by the S.O. and such date shall be the date of the commencement of the Defects
Liability Period as provided in clause 48 hereof; or
26
(b) give instruction to the Contractor specifying all defective works which are required to
be completed by the Contractor before the issuance of the Certificate of Practical
Completion.
39.4 If the S.O. has given instruction pursuant to clause 39.3(b), no Certificate of Practical
Completion shall be issued to the Contractor until the Contractor has effectively carried out the
remedial work within reasonable period to the satisfaction of the S.O.
39.5 The Works shall not be regarded as practically complete unless it has fulfilled the following:
(a) the Works have been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of
JA
this Contract;
(b) Datuk Bandar can have full, proper and beneficial use of the Works for their intended
A
purpose, notwithstanding that there may be works of a very minor defects PROVIDED
H
THAT such works do not prevent or diminish the full, proper and beneficial use
SA
as aforesaid;
(c) the Works have passed any commissioning tests required in the Contract Document;
L
(d) the Works shall be made available to Datuk Bandar in a condition fit for occupation;
K
and
B
D
(e) all the essential services, including access roads, landscape, car parks, drains,
sanitary, water and electricity installation, fire hydrant, sewerage and refuse disposal
ER
equipment and fire lifts specified in this Contract.
39.6 When the whole of the Works have reached practical completion to the satisfaction of the
D
S.O., the date of such completion shall be certified by him and such date shall be the date of
N
the commencement of the Defects Liability Period as provided in clause 48 hereof.

TE
40.0 DAMAGES FOR NON-COMPLETION

N
A
40.1 If the Contractor fails to complete the Works by the Date for Completion or within any
extended time granted pursuant to clause 43, the S.O. shall forthwith issue a Certificate of
A
Non-Completion to the Contractor.

N
U
40.2 Without prejudice to Datuk Bandar’s right to terminate this Contract, when the S.O. issues the
Certificate of Non-Completion, Datuk Bandar shall be entitled to recover from the Contractor,
EG
Liquidated and Ascertained Damages calculated at the rate stated in Appendix 1 from the
period of the issuance of the Certificate of Non-Completion to the date of issuance of
K
Certificate of Practical Completion or the date of termination of this Contract. The S.O. may
deduct such Liquidated and Ascertained Damages from any money due or to become due to
K
the Contractor, failing which such damages shall be recovered from the Performance Bond or
TU
as a debt due from the Contractor. The S.O. shall inform the Contractor in writing of such
deduction.
N
40.3 The Liquidated and Ascertained Damages stated in Appendix 1 shall be deemed to be
U
a reasonable amount of loss which the Datuk Bandar will suffer in the event that the
Contractor is in breach of this clause. The Contractor by entering into this Contract
agrees to pay to the Datuk Bandar the said amount(s) if the same become due without the
need of the Datuk Bandar to prove his actual damage or loss.
40.4 The payment or deduction of such Liquidated and Ascertained Damages shall not relieve the
Contractor from his obligation to complete the Works or from any of its obligations and
liabilities under the Contract.
27
41.0 SECTIONAL COMPLETION
41.1 Where different completion dates for different sections or parts of the Works are stated and
identified in Appendix or elsewhere in the Contract Documents and different and
separate Liquidated and Ascertained Damages are provided for each section or part of the
Works, the provisions of this Contract in regard to:
(a) Certificate of Practical Completion;
(b) Delay and Extension of Time;
JA
(c) Liquidated Ascertained Damages; and
(d) Defects Liability Period,
A
H
but not Insurance of the Works under clause 18, Performance Bond under clause 13 and final
SA
payment on the Final Certificate under clause 31 hereof shall, in the absence of any express
provision to the contrary elsewhere in the Contract Documents apply as if each such section
or part was the subject of a separate and distinct contract between Datuk Bandar and
L
the Contractor.
K
41.2 For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in clause 41.1 shall entitle the Contractor to the
B
release of the whole or any part of the Performance Bond or Performance Guarantee Sum
D
deposited by him. The Performance Bond or Performance Guarantee Sum shall be released
or be refunded only upon the issue of the Certificate of Making Good Defects of the whole of
ER
the Works or in respect of the last section of the Works, as the case may be.
D
42.0 PARTIAL OCCUPATION/TAKING OVER BY DATUK BANDAR
N
TE
42.1. If at any time before the whole of the Works have reached practical completion pursuant
to clause 39, Datuk Bandar with the consent of the Contractor (which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld) shall take possession of and occupy any part or parts of the same (any
N
such part being hereinafter in this Clause referred to as 'the relevant part'), then
A
notwithstanding anything expressed or implied elsewhere in this Contract:

A
Certificate of Partial Occupation

N
U
(a) within seven (7) days from the date on which Datuk Bandar shall have taken
possession of the relevant part, the S.O. shall issue a Certificate of Partial
EG
Occupation in respect of the relevant part stating the estimated value of the said
relevant part, and for all the purposes of this Clause (but for no other) the value so
K
stated shall be deemed to be the total value of the said relevant part;
K
Defects Liability Period

TU
(b) for the purposes of clauses 39 and 48 hereof, the relevant part shall be deemed to
have reached practical completion and the Defects Liability Period in respect of the
N
relevant part shall be deemed to have commenced on the date on which Datuk
U
Bandar shall have taken possession and occupied thereof;
Certificate of Making Good Defects
(c) at the end of the Defects Liability Period of the relevant part and if in the opinion of the
S.O. any defect, imperfection, shrinkage or any other fault whatsoever in respect of
the relevant part which he may have required to be made good under clause 48.1,
shall have been made good by the Contractor, the S.O. shall issue a certificate to that
effect;
28
Reduction of Liquidated Ascertained Damages
(d) if, before the time of completion of the whole of the Works or, if applicable any section,
a Certificate of Practical Completion has been issued for any part of the Works or of a
section, the rate of the liquidated and ascertained damages for delay in completion of
the remainder of the Works or of that section shall, for any period of delay after the
date stated in such Certificate of Practical Completion, be reduced in the proportion
which the value of the part so certified bears to the value of the whole of the Works or
section, as applicable;
JA
Insurance of the Works
A
(e) notwithstanding the partial occupation by Datuk Bandar of the relevant part the
H
Contractor shall insure and keep insured the Works in the manner as stipulated under
SA
clause 18 and the Contractor shall give notice to the insurer of such partial occupation;
and
L
Performance Bond Not Affected
K
(f) it is expressly agreed that nothing contained in the preceding paragraphs shall entitle
B
the Contractor to the release of the Performance Bond or any part thereof deposited
D
by him under clause 13 hereof, the intention being that the said Performance Bond or
any part there of shall be released or refunded only upon the completion of making
ER
good all defects, imperfections, shrinkages or other faults which may appear during
the Defects Liability Period and upon the giving of the Certificate of Completion of
Making Good Defects for the whole of the Works under clause 48 hereof.
D
N
TE
43.0 DELAY AND EXTENSION OF TIME
43.1 Upon it becoming reasonably apparent that the progress of the Works is delayed, the
N
Contractor shall forthwith give written notice to the S.O as to the causes of delay and relevant
A
information with supporting documents enabling the said officer to form an opinion as to the
cause and calculation of the length of delay. If in the opinion of the S.O the completion of the
A
Works is likely to be delayed or has been delayed beyond the Date for Completion stated in
N
Appendix 1 or beyond any extended Date for Completion previously fixed under this Clause
U
due to any or more of the following events:

EG
(a) force majeure as provided under clause 58;

K
(b) exceptionally inclement weather;

K
(c) suspension of Works under clause 50;

TU
(d) directions given by the S.O., consequential upon disputes with neighboring owners
provided the same is not due to any act, negligence or default of the Contractor or any
N
sub-contractor, nominated or otherwise;

U
(e) S.O.'s instructions issued under clause 5 hereof, PROVIDED THAT such instructions
are not issued due to any act, negligence, default or breach of this Contract by the
Contractor or any sub-contractor, nominated or otherwise;
(f) the Contractor not having received in due time instructions in regard to the nomination
of sub-contractors and/or suppliers provided in this Contract, necessary
instructions, drawings or levels for the execution of the Works from the S.O. due to
any negligence or default of the S.O. PROVIDED THAT the Contractor shall have
specifically applied in writing on a date which having regard to the Date for Completion
stated in Appendix or to any extension of time then fixed under this clause, was
29
neither unreasonably distant from nor unreasonably close to the date on which it was
necessary for him to receive the same;
(g) delay in giving possession of the Site as provided under clause 38.4 hereof other
than claim in effecting insurance and Performance Bond;
(h) delay on the part of artists, tradesmen or others engaged by Datuk Bandar in
executing work not forming part of this Contract;
(i) the Contractor's inability for reason beyond his control and which he could not
reasonably have foreseen at the date of closing of tender of this Contract to secure
JA
such goods, materials and/or services as are essential to the proper carrying out
of the Works; or
A
(j) delay on the part of the Nominated Sub-contractors and/or Nominated Suppliers
H
to perform their works, due to reasons as stated above in sub-clauses (a) to (i),
SA
then the S.O. may if he is of the opinion that the extension of time should be granted, so soon
as he is able to estimate the length of the delay beyond the date or time aforesaid issue a
L
Certificate of Delay and Extension of Time giving a fair reasonable extension of time for
completion of the Works.
K
B
PROVIDED THAT all such delays are not due to any act, negligence, default or breach of
D
contract by the Nominated Sub-contractor and/or Nominated Supplier and/or the Contractor,
or any of the servants or agents of such Nominated Sub-contractor or Nominated Supplier or
the Contractor. ER
PROVIDED ALWAYS that the Contractor has taken all reasonable steps to avoid or reduce
such delay and shall do all that may reasonably be required to the satisfaction of the S.O. to
D
proceed with the Works.
N
TE
PROVIDED FURTHER that the Contractor shall not be entitled to any extension of time where
the instructions or acts of the S.O. are necessitated by or intended to remedy any default of or
breach of contract by the Contractor.
N
A
44.0 CLAIMS FOR LOSS AND EXPENSE

A
N
44.1 If at any time during the regular progress of the Works or any part thereof has been materially
U
affected by reason of delays as stated under clause 43.1 (c), (d), {e), (f) and (h), and
the Contractor has incurred direct loss and/or expense beyond that reasonably contemplated
EG
and for which the Contractor would not be reimbursed by a payment made under any other
provision in this Contract, then the Contractor shall within thirty (30) days of the occurrence of
K
such event or circumstances or instructions give notice in writing to the S.O. of his intention
to claim for such direct loss or expense together with an estimate of the amount of such loss
K
and/or expense, subject always to clause 44.2 hereof.

TU
44.2 As soon as is practicable but not later than ninety (90) days after practical completion of the
Works, the Contractor shall submit full particulars of all claims for direct loss or expense under
N
clause 44.1 together with all supporting documents, vouchers, explanations and calculations
U
which may be necessary to enable the direct loss or expense to be ascertained by the S.O..
The amount of such direct loss or expense ascertained by the S.O. shall be added to the
Contract Sum.
44.3 If the Contractor fails to comply with clauses 44.1 and 44.2, he shall not be entitled to such
claim and Datuk Bandar shall be discharged from all liability in connection with the claim.
30
45.0 INVESTIGATION BY DATUK BANDAR AND OTHER PERSONS IN CASE OF ACCIDENT,
FAILURE OR OTHER EVENT
Where Datuk Bandar, its employee or any person or body appointed or authorised by it carries
out any investigation in relation to any accident, failure or other event which has occurred to, in
or in connection with the Works or any part thereof for the purpose of determining the cause
or reason for the said accident, failure or event, the Contractor shall render all such
necessary assistance and facilities as may be required by Datuk Bandar, its employee or
such person or body, including the giving of access to all specifications, designs, records and
other available information relating to the Works.
JA
46.0 ACCESS FOR WORKS, ETC.
A
46.1 Access for S.O.
H
SA
(a) The S.O. and any person authorised by the S.O. shall at all times have access to the
Works and to the factories, workshops or other places of the Contractor or of any sub•
contractor or supplier where any equipment, materials, goods or work are being
L
manufactured, fabricated, assembled, prepared or stored for the Contract.
K
(b) Where any such equipment, materials, goods or work are being
B
manufactured, fabricated, assembled, prepared or stored in the factories, workshops
D
or other places of a sub-contractor or supplier, the Contractor shall by a term in the
sub-contract secure a similar right of access to those factories, workshops or other
ER
places for the S.O. and any person authorised by the S.O., and shall take reasonable
steps required of him by the S.O. to enforce or assist in enforcing such right.
D
(c) Any person so removed from the Works shall be replaced without delay by a substitute
N
approved by the S.O.; PROVIDED THAT the Contractor shall not be entitled to any
TE
claim for any expense whatsoever incurred by him in respect of any direction given by
the S.O. under this Clause.
N
46.2 Access for Other Contractors and Workmen

A
The Contractor shall in accordance with the requirements of the S.O. afford all reasonable
A
access and facilities to any other person engaged by Datuk Bandar and their workmen and of any
N
other constituted authorities for the purposes of executing any work on or near the Site.
U
EG
47.0 SUB-CONTRACT OR ASSIGNMENT

K
47.1 The Contractor shall not without the prior written consent of the S.O. (which consent shall not
be unreasonably delayed or withheld) sub- contract the design for any portion of the Works
K
under clause 22 of this Contract. Where the S.O. consents to any sub-contract under this
TU
clause, such consent shall not in any way absolve the obligations of the Contractor under
clause 10.
N
47.2 The Contractor shall not sub- contract the whole or any substantial part of the Works without
U
the prior written consent of the S.O. (which consent shall not be unreasonably delayed or
withheld). Any such consent, if given, shall not relieve the Contractor from any liability or
obligation under this Contract and he shall be responsible for the due observance by such
sub-contractors, of all the terms, stipulations and conditions under this Contract.
47.3 Notwithstanding any sub-contract made pursuant to clauses 47.1 and 47.2, the Contractor
shall be fully responsible for the acts, defaults or neglects of any sub-contractor, including
'labour only' sub-contractors, his agents, servants or workmen as if they were the acts,
defaults or neglects of the Contractor, his agents, servants or workmen; PROVIDED THAT the
provision of labour on a piecework basis shall not be deemed to be a sub-contract under this
clause.
31
47.4 It shall be a condition in any sub-contract which has been consent to by Datuk Bandar that
upon termination of the Contractor's employment under the Contract, the employment of the
sub• contractor under the sub-contract shall terminate immediately. No claim whatsoever shall
be made by the Contractor and/or sub-contractor against Datuk Bandar for any work done or
materials or goods supplied.
47.5 If the Contractor sub-contracts the Works, in whole or in part, to any person without getting
prior written consent of the S.O. as provided under this clause, the S.O. shall have the right to
instruct the Contractor to forthwith terminate such sub-contract and the Contractor shall be
liable for all costs and expense relating to such termination.
JA
47.6 The Contractor shall not assign the Contract or any part thereof, or any benefit or interest
therein or thereunder otherwise than by way of assignment in favour of the Contractor's
A
banker or any financial institution or Corporation of any monies due or to become due
H
under this Contract without prior written consent of the S.O.
SA
48.0 DEFECTS AFTER COMPLETION
L
48.1 Completion of Outstanding Work and Remedying Defects
K
B
(a) At any time during the Defects Liability Period as stated in Appendix hereto (or if none stated
D
the period is twelve (12) months from the date of practical completion of the Works), any
defect, imperfection, shrinkage or any other fault whatsoever which may appear and
ER
which are due to materials or goods or workmanship not in accordance with this Contract, the
S.O. shall issue written instruction to the Contractor to make good such defects, imperfections,
shrinkages or any other fault whatsoever at the Contractor's own cost. The Contractor shall
D
complete all such works with due expedition or within such time as may be specified by the
N
S.O.
TE
(b) Without prejudice to sub-clause (a), any defect, imperfection, shrinkage or any other fault
whatsoever which may appear during the Defects Liability Period to be made good by the
N
Contractor, shall be specified by the S.O. in the Schedule of Defects which he shall deliver to
A
the Contractor not later than fourteen (14) days after the expiration of the Defects Liability
Period. The defects, imperfections, shrinkages or any other fault whatsoever specified in
A
the Schedule of Defects shall be made good by the Contractor at his own costs and to be
N
completed within a reasonable time but in any case not later than three (3) months after the
U
receipt of the said Schedule. PROVIDED THAT the S.O. shall not be allowed to issue any
further instruction requiring the Contractor to make good of any defect, imperfection,
EG
shrinkage or any other fault whatsoever after the issuance of the said Schedule of Defects
or after fourteen (14) days from the expiration of the said Defects Liability Period, whichever is
K
the later.
K
48.2 Defaults in Remedying Defects

TU
If the Contractor shall fail to comply with either clause 48.1(a) and/or 48.1(b) within the time
so specified, the materials or works so affected may be made good in such manner as the
N
S.O. may think fit, in which case the costs incurred including On-Cost Charges (calculated by
U
applying the Percentage of On-Cost Charges stated in Appendix to the costs incurred), shall
be deducted from any money due or to become due, to the Contractor under this Contract and
failing which such costs shall be recovered from the Performance Bond or as a debt due from
the Contractor.
48.3 Diminution in Value of Works
If any defect, imperfection, shrinkage or any other fault whatsoever is such that, in the opinion
of the S.O., it shall be impracticable or inconvenient to Datuk Bandar to have the Contractor to
remedy the same, the S.O. shall ascertain the diminution in the value of the Works due to the
existence of such defects, imperfections, shrinkages or any other fault whatsoever. The
32
amount of such diminution shall be recoverable by Datuk Bandar from the Contractor as a
debt due under the Contract and failing which such diminution shall be recovered from the
Performance Bond.
48.4 Certificate of Completion of Making Good Defects
When in the opinion of the S.O. the Contractor has made good the defects,
imperfections, shrinkages or any other fault whatsoever which he is required to make good
under clauses 48.1(a) or (b), or both, the S.O. shall issue a certificate to that effect, and the
date specified in such certificate shall be the date on which the Contractor has completed
making good such defects, imperfections, shrinkages or any other fault whatsoever. The said
JA
Certificate shall be referred to as the "Certificate of Completion of Making Good Defects".
49.0 UNFULFILLED OBLIGATIONS
A
H
Notwithstanding the issue of the Certificate of Completion of Making Good Defects under
SA
clause 48.4 hereof, the Contractor and Datuk Bandar shall remain liable for the fulfillment of
any obligation under the provisions of the Contract, prior to the issue of the said certificate,
which remains unfulfilled at the time such certificate is issued, and for the purpose of
L
determining the nature and extent of any such obligation, the Contract shall be deemed to
K
remain in force between the Parties hereto.
B
D
50.0 SUSPENSION OF WORKS
50.1 Suspension and Resumption of Works ER

(a) The S.O. may at any time instruct the Contractor to suspend part or all of the Works.
D
N
(b) Upon receipt of such written instruction, the Contractor shall suspend part or all of the
TE
Works for such time and in such manner as specified in the instruction and shall duly
protect, store and secure the Works or such part of the Works against any
deterioration, loss or damage.
N
A
(c) During the suspension period, the Contractor shall continue to perform its obligations
under this Contract, which are not affected by the instruction to suspend, including the
A
obligation to effect and maintain insurances and Performance Bond.

N
U
(d) The S.O. may instruct the Contractor to resume the Works at any time thereafter.
Upon receipt of such instruction the Contractor shall resume the Works and the
EG
Parties shall jointly examine the Works affected by the suspension. The Contractor
shall make good any deterioration or defect in or loss of the Works which has occurred
K
during the suspension. The Contractor shall also take all necessary actions to mitigate
the expenses incurred.
K
TU
50.2 Extension of Time
If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs expenses in complying with the instruction under
N
clause 50.1(a), and in resumption of the Works, and if such delay and/or expenses was not
U
foreseeable by the Contractor, the Contractor shall give notice for extension of time under
clause 43 and the provisions thereof shall apply accordingly PROVIDED THAT the Contractor
shall not be entitled to such extension if the suspension is due to a cause attributable to the
Contractor and he shall not be entitled to payment of loss and expense if he -
(a) fails to take measures specified in clause 50.1(b); and
(b) fails to take all necessary action to mitigate the expenses incurred.
33
In the event such suspension shall continue for a period exceeding twelve (12) months, the
Parties shall then discuss whether to mutually terminate the Contract or suspend the Works for
a further period.
50.3 Consequences of Mutual Termination
(a) if the Contract is mutually terminated under this clause-
(i) clause 51.1(c)(i) shall be applicable; and
(ii) payment obligations including all costs and expenditure incurred by
JA
Datuk Bandar and the Contractor shall be ascertained in accordance with
clause 54.
A
H
51.0 EVENTS AND CONSEQUENCES OF DEFAULT BY THE CONTRACTOR
SA
51.1 Default of Obligations
L
(a) Events of Default
K
In the event the Contractor-
B
D
(i) fails to commence works at the Site within two (2) weeks after the Date for
Possession;
(ii)
ER
suspends or abandons the carrying out of the Works or any part thereof for a
continuous period of .............................................. (…………………………...) days;
D
N
(iii) fails to proceed regularly and diligently with the performance of his obligations under
TE
the Contract;
(iv) fails to execute the Works in accordance with the Contract;

N
A
(v) persistently neglects to carry out his obligations under the Contract,
A
(vi) refuses or persistently neglects to comply with a written notice from the S.O. in
N
relation to any defective work or equipment, materials or goods which are

U
defective or do not meet the requirements of the Contract;

EG
(vii) fails to comply with the provisions of clause 47; or

K
(viii) fails to comply with any terms and conditions of this Contract,
K
then Datuk Bandar shall give written notice to the Contractor specifying the default, and requiring
TU
the Contractor to remedy such default within fourteen (14) days of the receipt of the default notice or
any period determined by Datuk Bandar.
N
(b) Termination
U
If the Contractor fails to remedy the breach within such period, the Datuk Bandar shall have the right to
forthwith terminate this Contract by giving a written notice to that effect
(c) Consequences of Termination
If this Agreement is terminated under clause 51.1(b)-
(i) the Contractor shall –
(A) forthwith cease all operations of the Works;

34
(B) carry out any protection works so as to secure the Site, equipment,
goods, materials therein against any deterioration, loss or damage and to do
all things necessary so as to leave the Site in a clean and tidy
condition;
(C) remove its personnel and workmen from the Site;
(D) vacate the Site within the time stipulated by the S.O., remove all
temporary buildings, plant, tools, equipment, goods and unfixed materials
which have not been paid by Datuk Bandar, as specified by the S.O. Failing
JA
which, Datuk Bandar may (but without being responsible for any loss or
damage) remove and sell any such property belonging to the Contractor,
holding the proceeds, less all cost incurred, to the credit of the Contractor;
A
H
(E) either-
SA
(aa) terminate all third party contracts entered into by the Contractor for
the purposes of this Contract;
L
K
(bb) assign to Datuk Bandar, if so required by the S.O., at no cost or
expense to Datuk Bandar, the benefit of any agreement for the supply
B
of materials or goods and/or for the execution of any work or services
D
for the purposes of this Contract; or
(cc) ER
allow such third party to enter into a contract with Datuk
Bandar or any person deemed necessary by Datuk Bandar for the
purpose of completing the Works;
D
N
PROVIDED THAT the Datuk Bandar shall not be obliged to pay any third party for any
TE
materials or goods delivered or any work executed or services for the purposes of this
Contract (whether before or after the date of termination) for which the Datuk has paid but the
Contractor has failed to make payment to the third party;
N
A
(F) at no cost to the Datuk Bandar, hand over to Datuk Bandar all plans, designs,
A
specification and other relevant documents relating to the Works;

N
U
(G) pay to Datuk Bandar for any losses and damages as a result of
termination of this Contract in the manner provided under clause 56; and
EG
(H) not be released from any of its obligations under the Contract.
K
K
(ii) Datuk Bandar shall -

TU
(A) call upon the Performance Bond or forfeit the Performance Guarantee Sum;
N
(B) enter and repossess the Site;

U
(C) be entitled to carry out and complete the Works on its own or employ any
other person to carry out and complete the Works; and
(D) be entitled to claim against the Contractor for any losses, costs, expenses
and damages suffered as a result of termination of this Contract in the
manner provided under clause 56.
35
(iii) for the avoidance of doubt, the Parties hereby agree that the Contractor shall not be
entitled to any form of losses including loss of profit, damages, claims or whatsoever
upon termination of this Contract under this clause.
51.2 General Default
If at any time during the Contract Period-
JA
(i) the Contractor becomes bankrupt;
(ii) the Contractor becomes insolvent or compounds with or enters into an arrangements
A
or compositions with its creditors;
H
SA
(iii) an order is made or resolution is effectively passed for the winding-up of the
Contractor (except for the purpose of restructuring or amalgamation with the written
consent of Datuk Bandar, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld);
L
K
(iv) a provisional liquidator, receiver or manager of its business or undertaking duly
appointed, or possession taken by or on behalf of creditors or debenture holders
B
secured by a floating charge of any property comprised in or subject of the floating
D
charge; or
(v) ER
execution is levied against a substantial portion of the Contractor's assets, then the
Datuk Bandar shall have the right to terminate this Contract forthwith by giving notice
to that effect.
D
N
TE
(b) Consequences of Termination
(i) In the event the termination of this Contract under clause 51.2 takes place, clauses
N
51.1(c)(i) and 51.1(c)(ii) shall apply.

A
(ii) For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties hereby agree that the Contractor shall not be
A
entitled to any form of losses including loss of profit, damages, claims or whatsoever
N
upon termination of this Contract under this clause.

U
EG
52.0 TERMINATION ON NATIONAL INTEREST

K
52.1 Termination
K
(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Contract, Datuk Bandar may terminate this
TU
Contract by giving not less than thirty (30) days written notice to that effect to
the Contractor (without any obligation to give any reason thereof) if Datuk Bandar
considers that such termination is necessary for national interest, national policy or
N
national security.
U
(b) For the purpose of this clause, what constitutes "national interest", "national policy"
and "national security", shall be solely made and determined by Datuk Bandar and
such determination shall for all intent and purposes be final and conclusive and shall
not be open to any challenge whatsoever.
52.2 Consequences of Termination
Upon such termination of this Contract under clause 52.1-
36
(a) payment obligations including all costs and expenditure incurred by Datuk Bandar and
the Contractor shall be ascertained in accordance with clause 54; and
(b) clause 51.1(c)(i) and clause 51.1(c)(ii)(B) and (C) shall apply.
53.0 TERMINATION ON CORRUPTION, UNLAWFUL OR ILLEGAL ACTIVITIES
53.1 Termination
Without prejudice to any other rights of the Datuk Bandar, if the Company, its personnel,
JA
servants or employees is convicted by a court of law for corruption or unlawful or illegal
activities in relation to this Contract or any other agreement that the Contractor may have with
the Datuk Bandar, Datuk Bandar shall be entitled to terminate this Contract at any time, by
A
giving immediate written notice to that effect to the Contractor.
H
SA
53.2 Consequences of Termination
L
Upon such termination under clause 53.1 -
K
(a) Datuk Bandar shall be entitled to all losses, costs, damages and expenses including
B
any incidental costs and expenses incurred by the Datuk Bandar arising from such
D
termination;
(b) ER
clause 51.1(c)(i) and (ii) shall apply; and
(c) for the avoidance of doubt, the Parties hereby agree that the Contractor shall not be
D
entitled to any other form of losses including loss of profit, damages, claims or
N
whatsoever upon termination of this Contract.

TE
54.0 PAYMENTS UPON SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION ON NATIONAL INTEREST

N
54.1 If this Contract is terminated under clause 50 or clause 52, the amount to be paid (in so far as
A
such amounts or items have not already been covered by payments on account made to the
Contractor) shall be the following:
A
N
(a) the value of all work carried out up to the date of termination;
U
(b) the amounts payable in respect of any preliminary items so far as the W ork or service
EG
comprised therein has been carried out or performed and a proper proportion of any
such items which have been partially carried out or performed;
K
(c) the cost of materials or goods reasonably ordered for the Works which have
K
been delivered to the Contractor or of which the Contractor is legally liable to accept
TU
delivery (such materials or goods becoming the property of the Datuk Bandar upon
such payment being made to the Contractor);
N
(d) a sum being the amount of any expenditure reasonably incurred by the Contractor in
U
so far as such expenditure has not been recovered by any other payments referred to
in this sub-clause; and
(e) the reasonable cost of any protection works and removal of equipment and site
facilities pursuant to termination as provided under this Contract,
PROVIDED THAT such amount to be paid by Datuk Bandar shall be confined only to those
items as are clearly and expressly stated in sub-clauses (a}-(e) above.
54.2 For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties hereby agree that the Contractor shall not be entitled
to any other form of losses including loss of profit, damages, claims or whatsoever other
37
than stipulated under clause 54.1(a)-(e). The Parties further agree that the amount agreed
above by Datuk Bandar shall constitute as a full and final settlement between the Parties.
54.3 Upon termination of this Contract under clause 50 and clause 52, a final account of
this Contract shall be prepared and issued by the S.O.
55.0 EVENTS AND CONSEQUENCES OF DEFAULT BY DATUK BANDAR DEFAULT OF

OBLIGATIONS
JA
If Datuk Bandar without any reasonable cause fails to perform of fulfill any of its obligations
which adversely affects the Works, then the Contractor may issue a notice specifying the
A
default by the Datuk Bandar and requiring the Datuk Bandar to remedy the same within the
H
period specified therein taking into account the nature of the remedy to be carried out by Datuk
SA
Bandar or such other period as may be agreed by both Parties from the date of receipt of such
notice.
L
b) Termination
K
If Datuk Bandar fails to remedy the default period specified in such notice issued under Clause
B
55 (a) within the stipulated period time therein, the Contractor shall have the right to forthwith
D
terminate this Contract by giving a written notice to that effect.
(c) Consequences of Termination ER

If this Contract is terminated under Clause 55 (b)(i) Datuk Bandar shall pay to the Contractor-
D
N
(i)(a) the value of the Works carried out up to the date of termination;
TE
(ii)(b) the amounts payable in respect of any preliminary items so far as the Work or
service comprised therein has been carried out or performed and a proper proportion
N
of any such items which have been partially carried out or performed;
A
(iii)(c) the cost of materials or goods reasonably ordered for the Works which have been
A
delivered to the Contractor or of which the Contractor is legally liable to accept

N
delivery (such materials or goods becoming the property of Datuk Bandar upon
U
such payment being made to the Contractor); and

EG
(iv)(d) a sum being the amount of any expenditure reasonably incurred by the Contractor in
so far as such expenditure has not been recovered by any other payments referred to
K
in this sub-clause.
K
(ii) For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties hereby agree that the Contractor shall not be
TU
entitled to any other form of losses including loss of profit, damages, claims or
whatsoever upon termination of this Contract.
N
56.0 CERTIFICATE OF TERMINATION COSTS

U
56.1 As soon as the arrangements for the completion of the Works made by the Datuk Bandar
enable the S.O. to make a reasonably accurate assessment of the ultimate cost to the Datuk
Bandar of completing the Works following the termination of the Contractor's
employment and the engagement of other contractors or persons, and the amount of
direct loss and/or damage caused to Datuk Bandar due to the termination has been
ascertained by the S.O., then the S.O. may issue a certificate (hereinafter referred to as the
"Certificate of Termination Costs") stating the Completion Cost (hereinafter defined) and
the Final Contract Sum (hereinafter defined).
38
56.2 The Completion Cost comprises the following sums, costs or expenditure:
(a) the sums previously paid to the Contractor by the Datuk Bandar;
(b) the sums paid or payable to other contractors or persons engaged by Datuk Bandar to
complete the Works;
(c) any sums paid to sub-contractors or suppliers under clause 61;
(d) any costs or expenditure incurred or to be incurred including On Cost Charges

incurred by Datuk Bandar in completing the Works; and
JA
(e) the amount of direct loss and/or damage caused to Datuk Bandar due to the
termination.
A
H
SA
56.3 The Final Contract Sum comprises of the following amounts or sums:
(a) the amount which would have been payable under the Contract on completion in
L
accordance with the Contract, allowing any variations or other matters which would
K
have resulted in an adjustment of the original Contract Sum; and
B
(b) any other sums which the Datuk Bandar might be entitled under the terms of the
D
Contract to deduct from the original Contract Sum had the Contractor's employment
not been terminated.
56.4
ER
The Certificate of Termination Costs shall state the difference between the Final Contract Sum
and the Completion Cost. If the Final Contract Sum is less than the Completion Cost,
D
the difference shall be a debt payable by the Contractor to the Datuk Bandar and if
N
greater the difference shall be a debt payable by the Datuk Bandar to the Contractor.
TE
56.5 The Certificate of Termination Costs shall be binding and conclusive on the Contractor as to
the amount of such loss or damage specified therein.
N
A
56.6 In the event the completion of the Works being undertaken departmentally, allowance shall
be made, when ascertaining the amount to be certified as costs and expense incurred by
A
Datuk Bandar, for cost of supervision, interest and depreciation on plant and all other
N
usual overhead charges and profit as would be incurred if the Works were completed
U
by other contractors or persons.

EG
57.0 SURVIVING RIGHTS

K
Any termination under this Contract shall not affect the liability of either Party hereto for any of
K
its acts or omissions during the period of the Contract and both Parties shall thereafter
TU
continue to be so liable and shall keep the other Party hereto indemnified and hold harmless in
respect of any claims arising therefrom.
N
U
58.0 EFFECT OF FORCE MAJEURE
58.1 Neither the Datuk Bandar nor the Contractor shall be in breach of its obligations under
this Contract if it is unable to perform its obligation under this Contract (or any part of thereof),
other than the payment obligations as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Force Majeure.
58.2 An "Event of Force Majeure" is an event beyond the control of both Parties which are:
(a) war (whether declared or not), hostilities, invasion, act of foreign enemies;
(b) insurrection, revolution, rebellion, military or usurped power, civil war, terrorism;
39
(c) natural catastrophe including but not limited to earthquakes, floods, subterranean
spontaneous combustion or any operation of the forces of nature against which an
experienced contractor could not reasonably have been expected to take precautions;
(d) nuclear explosion, radioactive or chemical contamination or radiation (unless caused

by the negligence act, omission or default of the Contractor, its agents or personnel);
(e) pressure waves caused by aircraft or other aerial devices traveling at sonic or
supersonic speeds; and
JA
(f) riot, commotion or disorder, unless solely restricted to employees of the Contractor or
its personnel, servants or agents.
A
H
58.3 If an Event of Force Majeure occurs by reason of which either Party is unable to perform any
SA
of its obligation under this Contract (or any part thereof), the Party shall inform the other Part y
immediately of the occurrence of that Event of Force Majeure with full particulars thereof and
the consequences thereof.
L
K
58.4 If either Party considers the Event of Force Majeure to be of such severity or to be continuing
for such period of time that it effectively frustrates the original intention of this Contract, then
B
the Parties may agree that this Contract may be terminated upon mutual agreement of the
D
Parties.
58.5 ER
If this Contract is terminated by an Event of Force Majeure pursuant to the above clause, all
rights and obligations of the Parties under this Contract shall forthwith terminate and
neither Party shall have any claim against the other Party and neither Party shall be liable to
D
each other save for any rights and liabilities accruing prior to the occurrence of the Event of
N
Force Majeure.
TE
58.6 Neither Party shall be entitled to rely upon the provisions above if both Parties
reasonably determine that an Event of Force Majeure has not occurred.
N
A
58.7 For avoidance of doubt, the Parties shall continue to perform those parts of those obligations
not affected, delayed or interrupted by an Event of Force Majeure and such obligations
A
shall, pending the outcome of this clause continue in full force and effect.
N
U
59.0 SITE AGENT AND ASSISTANTS

EG
Unless otherwise provided elsewhere in this Contract, the Contractor shall keep constantly on
K
the Site a competent, efficient, suitability qualified, experienced and good character site
agent and his assistants in each trade as may be necessary who must be capable of
K
receiving instructions in Bahasa Malaysia, and in default it shall be the responsibility of the
TU
Contractor to provide replacement for them and all wages and other expenses in connection
with the employment of such replacement site agent and assistants. Any directions,
explanations or instructions given to such site agent by the S.O. shall be deemed to have been
N
given to the Contractor under this Contract.

U
60.0 NOMINATED SUB-CONTRACTORS AND/OR NOMINATED SUPPLIERS
60.1 The S.O. shall obtain tenders for Nominated Sub-Contractor's or Nominated Supplier's work
or services, or for the supply of materials or goods in respect of which Prime Cost
Sums or Provisional Sums are included in the Bills of Quantities, and the Contractor shall, on
the written instruction of the S.O., enter into such sub-contracts with the Nominated Sub-
Contractor or Nominated Supplier as the case. may be and such sub-contracts shall be in the
form as referred to in clause 60.2(b).
40
60.2 The S.O. shall not nominate as a sub-contractor or a supplier in connection with the Works:
(a) a person against whom the Contractor shall make in writing within twenty one (21)
days from the date of the S.O.'s instruction under clause 60.1 hereof what the S.O.
considers to be reasonable objection;
(b) a person who will not enter into a sub-contract with terms and conditions as provided
in Datuk Bandar standard form of sub-contract for Nominated Sub-contractor
(Form DBKL 203N) or for Nominated Supplier (Form DBKL 203P), as the case may
be; or
JA
(c) a person who will not give to Datuk Bandar such indemnity with terms and conditions
as provided in Datuk Bandar standard form of Letter of Indemnity for Nominated Sub•
contractors (Form DBKL 203N7) or for Nominated Suppliers (Form DBKL 203P7), as
A
the case may be.
H
60.3 If pursuant to clause 60.2, the Contractor is not required to enter into a sub-contract with a
SA
Nominated Sub-contractor or Nominated Supplier, as the case may be, the S.O. shall do one
or more of the following:
L
(a) nominate an alternative sub-contractor or supplier, as the case may be, in which case
clause 60.2 hereof shall apply;
K
B
(b) by order under clause 24 vary the Works or the work or services, materials or goods,
D
the subject of the Prime Cost Sums or Provisional Sum as aforesaid, including if
necessary the omission of any such work or services, materials or goods so that
ER
they may be provided by workmen, contractors or suppliers, as the case may be,
employed by Datuk Bandar either concurrently with the Works or at some other date in
which case the Contractor shall not be entitled to claim for any losses therefrom; or
D
N
(c) in accordance with clause 34.4 arrange for the Contractor to execute such work or
TE
services, or to supply such materials or goods.

N
61.0 PAYMENT TO NOMINATED SUB-CONTRACTOR OR SUPPLIER

A
61.1 The S.O. in issuing Interim Certificates under clause 28 or the Final Certificate under clause
A
31 hereof shall state separately the amount of interim or final payment due to each Nominated
N
Sub• Contractors or Suppliers which amount subject to clause 61.2 hereof, shall be paid by
U
Datuk Bandar direct to the Nominated Sub-contractors or Suppliers. The amount paid by the
Datuk Bandar direct to the Nominated Sub-contractors or Suppliers shall be deemed to
EG
be a payment to the Contractor by Datuk Bandar under and by virtue of this Contract.
K
61.2 Subject to the relevant provisions in the sub-contract (Form DBKL 203N or Form DBKL 203P
as the case may be), the Contractor shall be entitled to be paid and the Datuk Bandar may pay
K
to the Contractor out of any money otherwise due to a Nomin ated Sub-contractors or
TU
Suppliers:
N
(a) any amount which Datuk Bandar or the S.O. on its behalf in exercise of any rights
U
under this Contract has deducted from any money due to the Contractor and such
deduction is in respect of some act or default solely of the Nominated Sub-contractors
or Suppliers, his servants or agents;
(b) any amount agreed by the Nominated Sub-Contractor or Suppliers as due to

the Contractor, or any amount awarded in arbitration or litigation in favour of the
Contractor which arises out of or under the sub-contract; and
(c) the amount of any claim for loss and/or expense actually incurred by the Contractor
by reason of any breach or failure to observe the provisions of the ·sub-contract by
the Nominated Sub-contractors or Suppliers under the sub-contract.
41
61.3 Any amount paid to the Contractor in accordance with this clause shall be deemed to be a
payment to the Nominated and/or Sub-Contractors or Suppliers under the sub-contract.
62.0 NO LIABILITY OF DATUK BANDAR TO NOMINATE AND/OR SUB-CONTRACTOR OR

SUPPLIER
Nothing in clauses 60 or 61 or anything else contained in this Contract shall render Datuk
Bandar in any way liable to any Nominated and/or Sub-Contractor or Supplier.
JA
63.0 RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTOR TO NOMINATE AND/OR SUB-CONTRACTORS
OR SUPPLIERS
A
H
63.1 The Contractor shall be fully responsible to ensure that the Nominated Sub-Contractor
SA
or Suppliers shall conform with the terms and conditions of this Contract and shall be
fully responsible for the acts, defaults or breach of any terms and/or conditions of this Contract
by the Nominated Sub-Contractors or Suppliers on their part in the same way as for his own or
L
those of other sub-contractors or suppliers engaged by himself. Datuk Bandar shall in no
K
circumstances be liable to the Contractor for the default of any Nominated Sub-Contractors or
Suppliers.
B
D
63.2 In the event of repudiation or abandonment of his sub-contract by any Nominated Sub-
contractor or Supplier, or the determination by the Contractor of the employment of the
ER
Nominated Sub• contractor or Supplier for any reason whatsoever under the sub contract, the
Contractor shall do one of the following :
D
(a) with the consent of the S.O. (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) employ
N
another competent sub-contractor or supplier to complete the sub-contract; or

TE
(b) undertake to complete the sub-contract himself.

N
PROVIDED THAT in any of such events the Contractor is entitled to be paid the same sum for the
A
work or services to be executed, or materials or goods to be supplied, as would have been payable
had the original Nominated Sub-contractor or Supplier completed the sub-contract without any
A
default on its part.

N
U
64.0 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

EG
64.1 The Copyright and all other proprietary rights whatsoever in the Works and other material
K
developed and supplied by the Contractor pursuant to or under this Contract shall vest in and
shall be the sole property of Datuk Bandar and the Contractor shall not during or at any time
K
after completion of the Works or after the expiry or termination of this Contract, in any way,
TU
question or dispute the ownership of Datuk Bandar. The proprietary rights in the Works shall
vest in Datuk Bandar free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances on the Works.
N
64.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for any claim that the equipment Supplied infringes a
U
patent, copyright or registered design.
64.3 If Datuk Bandar’s use or possession of the equipment is likely to constitute an infringement,
then the Contractor shall promptly and at its own expenses procure for Datuk Bandar the right
to continue using and possessing the equipment; or modify or replace the equipment so as to
avoid the infringement (in which event the Contractor shall compensate Datuk Bandar for the
amount of any direct loss or damage sustained or incurred by Datuk Bandar during such
modification or replacement).
64.4 The Contractor shall indemnify Datuk Bandar against any claim for the infringement of any
letters patent, copyright or registered designs by the use of any equipment or of information
42
supplied under this Contract and against all costs and damages which Datuk Bandar may
incur in any action for which such infringements or for which Datuk Bandar may become liable
in any such action.
65.0 ANTIQUITIES
65.1 All fossils, coins, antiquities and other objects of interest or value which may be found on the
Site or in excavating the same during the progress of the Works shall become absolute
property of the Datuk Bandar and upon discovery of such an object the Contractor shall
forthwith-
JA
(a) not to disturb the object and shall cease work if and in so far as the continuance of the
work would endanger the object or prevent or impede its excavation or its removal;
A
(b) take all steps which may be necessary to preserve the object in the exact position and
H
condition in which it was found; and
SA
(d) inform the S.O. of the discovery and precise location of the object.
L
65.2 The S.O. shall issue instructions in regard to what is to be done concerning the object reported
by the Contractor under clause 65.1 and (without prejudice to the generality of his power) such
K
instructions may require the Contractor to permit the examination, excavation or removal of
B
the object by a third party. Any such third party shall for the purpose of clause 15 be deemed
D
to be a person for whom Datuk Bandar is responsible and not to be a sub-contractor.
65.3
ER
If compliance with the provisions of clause 65.1 or with an instruction issued under clause 65.2
has involved the Contractor in direct loss and/or expense for which he would not be
D
reimbursed by a payment made under any other provisions of this Contract then the amount of
N
such loss and/or expense shall be added to the Contract Sum.

TE
66.0 ARBITRATION
N
A
66.1 If any dispute or difference shall arise between Datuk Bandar and the Contractor out of or in
connection with the contract, then parties shall refer such matter, dispute or difference to the
A
officer named in Appendix for a decision.

N
U
66.2 The officer named in Appendix's decision shall be in writing and shall subject to clause 66.4
hereof, be binding on the Parties until the completion of the Works and shall forthwith be given
EG
effect to by the Contractor who shall proceed with the Works with all due diligence whether or
not notice of dissatisfaction is given by him.
K
66.3 If the Parties-

K
TU
(a) fails to receive a decision from the officer named in the Appendix within forty-five (45)
days after being requested to do so; or
N
(b) is dissatisfied with any decision of the officer named in the Appendix, then such
U
dispute or difference shall be referred to arbitration within forty-five (45) days to an

arbitrator to be agreed between the Parties and failing such agreement, to be
appointed by the Director of the Regional Centre for arbitration in Kuala Lumpur on
the application of either Party hereto. Such arbitration shall be heard at the Kuala
Lumpur Regional Centre for Arbitration and shall be conducted in accordance with the
rules for arbitration of the Kuala Lumpur Regional Centre for Arbitration using the
facilities and the system available at the Centre.
66.4 Such reference, except on any difference or dispute under clause 51 hereof shall not
be commenced until after the completion or alleged completion of the Works or determination
43
or alleged determination of the Contractor's employment under this Contract, or abandonment
of the Works, unless with the written consent of Datuk Bandar and the Contractor.
66.5 In the event that such consent has been obtained in accordance with clause 66.4, the
reference of any matter, dispute or difference to arbitration pursuant to this clause and/or the
continuance of any arbitration proceedings consequent thereto shall in no way operate as a
waiver of the obligations of the parties to perform their respective obligations under this
Contract.
66.6 In any arbitration proceedings conducted pursuant to clause 66.3, the Parties may make any
counter claim in relation to any dispute or difference arising from the Contract.
JA
66.7 Upon every or any such reference the costs of such incidental to the reference and award
shall be in the discretion of the Arbitrator who may determine the amount thereof, or direct the
A
amount to be taxed as between solicitor and client or as between party and party, and shall
H
direct by whom and to whom and in what manner the same be borne, award and paid.
SA
66.8 The award of the Arbitrator shall be final and binding on the Parties.
L
66.9 In the event of the death of the arbitrator or his unwillingness or inability to act, then
Datuk Bandar and the Contractor upon agreement shall appoint another person to act as the
K
arbitrator, and in the event Datuk Bandar and the Contractor fail to agree on the appointment
B
of an arbitrator, an arbitrator shall be appointed by the Director of the Regional Centre
D
for Arbitration in Kuala Lumpur.
66.10 ER
In this clause, "reference" shall be deemed to be reference to arbitration within the meaning of
the Arbitration Act 2005.
D
66.11 The arbitration shall be governed by the Arbitration Act 2005 and the laws of Malaysia.
N
TE
67.0 NOTICE, ETC.

N
67.1 Any notice, approval, consent, request or other communication required or permitted to be
A
given or made under this Contract shall be in writing in Bahasa Malaysia or English language.
A
67.2 Such notice shall be effected by:

N
U
(i) hand delivery or courier and an acknowledgement of receipt obtained;

EG
(ii) leaving the notice at the registered office or site office of the Contractor in which case
it shall be deemed to have been duly delivered; or
K
(iii) registered post in which case it shall be deemed to have been received seven (7) days
K
after the date of posting.

TU
67.3 The address of Datuk Bandar and the Contractor is as shown below or such other address as
either party may have notified the sender:
N
U
to Datuk Bandar:
Address:
to the Contractor:
Address:
44
67.4 It shall be the duty of the parties to notify the other if there is a change of address or entity by
giving a written notice within fourteen (14) days. In the event of the Contractor failing to notify
the S.O, of such an address or any change in his address, such written notices and
instructions shall be deemed to have been served upon the Contractor if they are sent in the
manner stated above to the address stated in this Contract or to the Contractor's site office.
68.0 SAFETY AT THE SITE
68.1 Compliance with Safety Requirements
JA
The Contractor shall comply with all relevant laws, regulations, rules, by-laws, directive or
order by the relevant authorities on the requirements of safety-at-work ("Safety
Requirements") and shall ensure his personnel, workmen and sub-contractors at all times
A
during the execution of Works comply with such Safety Requirements.
H
SA
68.2 Submission of Safety Programme
(a) Within 14 days from the receipt of the Letter of Acceptance by Datuk Bandar, the
L
Contractor shall submit to the S.O a safety programme to ensure that all construction
activities required for the execution of the Works are carried out in a safe manner and
K
in compliance with Safety Requirements.
B
D
(b) The safety programme shall be subject to the approval of the S.O. The submission to
and approval by the S.O of the safety programme shall not relieve the Contractor of
ER
any of his obligations and liabilities pertaining to the safety requirement under the
Contract.
D
68.3 Safety Officer and Personnel
N
TE
(a) The Contractor shall appoint a suitably qualified and experienced person as safety
officer who shall be responsible for compliance with Safety Requirements and all
safety matters relating to the Works. The Contractor shall, from time to time,
N
provide such other personnel and resources as may be required to ensure the
A
effective implementation of the safety programme on Site.

A
(b) The Contractor shall conduct training programmes for all workmen including workmen
N
of his sub-contractors for compliance with the Safety Requirements.

U
68.4 Safety Measures

EG
(a) The Contractor shall ensure that the constructional plant together with all other tools
K
and equipment and other items used in the execution of the Works are in a safe,
sound and good condition and capable of performing the functions for which they are
K
intended.
TU
(b) The Contractor is responsible for instituting a safe method of construction on Site for
all the workers and shall ensure that his sub-contractors whether nominated or
N
otherwise institute the same method of construction for their workers.

U
(c) Without limiting his liability under the Contract, the Contractor shall provide all
workmen on Site with the necessary safety equipment including but not limited to
safety boots, safety helmets and protective clothing.
69.0 ADVANCE PAYMENT
69.1 The Contractor shall be entitled to an advance payment on the Contract amounting to 25% of
the value of the Contract Sum less Provisional Sums (hereinafter referred to as the "Builder's
45
Work") but subject to a maximum of RM10 million on compliance with the following
conditions:
(a) on return of the Letter of Acceptance duly signed by the Contractor together with the
Performance Bond (if any), insurance policies, confirmation from SOCSO Authorities
and the receipts for all premium paid;
(b) production of a Banker's/lnsurance/Finance Company Guarantee in the approved

format equal in value to the advance proposed to be paid;
(c) Submission of the Banker's Guarantee/Insurance Guarantee/Financial Company
JA
Guarantee not later than 3 months from the date of possession of Site.
69.2 The advance payment shall be recouped when the cumulative total value of the Builder's
A
Work executed and certified (including the amount certified for materials on site) reaches
H
(25%) twenty five percent of the total contract value of Builder's Work, by way of a fixed
SA
percentage deduction from the total certified value of the Builder's Work executed (including
the amount certified for materials on site) during the period covered by an Interim Payment
Certificate, in all the subsequent Interim Payment Certificates on the basis that the advance
L
payment made shall be fully recovered in the Interim Payment Certificate in which the
cumulative total certified value of the Builder's Work executed (including the amount certified
K
for materials on site) reaches seventy-five (75%) percent of the total contract value of the
B
Builder's work*. The deduction shall be calculated as follows:
D
$D = 200 A percent of $P
B ER
Where $D = cumulative deduction to me made in Interim Payment Certificate,
D
N
$A = total amount of advance paid,

TE
$B = total contract value of Builder’s Work

N
$P = gross certified value of Builder’s Work executed (including the

A
amount certified for materials on site) or agreed cumulative

scheduled payments in excess of 25% of $B
A
N
69.3 The liability under the advance guarantee shall be terminated upon realization by the
U
Datuk Bandar of the full sum of advance paid. However if the full sum of the advance paid
EG
cannot be realized before the completion date of the contract or any authorised extension
thereof or the case of the contract been determined before the date of the determination, then
the balance of the advance repayable to Datuk Bandar shall be recovered from the
K
advance guarantee.
K
TU
70.0 AMENDMENT
No modification, amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of this Contract shall be

N
effective unless made by mutual consent and made in writing by way of supplementary
U
agreement specifically referring to this Contract and duly signed by the Parties. The provisions
in respect of such amendment, variation or modification thereof shall be supplemental to and
be read as integral part of this Contract which shall remain in full force and effect as between
both Parties.
46
71.0 CONFIDENTIALITY
71.1 This Contract and all such drawings, records, data, books, reports and all matters pertaining
hereto shall be considered as confidential matter and shall not be disclosed to any third party
without prior written mutual agreement, save and except where-
(a) disclosure of such information is necessary for the purposes of raising finance
to undertake the obligations of the Contractor under this Contract;
(b) disclosure of such information is made to the Contractor's consultants, auditors

or advisers;
JA
(c) disclosure of such information is required by law or by any Datuk Bandar’s agency or
for the performance of any obligations under this Contract; or
A
(d) the information has entered public domain.
H
SA
71.2 Where information has been disclosed to third parties pursuant to clause 69.1, the Contractor
undertakes to ensure that such third parties shall not disclose the information to any other third
L
party.
K
71.3 The restrictions contained in this clause shall survive the termination of this Contract and shall
B
continue to bind both Parties without limit in point of time.
D
72.0 STAMP DUTY ER
The Contractor shall solely bear the stamp duties, legal costs and fees in the preparation and
D
execution of this Contract and anything incidental thereto.
N
TE
73.0 SEVERABILITY
If any provision of this Contract is held to be illegal or is invalid under any laws or regulations
N
effective and applicable during the term of this Contract such provision shall be fully severable
A
and this Contract shall be construed as if such illegal or invalid provision had never comprised
as part of this Contract and the remaining provisions of this Contract shall remain in full force
A
and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal or invalid provision or by its severance from
N
this Contract.
U
EG
74.0 WAIVER
K
Failure by any Party to enforce at any time, any provision of this Contract shall not be
construed as a waiver of its right to enforce the breach of such provision or any other
K
provision in this Contract or as a waiver of any continuing, succeeding or subsequent breach

TU
of any provision or other provision of this Contract.

N
75.0 LAWS APPLICABLE

U
This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Malaysia and
the Parties irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Malaysia.
76.0 SUCCESSORS BOUND
This Contract shall be binding upon the respective successors-in-title of the Parties.
47
77.0 EPIDEMICS AND MEDICAL ATTENDANCE
77.1 The Contractor shall maintain the Site in clean and sanitary condition and shall comply with all
requirements of the Datuk Bandar Health and Sanitary Authorities. In the event of any
outbreak of illness of an epidemic nature, the Contractor shall comply with and carry out suc h
regulations, orders and requirements as may be made by Datuk Bandar or the local medical or
health authorities for the purpose of dealing with and overcoming the same.
77.2 The Contractor shall ensure that sufficient first aid kits are made available at suitable locations
on the Site.
JA
78.0 TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER
A
If the Contractor appoints foreign professionals, the Contractor shall endeavour to ensure that
H
the employees of the Datuk Bandar are trained or exposed to the expertise of such foreign
SA
professionals pursuant to a programme for technology transfer.
L
79.0 GENERAL DUTIES AND PERFORMANCE STANDARD
K
78.1 Industry Practice
B
D
The Contractor shall provide and perform the Works in a proper manner in accordance with
good management and best industry practice and to the best advantage of the Datuk Bandar
ER
and shall comply with all law, statutes and any guidelines or direction issued by Datuk Bandar
to the contractor from time to time.
D
79.2 Competency
N
TE
The Contractor shall provide and perform its obligations under this Contract and take
all appropriate measures expected of a competent company using due care and skills
of a professional person providing similar service or works to ensure that the Works comply
N
with the terms and conditions of this Contract.

A
79.3 Datuk Bandar’s Interest

A
N
The Contractor shall at all times perform the Works in such manner as will always safeguard
U
and protect the Datuk Bandar’s interest and take all necessary and protect the Datuk
Bandar’s interest take all necessary and proper steps to prevent abuse and in accordance
EG
with the provisions of this Contract.

K
80.0 RESTRICTION AND PROCEDURE ON USE OF IMPORTED MATERIALS AND GOODS

K
TU
80.1 The Contractor shall use local goods/materials as listed in the 'Senarai Bahan/Barangan
Buatan Tempatan' issued by IKRAM QA Services Sdn. Bhd. and/or issued by SIRIM QA
Services Sdn. Bhd., whichever is relevant. If the Contractor fails to comply with this
N
requirement, Datuk Bandar may reject the goods/materials which are found to be not in
U
compliance with this requirement.
80.2 For local goods/materials not listed as aforesaid, such goods/materials may be allowed if prior
testing and certification from IKRAM QA Services Sdn. Bhd. or SIRIM QA Services Sdn. Bhd.,
whichever is relevant, has been obtained. Where such testing -cannot be carried out by
IKRAM QA Services Sdn. Bhd. or SIRIM QA Services Sdn. Bhd. the Contractor may, with the
S.O.'s prior approval, have the testing to be done by another agency.
80.3 Under no circumstances shall the Contractor be permitted to incorporate or supply imported
materials, plant, equipment, vehicles or other goods into the Works or forming part of the
scope of the Works except those approved by Datuk Bandar, prior to the execution of the
48
Contract. The Contractor shall at his own cost entirely substitute any materials, plant,
equipment, vehicles or other goods proposed to be imported but not approved by the Datuk
Bandar, with suitable local materials, plant, equipment, vehicles or other goods, including
making any necessary sub sequential changes or adjustment to the design of the Works to
accommodate such substitution, all to the concurrence of the S.O..
80.4 The Contractor shall ensure that the procurement of approved imported materials,
plant, equipment, vehicles or other goods are obtained directly from the country of origin
based on F.O.B. or other similar basis. The transportation and insurance of such imported
materials, plant, equipment, vehicles or other goods from the country of origin to the Site shall
be arranged by the Contractor through the Datuk Bandar’s Multi Modal Transport Operators
JA
(hereinafter referred to as MTO) as listed in Appendix . The Contractor shall allow in his tender
all costs and time required in complying with the requirements of this Clause including the
cost required for the services provided by the MTO.
A
H
80.5 The Contractor shall submit documentary evidence of compliance with this clause to the S.O.
SA
within one (1) month from the date of each delivery to the Site of such materials,
plant, equipment, vehicles or other goods.
L
81.0 TIME
K
B
Time whenever mentioned shall be of the essence of this Agreement.
D
ER
D
N
TE
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
49
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above
written.
The Official Seal of the )
DATUK BANDAR KUALA LUMPUR )
is hereunto affixed in accordance )
JA
with Section 5 of the )
Federal Capital Act 1960 )
A
………………………………………………
H
SA
L
The Common Seal of )
K
)
B
*(Co. No.: ) )
D
in the presence of : )
ER
D
N
TE
…………………………………………………………….. ……………………………………………………
N
A
Director Director/Company Secretary

A
Name:_ Name:_
N
U
NRIC No.: NRIC No.:

EG
K
K
SIGNED for and on behalf of )

TU
)
N
)
U
in the presence of : )
………………………………………………………………
Name:_
NRIC No.:
Designation:_
* Applicable only if the Contractor is a company registered under the Companies Act 1965
50
APPENDIX TO THE CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Clause
4.1(a)
Officer(s) empowered to approve variations according to the limits as set out in Treasury's Instructions No. 202
as amended.
Financial Limits Officer
JA
A
H
SA
L
K
B
D
ER
D
N
4.1(b) Officer(s) empowered to take

TE
action on behalf of the Datuk

Bandar Kuala Lumpur in respect of:
N
A
Clauses 51, 52, 53, 58 and 66......

A
N
13 Performance Bond
U
Amount of Guarantee ………………………………………… RM...........................................................

EG
Guarantor Bank/Insurance Company/

K
Finance Company ......................................................

K
Guarantee No.............................................................
TU
15 Minimum insurance cover for any one accident or series of accidents arising out of one event
N
..................................................................................
U
Policy No..................................................
Period of insurance..................................
15.1 (b) Amount of excess ........................................................... RM...........................................................

APPENDIX TO THE CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT • (Cont'd)
Clause
17 SOCSO Scheme registration number.......................................................
18 Amount to be added to full value

of Contract Sum as the insured sum RM........................................
JA
Total Amount Insured ............................ RM........................................
Policy No.........................................
A
H
Period of insurance .......................................
SA
18 (b) Amount of excess …………………………………………………………… RM.....................................
21.2 Date of Tender ..................................
L
K
B
28.1 Value of work to be executed including
D
materials and goods to be delivered before
ER
First Interim Certificate will be issued .................................. RM.....................................
D
28.2 Value of work to be executed including
materials and goods to be delivered before each
N
subsequent Interim Certificate will be issued .................................. RM.....................................

TE
28.6 Period for honouring payment certificate

N
(if none stated, then within thirty (30) days

of the issue of the Certificate) ..................................
A
A
34.4. Work covered by P.C. Sums for which the Contractor

N
will be permitted to tender ..................................

U
EG
38.2 'Date for Possession' of the Site ..................................

K
39.1 'Date for Completion' for whole of the Works……………………………..

K
TU
40.2 Liquidated and Ascertained Damages

at the rate of ... ................................................ RM...................................per.........................
N
U
APPENDIX TO THE CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT- (Cont'd)
Clause
41.1 Sectional Completion:
Identification of Date for Possession Date for Liquidated & Ascertained

Sections or parts [Clause 38.3] Completion Damages
JA
A
H
SA
L
K
B
D
ER
48.1(a) Defects Liability Period (if none stated,
D
then the period is twelve (12) months) ...........................................................
N
TE
5.3, 5.4, 15.3, Percentage of on-cost charges ... ........................................................ 5%

17.3(b), 18.2
N
A
48.2, Percentage of on-cost charges ……………………………………………. 10%

56.2(d)
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO THE CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT BORANG
KONTRAK DBKL 203/203A (Rev. 1/2010)
NO. AMENDMENTS
1. Page 20, Clause 28 (DBKL203) / Page 21, Clause 28 (DBKL203A)
JA
Substitute the whole of Clause 28.0 with the new Clause 28.0 as follows:
A
28.1 Subject to compliance with the terms and conditions under this Contract, The Contractor shall
be entitled for Interim Payment certified by the S.O.’s monthly evaluation (or more often at
H
the discretion of the S.O.). Provided always that the Contractor shall submit to the S.O. at
SA
such times and in such form as the S.O. may Prescribe, written application for Interim
Payments showing the amounts which in the Contractor’s opinion are due under Contract
Payments. The submission shall Include the following:
L
K
(a) the value of Works done and property executed and valued in accordance with
B
these terms of Contract;
D
(b) the amount of any valuation of variations or of the instructions by the S.O. (clause
25);
ER
(c) the amount in regard to the expenditure of Provisional Sums and Prime Cost Sums
executed or expended (clause 34);
D
(d) the value of any goods or unfixed materials delivered to or adjacent to the Site
N
intended for use or to be incorporated into the Works;

TE
(e) the value of fluctuation of price pursuant to clause 30: and

(f) all relevant documents including site measurement, working diagrams, delivery
orders, relevant invoices, as built drawings, shop drawings relevant tests and
N
environmental impact assessment of the Works or other relevant documents as the

A
S.O. may require, to substantiate the Contractor’s written application for interim
A
payments.
N
28.2 The S.O. shall within fourteen (14) days from the date of receipt of the application for
U
Interim Payments, inspect and verify the Works. And make a valuation of the same and
EG
issue an Interim Payment Certificate stating the amount due to the Contractor from the
Datuk Bandar PROVIDED THAT the total value in each monthly calculation shall not be
K
less than the sum referred to in Appendix 1.

K
28.3 The amount stated as due in an Interim payment Certificate shall be the estimated total
TU
value of the Works done and properly executed and up to ninety (90) percent of the value
of any goods or unfixed materials delivered to or adjacent to the Site intended for use or to
N
be incorporated into the Works up to and including the date the valuation was made, less
U
any payments (including Advance Payment) previously paid under this Contract.
PROVIDED THAT such Certificate shall only include the value of the said goods or
unfixed materials as and from such time as they are reasonable and properly and not
prematurely delivered to or adjacent to the Site and adequately protected against weather,
damage or deterioration.
28.4 This clause shall not apply to any unfixed materials and goods which are supplied and
delivered by Nominated Suppliers for which payments shall be made for the full value of
the unfixed materials and goods.
‐1‐
28.5 Within a number of days as stated in Appendix (or if none stated then within thirty (30)
days of the issues of any such Interim Certificate), the Datuk Bandar shall make a
payment to the contractor as follows:
(a) where the Performance Bond is in the form of a Banker’s, Insurance or Finance
Company Guarantee, payment shall be made on the amount certified as due to the
Contractor in the said Interim Certificate; or
(b) where the Performance bond is in the form of a Performance Guarantee Sum,
payment of ninety percent (90%) on the amount certified as due to the contractor
JA
shall be made with the remaining ten percent (10%) being retained by the Datuk
Bandar as a Performance Guarantee Sum. PROVIDED THAT when the sum
A
retained is equivalent to five percent (5%) of the Contract Sum then in any
H
subsequent Certificate, payment shall be made on the full amount certified as due
SA
to the Contractor.
28.6 If the Contractor fails to submit full particulars of written for Interim Payment as stipulated in
L
clause 28.1, the S.O. shall make the valuation of works based on the available documents
K
to him for the purpose of the Interim Payment Certificate. The Datuk Bandar shall be
B
discharged from all liabilities in connection with the Interim Payments.
2. Page 22, Clause 31

D
ER
Substitute the whole of Clause 31.0 with the new Clause 31.0 as follows:
D
31.1 As soon as is practicable but not later than three (3) months after the issuance of the
N
Certificate of Practical Completion, the Contractor shall submit full particulars complete
TE
with receipts, vouchers records that would substantiate the Contractor’s claim under clause
44 together with any documents, supporting vouchers and any explanation and calculations
N
including documents, relating to the accounts of Nominated Sub-Contractors or Nominated

Suppliers, which may be necessary to enable the Final Account to be prepared by the S.O.
A
PROVIDED ALWAYS the Contractor had given the notice of claim in writing within the
A
stipulated time in the said provisions.

N
U
31.2 Within three (3) months after issuance of the Certificate of Completion of Making Good
Defects, the Contractor shall submit to the S.O. a statement of the final account showing in
EG
detail the value in accordance with the Contract, of the Works carried out together with all
further sums which the contractor considers to be due to him after giving credit to the
K
Datuk Bandar for all amounts previously paid by the Datuk Bandar and for all sums to
which the Datuk Bandar is entitled under the Contract up to the date of the Certificate of
K
Completion of making God Defects or the Certificate of Completion of Maintenance, as the

TU
case may be. The Final Account shall be supported by all documentation substantianting
the value of the same.
N
31.3 If the Contractor fails to submit full particulars of all claims within the stipulated period,
U
the S.O. shall forthwith make the assessment based on the available documents submitted
by the Contractor for the purpose of the Final Account. The Datuk Bandar shall be
discharged from all liabilities in connection with the claims.
31.4 Within three (3) months after the expiry of the Defects Liability Period for the whole of the
Works or three (3) months after the Issue of the Certificate of completion of making Good
defects under clause 48 hereof, whichever is the later, the S.O. shall issue the final
Certificate
‐2‐
31.5 The Final Certificate shall be supported by documents, and full particulars complete with
receipts, vouchers record showing the S.O’s final valuation of Works and any amount
determined in clause 31.1 in accordance with the terms of this contract. After setting out or
allowing for all payments or other expenditure of the Datuk Bandar or any permitted
deductions made by the Datuk Bandar or the S.O. on its behalf, the Final Certificate shall
state any final balance due from the Datuk Bandar to the Contractor or from the Contractor
to the Datuk Bandar, as the case may be, which shall thereupon become the debt payable.
Such certificate shall also take account of any outstanding permitted deductions not yet
made by the Datuk Bandar under the terms of this Contract whether by way of liquidated
damages or otherwise.
JA
31.6 No final payment due to the Contractor under the Final Certificate, shall be made unless
A
and until the Contractor shall have satisfied the S.O. by means of a Statutory Declaration
H
made by or on behalf of the Contractor to the effect that the workmen who have been
SA
employed by the Contractor on the Works including workmen employed by subcontractors,
whether nominated or otherwise (including “labour only” sub-contractors) have received all
wages due to them in connection with such employment, and that all dues or contributions
L
under the Employment Act 1955, the Employee’s Social Security Act 1969, the
K
Employee’s Provident Fund Act 1965 and any other laws relevant to the employment of
B
workmen, have been paid.

D
ER
3.1 Substitute clause 40.1 with the new clause 40.1 as follows:
D
40.1 If the Contractor fails to complete the Works by the Date for Completion or within any
N
extended time granted pursuant to clause 43, the S.O. shall issue a Certificate of
TE
NonCompletion to the Contractor.
3.2 Substitute clause 40.2 with the new clause 40.2 as follows:
N
A
40.2 Without prejudice to the Datuk Bandar’s right to terminate this Contract, when the S.O. issues
A
the Certificate of Non-Completion, the Datuk Bandar shall be entitled to recover from the
N
Contractor, Liquidated and Ascertained Damages calculated at the rate stated in Appendix
U
1 from the date of the failure to complete the work pursuant to clause 40.1 to the date of
the Practical Completion or the date of termination of this Contract. The S.O. may deduct
EG
such Liquidated and Ascertained Damages from any money due or to become due to the
Contractor, failing which such damages shall be recovered from the Performance Bond or
K
as a debt due from the Contractor. The S.O. shall inform the Contractor in writing of such
deduction.
K
TU
N
U
‐3‐
ADDENDUM NO. 2 TO THE CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
BORANG KONTRAK DBKL 203/203A (Rev. 1/2010)
NO. AMENDMENTS
1. Page 2, Clause 1.1(ea)
JA
Insert Clause 1.1(ea) after Clause 1.1(e) "Contract Sum" as follows:
A
(ea) "Tender Price" means the price offered by the Contractor
H
as stipulated in the Letter of Acceptance of
SA
Tender;
L
2. Page 45, Clause 69.1 (DBKL203A) I Page 46, Clause 69.1 (DBKL203)
K
B
Substitute Clause 69.1 with the new Clause 69.1 as follows:
69.1 D
The Contractor shall be entitled to an advance payment on the
ER
Contract amounting to 25% of the Tender Price less the aggregate
amount of Prime Cost Sums and Provisional Sums including the
D
value of tax imposed under the Goods and Services Tax 2014
N
(hereinafter referred to as the "Builder's Work") but subject to a maximum

TE
of RM10 million on compliance with the following conditions:

N
(a) On return of the Letter of Acceptance duly signed by the

Contractor together with the Performance Bond (if any), insurance
A
policies, confirmation from SOCSO Authorities and the receipts for all
A
premium paid;
N
U
(b) Production of a Banker's/lnsurance/Finance Company Guarantee in the

EG
approved format equal in value to the advance proposed to be paid;

K
(c) Submission of the Banker's Guarantee I Insurance Guarantee I Financial

Company Guarantee not later than 3 months from the date of possession
K
of Site.
TU
N
U
1
ADDENDUM NO. 3 TO THE CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
BORANG KONTRAK DBKL 203/203A (Rev. 1/2010)
NO. AMENDMENTS
13.0 PERFORMANCE BOND / PERFORMANCE GURANTEE SUM
1.1 Substitute the clause 13.1(a) with the new clause 13.1 (a) as follows:
JA
13.1(a) The Contractor shall, on the date of the possession of Site, provide a
A
H
Performance Bond or Performance Guarantee Sum as the case may be
SA
substantially in the form as in Appendix issued by an approved licensed
bank or financial institution incorporated in Malaysia in favour of the Datuk
L
Bandar for a sum equivalent to five percent (5%) of the total Contract Sum
K
B
as specified in Appendix to secure the due performance of the obligations
D
under this Contract by the Contractor. The Performance Bond shall remain
ER
valid and effective until *twelve (12) / twenty four (24) months after the
expiry of the Defect Liability Period or the issuance of the Certificate of
D
N
Completion of Making Good Defects, whichever is the later.

TE
N
1.2 Substitute the clause 13.2 with the new clause 13.2 as follows:
A
A
13.2 The Contractor may opt for a Performance Bond in the form of Performance
N
U
Guarantee Sum in lieu of the Bank, Insurance- or Finance Company

EG
Guarantee as specified in clause 13.1 hereof whereby deductions of ten

percent (10%) shall be made from the first interim payments and
K
subsequent interim payment until the total amount deducted aggregate to a

K
TU
sum equivalent to five (5) percent of the Contract Sum. The amount
deducted shall be retained by the Datuk Bandar up to *twelve (12) / twenty
N
four (24) months after the expiry of the Defect Liability Period or the
U
issuance of the Certificate of Completion of Making Good Defects,

whichever is the later
* Delete whichever is not applicable:-
Contract sum up to RM10 million : twelve (12) months
Contract sum more than RM10 million : twenty four (24) months
1
JA
A
H
SA
L
K
B
D
ER
D
N
KUALA LUMPUR
TE
N
A
BAHAGIAN 6. SKOP KERJA

A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U

PERPARITAN DI JALAN JALIL PERKASA 19,
TAMAN ESPLANADE, BUKIT JALIL,
JA
A
SKOP KERJA
H
SA
1.0 PENDAHULUAN
L
Projek ini merangkumi kerja-kerja pembaikan cerun dan sistem perparitan Di
K
Jalan Jalil Perkasa 19, Taman Esplanade, Bukit Jalil, Wilayah Persekutuan
B
Kuala Lumpur dengan membina tembok penahan berserta Micropile sebagai
D
asas kepada tembok penahan dan sistem saliran cerun.
ER
2.0 LOKASI
D
N
Lokasi pembaikan cerun adalah di Cadangan Menjalankan Kerja-Kerja

TE
Pembaikan Cerun Dan Sistem Perparitan Di Jalan Jalil Perkasa 19, Taman
Esplanade, Bukit Jalil, Wilayah Persekutuan Kuala Lumpur
N
A
dengan koordinat 3°03’41.2704” N 101°40’39.1656” E.

A
N
U
3.0 BIDANG KERJA-KERJA

EG
i. Preliminaries
K
ii. Perobohan dan penghapusan longkang, jalan, pokok, struktur dan

ultiliti yang sedia ada seperti yang dinyatakan dalam lukisan.
K
iii. Membina longkang sementara dan longkang kekal seperti yang

TU
dinyatakan dalam dokumen kontrak dan lukisan binaan.

iv. Kerja pengorekan, pembinaan bagi ‘Micropile’, tembok penahan, dan
N
pembentukan cerun semula seperti yang dinyatakan dalam lukisan

U
pembinaan.
v. Membekal dan menanam rumput seperti yang dinyatakan dalam
lukisan pembinaan.
4.0 TANGGUNGJAWAB KONTRAKTOR

Kontraktor yang melaksanakan projek ini perlu memastikan segala kerja
berjalan dengan lancar dan dapat disiapkan mengikut masa sebagaimana
yang telah diperuntukan dalam dokumen kontrak untuk pambinaan ini.
Menjalankan kerja mengikut speksifikasi yang telah ditetapkan dalam
dokumen kontrak dan lukisan binaan.
5.0 LARANGAN RASUAH
Sekiranya mana-mana pihak ada menawar atau memberi apa-apa suapan

kepada mana-mana anggota pentadbiran awam, maka pihak yang ditawar
atau diberi suapan dikehendaki membuat aduan dengan segera ke pejabat
Badan Pencegah Rasuah atau balai polis yang berhampiran. Kegagalan
berbuat demikian adalah merupakan suatu kesalahan di bawah Akta
Suruhanjaya Pencegahan Rasuah Malaysia 2009.
JA
A
H
6.0 Bidang Kerja
SA
6.1 Kerja-Kerja Pendahuluan (Preliminaries Work)
L
K
Sebelum Kerja-kerja utama dijalankan pihak kontraktor hendaklah
B
melaksanakan kerja-kerja pendahuluan berupa peraturan-peraturan
D
seperti berikut :-
6.1.1.1
ER
Penyediaan Bon Pelaksanaan (Perfomance Bond),
Insurans, Senarai Nama Pekerja, Jadual Program
D
Pelaksanaan Kerja dan yang berkaitan dengannya.
N
TE
6.1.1.2 Penyediaan Papan Tanda Projek 2 unit di tapak kerja (sila

rujuk lukisan) dan Papan Tanda Amaran di tapak kerja.
N
A
6.1.1.3 Pihak kontraktor juga diminta membuat kerja-kerja

A
penyediaan tapak
N
6.2 Kontraktor diwajibkan melawat ke kawasan tapak cadangan bagi

U
mengenal pasti kawasan dan tentuan kerja serta dimaklumkan secara

EG
jelas spesifikasi kerja sebelum mengemukakan harga tawaran.

K
K
6.3 Kerja-Kerja Utama

TU
6.3.1 Kerja-Kerja ‘Setting Out’.

N
U
i) Menjalankan kerja-kerja ‘setting out’ kawasan seperti

pengukuran tapak mengikut lukisan spesifikasi,
pengorekan atau penambakan tanah untuk mendapatkan
aras yang dikehendaki dan mengikut arahan P.P atau
Jurutera projek sebelum kerja dilaksanakan di tapak bina
ini.
6.3.2 Kerja-kerja sementara

i) Pihak kontraktor perlu memastikan tapak dan keseluruhan
penggalian bebas dari semua permukaan, tanah, air
bawah tanah dengan mengepam atau sebaliknya;
termasuk pembuangan longkang bumi, pembetung, sump
dan sebagainya; perangkap kelodak; penyelenggaraan
tetap sehingga penyempurnaan praktikal dan penyerahan
selanjutnya kepada Majikan dalam keadaan baik; semua
kepuasan dan kelulusan S.O.
6.3.3 Kerja-kerja pembersihan tapak
JA
i) Membuat pembersihan tapak ini seperti yang dijumpai,
jelas tapak yang terdiri daripada membuang serpihan
A
tanah runtuh yang dianggap bahan yang tidak sesuai
H
untuk membina yang mungkin termasuk tunggul pokok,
SA
pokok yang jatuh, batu batu, serpihan jalan, struktur
sedia ada, sekatan, dan lain-lain. termasuk penyingkiran
L
utiliti sedia ada, longkang, sump dan lain-lain di mana
K
perlu termasuk pelupusan bahan yang timbul daripada
B
pelepasan tapak seperti yang dinyatakan kepada petanda
D
kontraktor sendiri di luar tapak yang diluluskan oleh SO
(Nota: Pembakaran terbuka di laman web ini dilarang
ER
sama sekali.)
ii) Memyediakan pekerja, bahan dan memotong pokok
D
seperti arahan S.O.
N
TE
6.3.4 Kerja-kerja penstabilan cerun

N
i) Kerja pengorekan tahap platform yang dikehendaki

A
untuk “micropile”l seperti yang dalam lukisan perincian.

A
ii) Kerja tambakan tanah dengan tanah yang sesuai,

merebak cerun untuk membentuk kecerunan dan padat
N
hingga minimum 95% dari ketumpatan kering bahan

U
pengisian semula untuk mengisi kekosongan akibat

EG
kegagalan / hakisan cerun sehingga tahap yang

dicadangkan seperti yang terperinci dalam lukisan.
K
iii) Membina Terramesh Wall berserta ‘Micropile’ yang

K
dikehendaki seperti dalam lukisan binaan.

TU
iv) Membekal dan memasang ‘geotextile’ yang dikehendaki

seperti dalam lukisan binaan.
N
v) Membekal dan membina sistem saliran seperti yang

U
dinyatakan dalam dokumen kontrak dan seperti yang

dikehendaki dalam lukisan binaan.
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
JA
A
H
SA
L
K
B
D
ER
BAHAGIAN 7. RINGKASAN TENDER
D
N
TE
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
NOTA TERHADAP RINGKASAN TENDER
1. Ringkasan Tender hanyalah merupakan panduan kepada kontraktor dalam

menentukan sebutharga. Oleh itu, rujukan mestilah dibuat terhadap spesifikasi dan
lukisan.
2. Harga atau jumlah bagi butir-butir di dalam Ringkasan Tender adalah dianggap
merangkumi kesemua tanggungjawab dan kewajipan kontraktor dan segala
perkara yang perlu untuk menyiapkan kerja supaya selaras dengan spesifikasi dan
JA
lukisan.
A
H
3. Kerja-kerja dan bahan-bahan yang dinyatakan di dalam Ringkasan Tender adalah
dijelaskan di dalam bahagian spesifikasi yang berkaitan denganya. Keperluan-
SA
keperluan lanjut mungkin dicatatkan di lain-lain bahagian spesifikasi atau pun
keperluan lain.
L
K
4. Kontraktor mestilah melawat tapak binaan dan mengenalpasti keadaan tapak dan
B
segala aspek kerja sebelum menentukan nilai harga bagi kerja-kerja tersebut.
D
5. ER
Sebarang kesilapan atau kekurangan di dalam Ringkasan Tender tidak memberi
kesan terhadap jumlah sebutharga. Kesilapan-kesilapan ini harus diperbetulkan
D
supaya jumlah campuran harga-harga bagi butir-butir di dalam Ringkasan Tender
N
menyamai jumlah sebutharga.

TE
6. Jika Pegawai Penguasa berpendapat bahawa harga untuk butir-butir kerja tertentu
di dalam Ringkasan Tender tidak munasabah, ia berhak mengubahsuaikan
N
menyelaraskan harga-harga tersebut asalkan jumlah asal sebutharga tidak berubah.

A
A
7. Kesemua butir-butir kerja yang ditunjukkan dalam lukisan dan dinyatakan di

N
dalam spesifikasi adalah dianggap telah termasuk di dalam sebutharga sama ada
U
ianya disenaraikan di dalam Ringkasan Tender atau pun sebaliknya.

EG
8. JUMLAH TAWARAN KESELURUHAN yang ditawarkan dalam dokumen ini

K
adalah telah termasuk turun naik harga. Oleh itu, apa-apa kenaikan atau
K
pengurusan dalam turun naik harga tidak akan diambilkira dalam menentukan
TU
Jumlah Harga Kontrak Muktamad.

N
U
RT/1
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ

RINGKASAN TENDER

Saya / Kami yang bertandatangan di bawah ini telah melihat serta memahami segala isi kandungan dan
arahan dalam tawaran dan dengan ini bersetuju membekal buruh, tenaga mahir dan bahan-bahan bagi
menyempurnakan kerja-kerja tersebut :-
JA
Jumlah Wang Pukal keseluruhan Tawaran saya/kami bagi tawaran ini adalah Ringgit Malaysia
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
A
..………………………………………………………………………………………………….………………………..
H
(RM…………………………………………………………).
SA
yang mana terdiri daripada berikut :
FROM PAGE
ITEM DESCRIPTION AMOUNT (RM)
L
NO
K
B
1. GENERAL ITEMS & PRELIMINARY BILL NO 1
D
2. SITE PREPARATION, DEMOLISH & EARTHWORKS BILL NO 2
ER
3. SLOPE REMEDIATION WORKS BILL NO 3
D
N
4. DRAINAGE WORKS BILL NO 4

TE
5 MISCELLANOUS BILL NO 5
N
A
6 PROVISIONAL SUM BILL NO 6 50,000.00

A
JUMLAH HARGA TAWARAN

N
DIBAWA KE BORANG TENDER (FT/3 perenggan 4)

U
EG
Nota :-
Petender hendaklah maklum bahawa tawaran harga yang dikemukakan adalah berdasarkan ’firm price tender’ dan telah
K
pun mengambil kira risiko perubahan harga bahan binaan.

K
TU
Tandatangan Petender : _______________________ Tandatangan Saksi : ________________________
Nama Petender : _______________________ Nama Petender : ________________________

N
U
Nama Syarikat : _______________________ Nama Syarikat : ________________________
Alamat Syarikat : _______________________ Alamat Syarikat : ________________________
_______________________ _______________________
Tarikh _______________________ Tarikh ________________________
Telefon : _______________________ Telefon :________________________
Fax : _______________________ Fax : ________________________
: _______________________ : ________________________
RT/2
JA
A
H
SA
L
K
B
D
ER
BAHAGIAN 8. SENARAI KUANTITI
D
N
TE
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
CADANGAN MENJALANKAN KERJA-KERJA PEMBAIKAN CERUN DAN SISTEM PERPARITAN DI JALAN JALIL PERKASA 19,
TAMAN ESPLANADE, BUKIT JALIL, WILAYAH PERSEKUTUAN KUALA LUMPUR
BILL NO. 1 - GENERAL ITEMS & PRELIMINARIES

Price/Unit Amount
Item Description Unit Quantity
(RM) (RM)
ALL QUANTITIES ARE PROVISIONAL
PREAMBLES TO GENERAL CONDITIONS

The Tenderer will be deemed to have visited the site and
satisfield himself on all matter affecting his tenderer. He is
also advised to make local enquiries concerning the
availability and cost of any construction plant, material,
labour, accomodation, temporary supplies of power, water
supply and access to site etc.
JA
1.1 Contractual Requirement
A
1.1.1 Allow for the provision of insurances as per condition of
contract.
H
i. Insurance for the works including insurance against
SA
personel injuries and damage properties.
ii. Workmen's Compensation and/ or SOCSO.
iii. CIDB
L
iv. LUAS L. S.
K
1.2 Inspection and Testing
B
All quality control and testing requirement to the satisfaction
D
of the S.O. and make good all defects on completion,
preparation of report, test records complete with colour
photograph etc. throughout the contract period. ER
i. Concrete Cube Test L.S.
D
ii. Rebar Tensile Test L.S.
N
TE
iii. Rebar Bend & Rebend Test L.S.
1.3 Submission of Documents

N
1.3.1 Preparation and submission of monthly progress report

A
complete with colour photograph including traffic

management report throughout the contract period.
A
L.S.
N
1.3.2 Allow for preparing and submitting method of statement,

U
catalogue, etc. as instructed by Engineer or S.O. L.S.

EG
1.3.3 Allow for submission of Programme of Works base on

critical path method (CPM) to the S.O. prior to
commencement of work throughout the contract period
K
using Microsoft Project or equivalent. L.S.

K
1.4 As Built Drawings

TU
Contractor to carry out As- Built Survey upon completion of

the works including preparation of As-Built Plan by a
N
Licensed Land Surveyor and certified by Professional

Engineer as approved by S.O. L.S.
U
1.5 Compliance with Statutory Requirements
Allow for Statutory Obligation including payment to the

Statutory Requirements and Lembaga Industri Pembinaan
Malaysia under Part VIII of the LPIPM Act 1994. L.S.
CARRIED FORWARD
Price/Unit Amount
(RM) (RM)
B/F
1.6 Contractor's Site Office and Accomodation
1.6.1 Allow for the establishment of the contractor's site office and
workman's accommodation. L.S.
1.6.2 Allow for the maintenance of the contractor's site office

throughout construction period.
JA
L.S.
1.6.3 Allow for the removal of the contractor's site office on
A
completion of works. L.S.
H
1.7 Survey and Setting Out Works
SA
Allow for the provision of a Registered Licensed Land
Surveyor and all necessary labour, equipment, material and
transport for carrying out joint surveys for initial, interim and
L
final measurement for:
K
B
1.7.1 Setting out initial survey L.S.
D
1.7.2 Establishment of temporary benchmark. L.S.
1.7.3 Surveys for interim payment ER L.S.
1.7.4 Final measurement and plotting of survey works and

D
computation of quantities and preparation of as-built plans. L.S.
N
1.8 Temporary Works

TE
Temporary Drainage
Keeping the site and the whole of the excavation free from
N
all surface, ground, subterranean water by pumping or

otherwise; including forming temporary earth drains,
A
culverts, sumps and the like; silt traps; regular maintenance

A
thereof up to practical completion and subsequent handing

over to Employer in good condition; all to S.O.'s satisfaction
N
and approval.
U
1.8.1 Construct temporary silt sump/sediment traps, earth drain,

EG
wash through, etc. as indicated on plan including the regular

maintenance thereof up to practical completion or as
directed by S.O. Contractor may propose the alignment of
K
earth drain to suit the site condition. L.S.

K
1.8.2 Allow for regular maintenance of drains, sumps and silt

TU
traps to practical completion and subsequent handing over

to the Employer in good working condition; all to the
satisfaction and approval of the S.O. L.S.
N
U
Temporary Construction Access

1.8.3 Provide and maintain temporary access road for the
purpose of Construction between nearest access road and
working platform for the whole duration of Works. L.S.
Temporary Relocation of Utilities

1.8.4 Provide proper relocation works of existing lamp posts,
signages, etc. that are in the way of construction before
starting Works as directed by the S.O. L.S.
CARRIED FORWARD
Price/Unit Amount
(RM) (RM)
B/F
Temporary Hoarding
1.8.5 Construct metal hoarding around the site including
maintenance, proper upkeep, alter, shift and adapt time to
time as necessary for the whole duration of the Works. L.S.
Temporary Slope/Ground Protection
JA
1.8.6 Allow sum for tarpaulin sheet to protect barren ground or
slope in the site including maintenance, proper upkeep,
alter, shift and adapt time to time as necessary for the whole
A
duration of the Works and provide temporary shoring at
existing retaining wall as directed by the S.O. L.S.
H
SA
Temporary River Protection
1.8.7 Allow sum to protect barren ground or slope at river bank
and dispose any debris or object that obstructing the river
including maintenance, proper upkeep, alter, shift and adapt
L
time to time as necessary for the whole duration of the
K
Works as directed by the S.O. L.S.
B
Temporary Signages
D
1.8.8 Provide and properly implement safety signages and all
necessary equipment (as directed by S.O. only) for the
safety of public in and around the site including ER
maintenance, proper upkeep, alther, shift and adapt time to
time as necessary for the whole duration of the Works. L.S.
D
N
1.9 Authorities's Requirement

TE
1.9.1 Provide eight (8) pairs of approved safety boots for use of
the employer, employer supervisory, site staffs, S.O., S.O.
representatives and consultant. L.S.
N
1.9.2 Provides eight (8) nos, of approved safety helmets for use of
A
the employer supervisory, site staffs, S.O., S.O.

A
representatives and consultant. L.S.

N
1.10 SO's Site Office

U
1.10.1 Allow for the establishment of the S.O.'s site office and
EG
workman's accommodation. L.S.
1.10.2 Allow for the maintenance of the S.O.'s site office

K
throughout construction period. L.S.

K
1.10.3 Allow for the removal of the S.O.'s site office on completion
TU
of works. L.S.
1.11 Project Signboard

N
1.11.1 Supply, errect, maintain and remove one (2) new project
U
signboards as shown in the drawing. Nos 1
1.12 Traffic Management Plan

Notes : Traffic management plan shall be deemed to include
emergency response plan and the associated works.
1.12.1 Preparation of traffic management plan. Rate to include the

cost of any survey required, literature, references,
consultations, and the production of the document, It shall
also include the cost for the engagement of qualified traffice
engineers required for carrying out the respective study and
the preparation of the said plan. L.S.
CARRIED FORWARD
Price/Unit Amount
(RM) (RM)
B/F
1.13 Underground Utilities Mapping
1.13.1 Contractor to carry out underground utilities mapping to

detect all types of utility. L.S.
1.14 Dilapidation Survey
JA
1.14.1 Contractor to carry out dilapidation survey before
construction, during and after construction period. L.S.
A
1.15 Others:
H
Any other items not stated in this elemental breakdown
SA
but are shown in the drawings or specified or as
necessary for the completion of works:
i.
ii.
L
iii.
K
B
D
ER
D
N
TE
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
CARRIED TO RINGKASAN TENDER

CADANGAN MENJALANKAN KERJA-KERJA PEMBAIKAN CERUN DAN SISTEM PERPARITAN DI JALAN JALIL PERKASA 19, TAMAN
ESPLANADE, BUKIT JALIL, WILAYAH PERSEKUTUAN KUALA LUMPUR
BILL NO. 2 - SITE PREPARATION, DEMOLISH & EARTHWORKS
Amount
Item Description Unit Quantity Price/Unit (RM)
(RM)
2.1 Site Clearance
Notes:
The Contractor is advised to visit the site and fully acquaint
himself as to the nature, extent and practicability of the site
clearance and demolition works.
JA
The Contractor must ensure that the termination and/or diversion
of all services are carried out prior to executing all kind of site
clearing activities inclusive of demolition works.
A
All materials arising out of the demolition works, unless
specifically described to the contrary, shall become the property
H
of the Contractor who shall allow credit for the same in this
SA
pricing.
The prices for all works of demolition works and taking down are
to include for all labour, plant and materials and for all temporary
L
staging, screens, etc. and for all temporary works necessary in
connection therewith and for carting away all debris off site.
K
B
Prices for demolition works shall include for making good all work
disturbed.
D
No claim for extra costs will be entertained if cutting away and
making good is necessitated in consequence of the Contractor's
negligence.
Before commencing any site clearance and demolition works, the
ER
D
Contractor shall ascertain the existence and position of water and
other services and inform S.O. if existing services are found on
N
site. The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer and pay all
claims for any damages caused to such existing services.
TE
N
2.1.1 Site Clearing

Take over the site as found, clear the site comprising removing of
A
landslide debris that have been deemed unsuitable material to

A
build on which may include tree stumps, fallen trees, rock

boulders, road debris, existing structures, kerbs, etc.. Work shall
N
also include removal of existing utilities, drain, sump etc where

necessary including disposal of materials arising from site
U
clearance as specified to the contractor's own tip outside the site

EG
as approved by the S.O. (Note: Open burning on the site is strictly

prohibited.) m2 1,200.00
K
2.2 Temporary Work

K
2.2.1 Allow for provision of all labours, plants, materials etc. for the river
improvement works and structures along river corridor as
TU
approved by S.O. including propose, supply, construct, handling,

disposal of excavated spoils and debris, cofferdam, dewatering,
shoring, pumping, leveling, driving, allowing for access way
N
platform, staging, safety measures from nearby residential areas

and public access to project site and all other necessary works for
U
the purpose of river improvement works and removal of all

temporary works upon completion. L.S.
Notes: Temporary shoring method proposal must be endorsed by
professional engineer and submitted to S.O or Engineer for
approval.
2.2.2 Mobilization to site and demobilization of all construction plants,

materials, labours, machinery, temporary staging including down
onto the slope and all necessary equipments for execution and
completion of the Works. L.S.

BILL NO. 3 - SLOPE REMEDIATION WORKS

Price/Unit Amount
(RM) (RM)

All works are as accordance with specification and Engineer's
drawing or as directed by S.O
3.1 Earthwork
3.1.1 Excavate to form a platform level for piling and r.c slab
including cut benching as per detailed in drawings and
temporary shoring inclusive of removing any unsuitable or
JA
surplus excavated earth off from site to contractor's own
dump site. Contractor to get approval from relevant authorities
m3
A
and S.O for dump site. 3,042
H
3.1.2 Backfill soil with suitable imported fill material, spread slope
SA
to form gradient and compact to a minimum 95% of the
backfill material dry density to fill up void due to slope
failure/erosion up to proposed level as per detailed in drawing.
m3 4,222
L
K
3.1.3 Carry out Field Density Test to minimum 90% maximum dry
density for the compacted imported material at every
B
subsequence 0.30m height as specified by S.O prior to the
D
construction of works;
i. Sand Replacement Test ER nos 10

D
3.1.4 Supply, spread, level and compact in layers imported granular
backfill behind terramesh wall including material to be
N
approved by Engineer and as per specification and detailed in

TE
drawing. m3 3,420
3.1.5 Supply, deliver and lay geotextile (minimum tensile strength

N
19kN/m or equivalent) as separator before backfilling work.

m2 1,905
A
A
3.2 Micropile
N
3.2.1 Supply, bore, handle and install 300mm diameter micropile

U
with 8 nos. of reinforcement steel bars with characteristic yield

strength of 460 MPa, diameter of 25mm (8T25 Grade 460
EG
high yield deformed bar) inclusive of R8 helical links of

150mm c/c with Grade 35 non-shrink grout.
The rate shall include mobilization, labour, machineries,
K
temporary casings, all required accessories and preparation

of works that are required to complete the micropile works.
K
TU
3.2.1.1 - Ditto -, boring into maximum 9.0m into soil. m 3,834

N
3.2.1.2 - Ditto -, boring into maximum 1.50m when encounter rock. m 639
U
3.2.2 Carry out Pile Driving Analyzer (PDA) test inclusive of

handling, labour, equipments, mobilization of machineries,
preparation of pile head, etc. and preparation of report. Nos 10
3.2.3 Carry out Pile Integrity Test (PIT) inclusive of handling, labour,
equipments, preparation of pile head, etc and preparation of
report. Nos 15
CARRIED FORWARD
BILL NO. 3 - SLOPE REMEDIATION WORKS
Price/Unit Amount
(RM) (RM)
B/F -
3.3 Reinforced Concrete Slab
3.3.1 Supply, spread and lay 100mm thick compacted hardcore as m3 55

base.
3.3.2 Supply and lay in situ concrete including filling into formwork
JA
and packing around reinforcement:
3.3.2.1 50mm thick lean concrete made of Grade 15 as bedding. m2 26
A
H
3.3.2.2 Vibrated reinforced concrete made of Grade 35 as per detail m3 153
in drawing.
SA
3.3.3 High tensile steel bars in reinforcement to concrete work
generally including all cutting, bending and placing in position:
L
K
3.3.3.1 T25 High Yield deformed bar kg 4,796
B
D
3.4 Terramesh Wall ER

3.4.1 Supply and install PVC coated and heavily galvanised
D
Terramesh unit with main wire diameter 2.7mm and mesh
N
type 8 as per MS407 with British Board of Agreement (BBA)

certification and manufactured by ISO 9001 certified factory to
TE
project site for the construction of Terramesh retaining wall

manually rocks of sizes 100mm to 250mm diameter into
Terramesh cages to S.O.'s requirements.
N
Contractor to submit product catalogue and sample for

Engineer's and S.O's approval.
A
A
3.4.1.1 -ditto- Terramesh units P8/2.7, TM 4713 (1m height, 3m

N
reinforcement length) m3 730

U
3.4.2 Supply, deliver and lay non-woven geotextile MXC50 or

EG
equivalent as filter layer behind Terramesh fascia with

minimum tensile strength of 19 kN/m as per drawing. m2 1,462
K
3.4.3 Supply, deliver and lay drainage composite MacDrain E7018

or equivalent as per drawing. m2 900
K
3.5 Surface Protection

TU
3.5.1 Close turfing with approved turved obtained from Contractor's

N
own sources including of 100mm top soil and fertilizer,

watering and tending until well establish, and replacing badly m2 200
U
ground and any necessary pegging to slope area as directed

by S.O
3.5.2 Hydromulching
Provide all material, machineries and labour for the hydraulic
application of Hydro Mulching on the slope surface. The
process of the Hydro Mulching hydraulic application and all
other related works will be carried out in accordance to the m2 1,880
specification stipulated in this document. Contractor to submit
product catalogue and sample for Engineer's and S.O's
approval.

BILL NO. 4 - DRAINAGE WORKS

Price/Unit Amount
(RM) (RM)

Note: All rates inclusive excavation, formwork, lean
concrete,demolished existing drain, reinforcement and
removal of surplus material.
4.1 Temporary Drainage
4.1.1 Allow sum for construct, maintain, repair and removal of

temporary drainage to suit site condition or as directed by
JA
S.O until work completion. L.S.
A
4.2 Surface Drainage
H
4.2.1 Supply and construct insitu surface water drainage
SA
constructed of 100mm thick concrete base Grade 25
reinforced with 1 or 2 layer of BRC A7 and laid on 50mm
thick Grade 15 lean concrete and 100mm thick compacted
crusher run; 100mm thick RC wall reinforced with 1 or 2
L
layer of BRC A7; at any inclination of reinforcement,
K
formwork where necessary, catchpits, junctions, joints,
B
stepping, backfilling and all excavation, and removed of
surplus excavated material away from site to contractor's
D
own dump as per directed by S.O.
4.2.2 ER
- Ditto -, reinforced concrete v-shape berm drain with 1 layer
of BRC A7; internal width not exceeding 600mm and
D
minimum depth to invert not exceeding 600mm m 200
N
4.2.3 - Ditto -, reinforced concrete interceptor drain with 1 layer of

TE
BRC A7; internal width not exceeding 600mm and minimum

depth to invert not exceeding 600mm m 68
4.2.4 - Ditto -, reinforced concrete cascade drain with 1 layer of

N

A

A
4.2.5 - Ditto -, reinforced concrete cascade drain with 2 layer of

N

U

EG
4.3 Cast in-situ Reinforced Concrete Sump
Supply material and labour to construct the following

K
reinforced concrete sump comprising of reinforced concrete

walls and base slab (Grade 25), 100mm compacted crusher
K
run, 50mm thick lean concrete (Grade 15), and all

TU
necessary formwork, excavation, backfilling, disposal of

surplus earth as directed by S.O. within Site or Contractor's
own dump site and etc.
N
U
4.3.1 - Ditto -, reinforced concrete sump with 900mm x 900mm

opening and minimum depth to invert not exceeding 600mm
to Engineer's approval, reinforced with 1 layer of BRC A7 as
specified in sump detail dimension nos 10
4.3.2 -Ditto- reinforced concrete sump with 900mm x 900mm

opening and minimum depth to invert not exceeding
1000mm to Engineer's approval, reinforced with 2 layer of
BRC A7 as specified in sump detail dimension nos 1

BILL NO. 5 - PROVISIONAL SUM

Price/Unit Amount
(RM) (RM)
5.1 The contractor shall allow for regular maintenance of site

clearing and desilt on drain, sumps, weephole, and horizontal
drain or others. Inclusive cleaning inside weephole remove
plants etc. as directed by S.O.
Maintenance shall be periodically of 3 month for 12 month.
Maintenance shall start after receiving the Certificate of
JA
Practical Completion. No. 4
A
5.2 Supply and install 1.5m chain link fencing PVC-coated
galvanised mild steel wire complete with post at 2 m centres.
H
Rate to include all posts, raked angle, straining wires, barb
SA
wires, concrete kerbs, and foundations as per Engineer's
drawing or as directed by S.O. m 130
L
K
B
D
ER
D
N
TE
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U

BILL NO. 6 - PROVISIONAL SUM

Price/Unit Amount
(RM) (RM)
5.2 Allow a Provisional Sum of Ringgit Malaysia: Fifty

Thousand Only (RM 50,000.00) for reinstate existing
damaged fencing, existing drainage system, existing retaining
structure, existing road and road furniture affected during
JA
construction as per original condition. Prov. 50,000.00
A
H
SA
L
K
B
D
ER
D
N
TE
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
CARRIED TO RINGKASAN TENDER 50,000.00

JA
A
H
SA
L
K
B
D
ER
BAHAGIAN 9. SPESIFIKASI
D
N
TE
(Sila rujuk Cakera Padat)

N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
SECTION 1: GENERAL
1.1 General Description of Project
The projects comprise of slope remeadial works
1.2 Scope of Works
JA
The works covered in this Contract comprise the provision by the Contractor at his own
A
risk and cost of all materials, tools, plants, labour, transport and everything else
H
necessary for the construction and completion of the proposed slope protection works.
SA
L
1.3 Notes And Abbreviations
K
B
1.3.1 Notes
D
a) ER
The terms ‘Engineer’ and ‘Superintending Officer or S.O.’ shall be
synonymous.
D
N
b) The term ‘Datuk Bandar’ shall be synonymous to the word ‘client’.

TE
c) Unless stated to the contrary, any dimension of material described means

N
the finished or fully compacted dimension.

A
A
1.3.2 Abbreviations
N
U
M.S. means Malaysian Standards published by the Scientific and Industrial Research
EG
Institute of Malaysia (SIRIM).

B.S. means British Standards published by the British Standard Institution.
K
A.A.S.H.T.O. means The American Association of State Highway and Transportation

Officials.
K
A.S.T.M. means The American Society for Testing and Materials.

TU
M.D.D. means Maximum Dry Density.

O.M.C. means Optimum Moisture Content.
N
C.B.R. means California Bearing Ratio.

U
S.O. means Superintending Officer.

B.Q. means Bill of Quantities.
S1 - 1
1.4 Form of Contract
The Form of Contract into which the Contractor will be required to enter in connection
with this project is the standard form DBKL 203A Conditions of Contract with
Addendum.
1.5 Works to be Completed
This Specification has been drawn up with all possible care and (except as otherwise
JA
provided in this Specification) is intended to cover supply of all materials and the
execution of all works necessary to complete the Works. In case there are any details of
A
construction of materials which have not been referred to in this Specification and
H
Drawings, but the necessary of which may be reasonably be implied or inferred from
SA
the Specification or Drawings or which are usual or essential to the completion of all
works in all trades, the same shall be deemed to be included in the Contract price
L
named by the Contractor.
K
B
1.6 Tender Document and Visit to Site
D
ER
The Contractor shall be deemed to have read the Tender Table Documents for the
Works and have visited the site before tendering and acquainted himself with any item
D
or contingency liable to affect his tender price. No claims for extra remuneration or
N
extension of the Contract time on the ground of ignorance of the working conditions or
TE
of his contractual obligations will be entertained. The accuracy of any particulars given
or records referred to in the Contract Documents or supplied to the Contractors for their
N
information is not in any way guaranteed. The Contractor shall take into consideration
A
all available records with regard to water levels, water courses, drains and all other
A
physical features of the site in submitting his tender.

N
U
1.7 Materials, Plants and Workmanship

EG
Materials and workmanship throughout the work shall be the best of their respective
kinds and by “best” shall be understood that no superior class of specified materials or
K
workmanship is available in Malaysia.

K
TU
Unless otherwise specified all materials and workmanship shall comply with Malaysian
or British Standards and Codes of Practice where applicable and shall be approved by
N
the Engineers. The Contractor shall as far as possible deploy labour, materials and plant
U
available in this country in the execution and completion of the work under this
Contract
Wherever in this Specification any proprietary goods or materials are specified, goods
or materials of alternative manufacture may be considered for acceptance provided they
comply in all respects as regards appearance and quality and are approved by the
Engineer.
S1 - 2
Wherever in this Specification any goods or materials are specified, such are to be
considered as being the minimum standard acceptable. In the event of the Engineer
allowing the substitution of any of the materials during the course of the Contract, such
substitution shall be accompanied by a corresponding deduction in cost unless the
Engineer directs otherwise.
1.8 Employment of Local Labour, Sub-Contractors and Suppliers
JA
All labour, sub-contractors and suppliers used in connection with the Works shall be
employed from within the State or District where the Works is situated. The Contractor
A
shall immediately after taking possession of site, arrange with the local Labour Office,
H
District Officer or Penghulu to effect such employment. In no circumstances will the
SA
Contractor be permitted to use imported labour, sub-contractors and suppliers unless
the Engineer is satisfied that these are not available within the State or District
L
concerned.
K
B
As a requirement of this contract, all labour and sub-contractor shall be at least 40% of
D
Bumiputra participation.
ER
1.9 Provision’s for Contractor’s Staff
D
N
The Contractor shall provide, maintain and remove on completion of the Works any
TE
necessary temporary accommodation and living facilities including all necessary

services for water supply, drainage and lighting for his staff.
N
A
Before any work is commenced on temporary accommodation the Contractor shall

A
submit to the Engineer a location plan and details of the proposed accommodation and
N
services for his approval. The Contractor shall also comply with any Statutory
U
obligations and obtain any necessary approval from Statutory Authorities in writing, a
EG
copy of which shall be sent to the Engineer.

K
The Contractor shall provide adequate medical services and first aid facilities suitable
to the size and composition of his staff and labour force. The Contractor shall afford
K
the Engineer’s site staff full use of the services and facilities when required.
TU
1.10 Employees Provident Fund Payments

N
U
The Contractor shall be responsible for collecting Employees Provident Fund payments
for all his employees engaged for the Contract.
1.11 Supply of Materials
The Contractor shall place orders for specified materials at the earliest possible date
after the acceptance of his tender.
S1 - 3
If the Contractor’s failure to supply any material causes any interruption or delay in the
progress of the work, the Employer may supply any portion or all of the materials and
the cost borne by the Contractor shall be either as calculated at the current market rates
or the actual cost to the Employer at the date of supply, including overheads and any
other charges, whichever is the greater. Any costs incurred under the preceding
paragraphs shall be deducted from the Contract Sum by means of a Variation Order.
Such Variation Order shall not be taken into account in computing the final sum on
which the Retention Fund is based and no claim for loss of profit under the conditions
JA
of this Contract shall be deemed to have arisen. No action taken under these clauses
shall in any way affect or modify the right of the Employer to claim for damages in the
A
event of the Contractor’s failure to complete the work by the agreed date.
H
SA
1.12 Samples
L
The Engineer shall be at liberty to call for submission of samples of materials or the
K
execution of samples as are required until the samples submitted or executed are, in
B
samples which are approved shall indicate the standard to be maintained in the
D
execution of the work.
ER
1.13 Insurance and Licenses
D
N
The Contractor shall ensure that all his plant operators and lorry drivers shall possess
TE
valid driving licenses and all earth-moving plant and vehicles shall be covered by third
party insurance policies. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the
N
Federation of Malaya Road Traffic Ordinance 1958 and 1959 in all respects.
A
A
1.14 Everything at Contractor’s Risk

N
U
All buildings, structures, furniture, equipment, plant, and things whatsoever which the
EG
Contractor is required by this Section of the Specification or elsewhere in the Contract

Documents to provide shall at all time be at the risk of the Contractor, who shall at his
K
own cost maintain them and renew anything as necessary notwithstanding any use of or
damage thereto caused by the Engineer’s site staff.
K
TU
1.15 Program to be Provided

N
The Contractor shall submit his tender a preliminary program outlining his method of
U
working, expected times of completion for the various parts of the work, details of any
temporary structures he proposes to use and a schedule of plants and equipment.
As soon as possible after the acceptance of his tender the Contractor must submit to the
Engineer for his approval a detailed program showing the method of working, full
details of any temporary structures and expected dates for completion of the various
parts of the work.
S1 - 4
Alternatively the Contractor and the Engineer may jointly work out an agreed program.
Such approval by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from any liabilities,
duties or responsibilities under the Contract.
1.16 Drawings Supplied by the Contractor
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for his approval 4 copies of all working of
shop drawings including all such drawings made by their sub-contractors of steelwork,
ironwork, reinforced and pre-stressed concrete, fittings and any other articles and things
JA
to be supplied in connection with the Contract.
A
Should subsequent to the drawings being approved by the Engineer they be found not
H
to comply with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents or that the details
SA
do not agree, such modifications and additions as may be deemed necessary by the
Engineer shall be made by the Contractor and the work shall be carried out accordingly
L
without entailing extra payment to the Contractor on account thereof.
K
B
Should the Engineer require further copies of drawings submitted by the Contractor,
D
these shall be supplied at the Contractor’s own expenses.
ER
1.17 Water and Electricity Supply
D
N
The Contractor shall provide at his own risk such water, lighting and electric power as
TE
may be required for use during the construction of the Works and shall pay all
installation costs, fees and charges and comply with all safety regulations and statutes
N
in connection therewith.
A
A
The Contractor shall also provide and maintain temporary water storage together with
N
any distribution pipes which may be necessary and subsequently remove all
U
installations to the approval of the Engineer.

EG
1.18 Protection of Materials and Works

K
The Contractor shall provide at his own cost all things necessary for the proper
K
protection of completed works and works in progress and shall comply with such
TU
directions as may be given by the Engineer in this respect.

N
1.19 Damage to Adjacent Property

U
The Contractor shall ensure that during all stage of the Works neighboring property
shall not be damaged or destroyed or flooded and any such damaged or claims for
damage shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
S1 - 5
1.20 Contractor’s Storage, Welfare and Office Accommodation
Provide and maintain on the site in position directed by the Engineer adequate, secure
and water-tight temporary buildings for use during the execution of this Contract.
Cement stores to have floor raised at least 1’0” above ground level. Accommodation
for workmen and the workmen of Sub-contractors is to be provided where required in
the proportion of 100 feet square per man. Proper kitchens, etc. bathing places and
latrine in the proportion of one bucket for every 20 men on concrete floor with proper
outfall drainage. The Contractor shall make proper arrangements for and pay all
JA
charges in connection with conservancy.
A
1.21 Materials Testing Laboratory and Staff
H
SA
The Contractor shall carry our tests on materials as directed. The Contractor shall
supply the Engineer with three copies of the results of each test on approved printed
L
forms provided by the Contractor.
K
B
Testing which is specifically required in the Contract and any test defined in quoted
D
British Standard Specifications which are required to ensure compliance with the
ER
Contract but cannot be done in the Site testing laboratory shall be carried out at
approved laboratories off the Site. These tests shall be carried out as directed by the
D
S.O. The cost incurred by the Contractor shall be deemed to have been included in the
N
tendered rates.
TE
1.22 Traffic Signs, Safety and Control

N
A
The Contractor shall provide, erect and maintain on the site and at such points along
A
the approaches to the site all traffic signs, signals and warning lights as may be required
N
for the direction and control of traffic. The signs shall be reflectorised or adequately
U
illuminated at night and shall be kept clean and legible at all times and the design or
EG
type shall be to the approval of the Engineer.

K
The Contractor shall position, cover or remove these as may be directed by the
Engineer.
K
TU
The cost of such traffic signs, signals and lights and all attendant costs such as
installation, maintenance and labour charges shall be deemed to have been included in
N
the Contract Sum.

U
The Contractor shall comply with all local and national regulations and safety codes for
roadwork and shall phase the work in a manner acceptable to the Engineer and as
agreed by him.
Whenever alternate one way traffic is necessary on a road-way, access way or diversion
by reasons of the construction of the Works, the Contractor shall provide and maintain
electric traffic control light signals as may be required by the Engineer. Such controls
S1 - 6
may be fixed time or manual as agreed with the Engineer. Manually operated “Stop-
Go” signs or flags may be used if agreed by the Engineer.
The cost of such signs, signals and lighting and all attendant costs such as installation,
maintenance and all labour charges shall be deemed to have been included in the
Contract Sum.
1.23 Existing Roads and Culverts
JA
The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused by his construction or
construction traffic to any existing roads or culverts from whatsoever cause arising and
A
shall repair and reinstate same to their original condition to the satisfaction of the
H
Engineer and in addition shall keep such roads clear of slurry, boulders and loose earth
SA
resulting from the Works.
L
Should the Contractor not maintain, repair or reinstate the affected roads the cost of
K
such maintenance and restoration shall be deducted from any monies due or to become
B
due to the Contractor under this Contract.
D
ER
The Contractor shall arrange for the conveyance of materials and plant so as to cause a
minimum of damage to existing roads and culverts and a minimum of inconvenience to
D
the public and shall not deposit any earth, rubber or materials upon any road, street,
N
pavement or footway to the hindrance or obstruction of vehicles or pedestrians.

TE
1.24 Temporary Diversions

N
A
The Contractor shall construct temporary diversion roadways or access ways wherever
A
the Works will interfere with existing road or otherwise to the free flow of traffic or
N
pedestrian as shown on cross section drawings.

U
EG
The standard of construction shall be suitable in all respects for the class of traffic
using the existing way and the width of the diversion shall be not less than that of the
K
existing way or as shown on drawings or as agreed with the Engineer.

K
Diversion or access way must be constructed in advance of any interference with the
TU
existing ways and shall be maintained in a condition satisfactory to the Engineer for as
long as required.
N
U
The cost of these shall be deemed to be included in the Contract Sum, under the
construction of the road.
S1 - 7
1.25 Temporary Diversions for Contractor’s Use
The Contractor shall provide and maintain as long as required temporary road
diversions, access roads, culverts, bridges, etc. as required to facilitate the transport of
materials and for the smooth construction of the work.
On completion of the whole work and as directed by the Engineer such temporary
culverts, bridges, etc. that may have been constructed shall be removed by the
Contractor and he shall make good any work disturbed during their removals.
JA
1.26 Dimensions and Levels
A
H
Before the Works or any parts thereof are commenced the Contractor shall verify the
SA
dimensions and levels shown on the drawings and shall notify the Engineer’s
Representative of any discrepancy which may affect the dimensions or levels of any
L
part of the Works. Such notification by the Contractor shall be given in sufficient time
K
to allow the Engineer to prepare drawings or schedules showing his amended
B
requirements.
D
ER
The Contractor shall in particular verify the levels of the existing ground surface within
areas where earthworks are to be performed and the locations and bed levels of
D
watercourses. These may differ from the locations and levels shown on the drawings
N
depending on the extent of erosion of the banks and beds which has taken place during
TE
the interval between survey and construction.

The levels and dimensions taken by Contractor and agreed by the Engineer’s
N
Representative shall form the basis of measurements for the Engineer’s certificates.
A
Failing such verifications and agreements the dimensions and levels shown on the
A
drawings or as otherwise determined by the Engineer shall be final and binding on the
N
Contractor.
U
EG
1.27 Setting Out
The Contractor’s attention is directed towards the relevant Clause in the Conditions of
K
Contract.
K
TU
Before commencing earthmoving at any location, the Contractor shall provide and
install pre-cast concrete reference beacons on both sides of the road centre-line at a
N
spacing of 300 meters. The beacons shall be firmly sited at right angles to the centre-
U
line at a distance from the centre line of 15 meters or such other distance as directed by
the Engineer. The beacons shall be not less than 75mm square in plan and shall project
at least 600mm above the surrounding ground. Each beacon shall be clearly marked
with its chainage and elevation above datum. The Contractor shall take all practicable
in where necessary in the opinion of the Engineer and shall immediately replace and
damaged beacons.
S1 - 8
The Contractor shall give the Engineer’s Representative not less than 24 hour’s notice
of his intention to set out or give levels for any part of the Works in order arrangements
may be made for checking.
1.28 Services
Where public services such as underground cables, pipes, telephone lines and overhead
exist along or across or adjacent to the Works, the Contractor shall give the respective
authorities sufficient notice with regards to relocation of the services. The relocation of
JA
such services shall be made by the respective authorities. However, the Contractor will
be allowed a sum for assistance, attendance, operation program scheduling and any
A
inconveniences in the relocation of services by the service authorities.
H
SA
Any damage that may occur to such services due to the negligence on the part of the
Contractor or his employees, or the improper execution of the instructions of the
L
Engineer shall be the responsibility of the Contractor who shall bear all costs for
K
making good such damage.
B
D
1.29 Limitations of Site
ER
The Contractor ensure that all his plant, materials, temporary workshops, stores and
D
offices shall be kept within the area allotted to him by the Engineer.
N
TE
Should the Contractor require additional land, outside the site for his work yards,
workshops, stores, offices, temporary haul roads or any other temporary structures he
N
shall make his own arrangements to acquire or rent so much as he may need subject to
A
the approval by the Engineer.

A
N
The Contractor shall cause as little inconvenience to the general public as possible in
U
the execution of the work, and shall execute the work in such a manner as to cause the
EG
minimum disruption of access to properties adjacent to the road formation.

K
1.30 Photographs
K
The Contractor shall supply six set of unmounted copies of progress photographs of a
TU
site not less than 250mm x 200mm of such portions of the works in progress and
completed as may be directed by the Engineer’s Representative. The camera used shall
N
be to the approval of the Engineer. Proofs shall be supplied to the Engineer’s

U
Representative within seven days of the photograph being taken and the sets of prints
shall be supplied within seven days of the selected proofs being returned to the
Contractor. The negatives of the photographs shall be the property of the Employer and
no prints from these negatives may be supplied to any person or persons except with
the authority of the Employer or the Engineer. One set of photographs shall comprise
one negative and four prints. A suitable typed caption shall be fixed to the reverse of
S1 - 9
each photograph describing the subject and date taken. One copy of each photograph
shall be signed by the Contractor and the Engineer.
1.31 Provision for Survey Instruments and Chainmen
The Contractor is to provide all instruments, equipment and chainmen required by the
Engineer and his staff to check the accuracy of the Contractor’s setting out and any
measurements taken. The Contractor shall ensure that the instruments and equipment
are at all times in good working condition and adjustment.
JA
1.32 As-Built Drawings
A
H
Drawings for recording as-built construction details of the Works shall be prepared by
SA
the Contractor and shall be certified by the Engineer or his representative. The
originals, in good quality transparencies, and one (1) printed copies of all as-built
L
drawings shall be supplied by the Engineer progressively as sections of the Works
K
become completed. All drawings shall be completed within one month after the
B
completion of the respective section.
D
As-Built drawings shall be A1 size (838mm x 584mm) unless otherwise approved by
the Engineer. ER
D
1.33 Overtime
N
TE
The Contractor shall be deemed to have provided in his tender for all work outside
normal working hours he considers, necessary including making adequate security
N
arrangements an indemnifying the Employer, against any claims by third party caused
A
by working outside normal working hours. No claim for extra remuneration on account
A
of working outside normal working hours shall be entertained, save such extra
N
remuneration as is authorized by the Engineer in writing.

U
EG
If in the opinion of the Engineer, the progress of the Works is behind schedule, the
Engineer shall have the right to instruct the Contractor to increase his plant and labour
K
force and/or to continue work beyond normal working hours, inclusive of night work.
The Contractor is to allow here for to extra cost for complying with the Engineer’s
K
instruction to perform such work necessary to adhere to the agreed Progress Schedule
TU
including reimbursing the Client/Engineer all site staff overtime wages and other
emoluments certified by the Engineer’s. In any case, no overtime night work shall be
N
carried out before obtaining the written permission of the Engineer’s.

U
1.34 Other Contractors
The Contractor shall liaise and cooperate with other Contractors who are employed
directly or indirectly by the Employer on the site, no claim would be considered for any
additional cost on the grounds obstruction experienced due to the present of other
Contractor being employed and working on the site.
S1 - 10
1.35 Clearing Up of Site
The Contractor shall make every effort to keep the site in a reasonably clean and tidy
condition for the duration of the Works. He shall, in addition, from time to time on the
completion of any area of the Works or where directed by the Engineer, remove
rubbish, surplus materials, or any other construction debris from such areas as may be
attributable to his work under this Contract and generally leave them in a satisfactory
condition, to the approval of the Engineer.
On completion of the Works, the Contractor shall remove all rubbish, debris and
JA
surplus materials from the Site and leave the whole site in neat and tidy conditions to
the satisfactory of the Engineer.
A
H
SA
L
K
B
D
ER
D
N
TE
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
S1 - 11
SECTION 2: EARTHWORKS
2.1 CLEARING, GRUBBING AND STRIPPING TOPSOIL
2.1.1 Description
This work shall consist of clearing, grubbing and stripping topsoil in the areas
JA
designated hereunder and/or shown on the Drawings and/or directed by the S.O.,
and of clearing only in other areas designed hereunder and/or shown on the
A
Drawings and/or directed by the S.O., all as specified herein and as required by the
H
S.O. The work shall also include the demolition and disposal of structures in said
SA
areas, except where otherwise provided for in the Contract as specified herein and
as required by the S.O.
L
K
2.1.1.1 Clearing
B
D
Clearing shall consist of the cutting and/or taking down, removal and disposal of
ER
everything above ground level, including objects overhanging the areas to be
cleared such as tree branches, except such trees, vegetation, structures or parts of
D
structures, and other things which are designated in the Contract to remain or be
N
removed by others, or which the S.O. directs are to be left undisturbed. The
TE
material to be cleared shall include but not necessarily be limited to trees, stumps
(parts above ground), logs, brush, undergrowth, long grasses, crops, loose vegetable
N
matter and structures (except those structures whose removal or clearance is

A
otherwise provided for in the Contract). Clearing shall also include the leveling of
A
obsolete dikes, terraces, ditches, etc, unless otherwise directed by the S.O.
N
U
2.1.1.2 Grubbing
EG
Grubbing shall consist of the removal and disposal of surface vegetation, the bases
K
of stumps, roots, the underground parts of structures, and other obstructions to a

depth of a least 0.50 meter below ground level, all to the satisfaction of the S.O.
K
TU
2.1.1.3 Stripping Topsoil

N
Stripping topsoil shall consist of the removal of topsoil to an average depth of at

U
least 150 mm below ground level, and its stockpiling for use in the Works, and/or
its disposal, as directed by the S.O.
2.1.2 Construction Methods
2.1.2.1 Areas to Be Cleared
S2 - 1
The entire road reserve area shall be cleared as described above, unless otherwise
shown on the Drawings and/or directed by the S.O.
Clearing shall be carried out to the extents deemed necessary and approved or
directed by the S.O. in areas outside the road reserve where channel excavation or
other work is required.
In areas which are to be cleared only, and in which grubbing and stripping topsoil
are not required, the methods of work shall be such as will not unduly damage the
surface vegetation and topsoil, and care shall be taken not to disturb the topsoil and
JA
the root systems of grasses and other surface vegetation. No topsoil shall be
removed from such areas, except as directed by the S.O., and any topsoil, grasses
A
and other surface vegetation otherwise removed or disturbed shall be replaced and
H
made good at the Contractor’s own expense all to the satisfaction of the S.O.
SA
2.1.2.2 Areas To Be Cleared, Grubbed and Stripped Of Topsoil
L
K
Except as otherwise shown on the Drawings and/or directed by the S.O., clearing,
B
grubbing and stripping topsoil shall be carried out in all areas of roadway
D
excavation and in all areas where embankment is to be constructed, except that
ER
grubbing and stripping topsoil shall not be carried out in those areas where :-
D
i) embankment is to be constructed on earth designated as swamp or soft
N
ground;
TE
ii) embankment is to be constructed to a height at the centre-line of 1.50

N
meters or more on ground with a cross-slope of not more than 1 (vertical)

A
to 30 (horizontal)
A
N
Clearing, grubbing and stripping topsoil shall be carried out to the extents deemed
U
necessary and approved or directed by the S.O. in areas both inside and outside the
EG
road reserve where channel excavation or other work is required.

K
Except where further excavation is required, holes and cavities in the ground
surface after clearing, grubbing and stripping topsoil shall be filled with materials
K
similar to the adjacent ground, and such fill shall be compacted to a dry density
TU
similar to that of the surrounding material, all to the satisfaction of the S.O.
N
This work shall be considered incidental to the work of clearing, grubbing and
U
stripping topsoil, and shall not be measured for payment.
2.1.2.3 Topsoil
Topsoil to be stockpiled for the Works shall be sufficiently fertile to promote and
support the growth of vegetation, and shall be taken from such areas where
clearing, grubbing and stripping topsoil is required as approved or directed by the
S2 - 2
S.O. Before stockpiling topsoil shall be separated from objectionable materials, all
to the satisfaction of the S.O. The Contractor shall arrange for stockpile sites either
within or outside the road reserve, at his own expense, and all to the satisfaction of
the S.O.
Otherwise, topsoil removed during grubbing and stripping operations shall be

separated from objectionable materials and spread within the road reserve or
borrow areas, or otherwise disposed of, as approved or directed by the S.O.
JA
2.1.2.4 Timber
A
H
The ownership of timber is vested in the Government.
SA
Saleable timber shall be trimmed and stacked in accordance with the requirements
L
of the appropriate Government agency, in accessible places within the road reserve
K
as approved or directed by the S.O.
B
D
The Contractor shall have the right to use unsaleable timber (or saleable timber
ER
when permission is granted in writing by the appropriate Government agency or
authority) for his own purposes in connection with the Contract always provided
D
that he shall comply with the requirements of the S.O.
N
TE
2.1.2.5 Structures
N
Major structures are those which cannot practicably be cleared by bulldozer and/or
A
hydraulic excavator, whose demolition requires pneumatic tools, explosives and/or

A
other specialized equipment. A brief description of each major structure (if any) and
N
depth to which extent it shall be demolished is given in the Bill of Quantities.

U
EG
All fences, buildings, structures, and encumbrances of any character within the
limits of the road reserve, except those to be removed by others or designated to
K
remain, shall be demolished and removed by the Contractor.

K
Materials designated in the Contract or directed by the S.O. to be salvaged, shall be

TU
carefully removed and stored, and shall be the property of the Government.
N
2.1.2.6 Disposal Of Material

U
Unwanted material from clearing, grubbing and stripping topsoil (including the
demolition of structures) shall be disposed of as approved or directed by the S.O.
Combustible material including all timber (except timber to be salvaged or used),

all brush, stumps, roots, vegetation and other combustible refuse may be piled up
within the road reserve and burned, where burning is allowed.
S2 - 3
All burning shall be subject to the prior approval of the relevant Government
authorities, and shall be carried out in conformance with all pertinent regulations.
Burning shall also be carried out at such places and at such times and in such a
manner as to prevent fire from damaging vegetation and property within the road
reserve designated to be preserved, and from spreading to areas adjoining the road
reserve and damaging vegetation and property therein.
Should the clearing, grubbing and stripping of topsoil be carried out at a time when
JA
burning is not permitted, the Contractor may pile up combustible materials within
the road reserve outside the limits of the road works, and burn it at a time when
A
burning is permitted.
H
SA
Where burning is not permitted at any time, or the Contractor elects not to burn
unwanted material, combustible material shall be disposed of together with
L
incombustible material.
K
B
Incombustible material, including where appropriate the remains of burning, shall
D
be disposed of in a safe and tidy manner at solid waste dumps outside the Site,
ER
unless otherwise approved or directed by the S.O. The Contractor shall be solely
responsible for making the necessary agreements and paying expenses and claims
D
arising from the use of such solid waste dumps whether on Government or private
N
land.
TE
2.2 EARTHWORKS
N
A
2.2.1 Definitions
A
N
(a) Formation Level

U
EG
Formation level means the top surface of the sub grade.

K
(b) Sub grade

K
Sub grade means that part of the embankment or existing ground in cutting which is
TU
immediately below the sub base or lower sub base of the road pavement and
shoulders.
N
U
(c) Common Excavation
Common excavation shall mean excavation in any materials which are not rock or
artificial hard materials as defined in Sub-Section 2.2.1 (f) and (g).
(d) Unsuitable Materials
S2 - 4
Unsuitable materials shall include:-
i) running silt, peat, logs, stumps, perishable or toxic material, slurry or

mud, or
ii) any material
- consisting of highly organic clay and silt;
JA
- which is clay having a liquid limit exceeding 80% and/or a plasticity
index exceeding 55%
A
H
- which is susceptible to spontaneous combustion;
SA
- which has a loss of weight greater than 2.5% on ignition;
L
K
- containing large amounts of roots, grass and other vegetable matter
B
D
Materials that are soft or unstable merely because they are too wet or too dry for
ER
effective compaction are not to be classified as unsuitable, unless otherwise
classified by the S.O.
D
N
TE
N
(e) Suitable Materials

A
A
Suitable materials shall mean those materials other than the unsuitable materials
N
defined in Sub-Section 2.2.1 (d) above.

U
EG
(f) Rock
K
Rock shall mean material found in ledges or masses in its original position which
would normally have to be loosened either by blasting or by pneumatic tools or, if
K
excavated by hand, by wedges and sledge hammers. It shall not include material
TU
which can be loosened with a track-type tractor with mounted and drawn ripper of
the following description:-
N
U
i) Tractor Unit: Equipment with a minimum weight of 20 tonnes and nett

horse power rating of 200 brake horse power or more. The tractor unit is
to be in good condition and operated by experienced personnel skilled in
the use of ripping equipment;
ii) Ripping Unit : The ripper to be attached to the tractor shall be the most
efficient parallelogram type recommended by the tractor or ripper
S2 - 5
manufacturer. The ripper shall have a single shank in good working
condition with sharpened cutting point.
Boulders or detached pieces shall only be regarded as rock if they individually

exceed 0.5 cubic meters.
(g) Artificial Hard Material
This shall mean any hard artificial material which would require the use of blasting
JA
or approved pneumatic tools for its removal but shall exclude individual masses
less than 0.5 cubic meters.
A
H
2.2.2 General Requirements
SA
The work shall include the excavation of all types of material, backfilling,
L
compaction, forming embankments and slopes, etc. as is necessary for the
K
completion of the Works up to the formation levels, in accordance with the lines,
B
grades, dimensions, shapes and typical cross-section shown on the Drawings and to
D
the approval of the S.O.
ER
The Contractor shall provide where necessary temporary water courses, ditches,
D
drains, pumping or other means of maintaining the earthworks free from water.
N
Such provision shall include carrying out the work of forming the cuttings and
TE
embankments in such a manner that their surfaces have at all times a sufficient
gradient to enable them to shed water and prevent ponding.
N
A
In pumping out excavations and in the lowering of water tables the Contractor shall
A
pay due regard to the stability of all structures.

N
U
Adequate means for trapping silt shall be provided on all temporary drainage
EG
systems. Similar arrangements shall be made for all earthworks including

excavation whether for pile trenches, foundations or cuttings.
K
Should the surface of completed areas be damaged by erosion or by any other cause
K
the Contractor shall at his own cost make good such areas to the satisfaction of the
TU
S.O.
N
The Contractor shall exercise care in preventing wastage of suitable material

U
needed for embankment or fill construction.
2.2.3 Roadway Excavation
2.2.3.1 Dimensional Tolerances
S2 - 6
Slopes in cutting shall be trimmed mechanically to neat and even surface which
shall have gradients not steeper than that shown on the Drawings. Widths of
excavations shall not exceed the dimensions shown on the Drawings by more than
300 mm, unless otherwise approved by the S.O.
2.2.3.2 Separation and Stockpiling of Suitable Material
Where excavation reveals a combination of suitable and unsuitable materials, the

Contractor shall, wherever the S.O. considers it practicable, carry out the
JA
excavation in such a manner that the suitable materials are excavated separately for
use in the Works without contamination by the unsuitable materials. The Contractor
A
shall stockpile separately material for sub grade as specified in Sub-Section 2.2.7.
H
SA
2.2.3.3 Removal of Excavated Material From Site
L
No excavated material shall be removed from the Site except on the direction or
K
with the approval of the S.O. Should the Contractor be permitted to remove suitable
B
materials from the Site to suit his operational procedure, then he shall make good
D
any consequent deficit of fill material arising there from, at his own expense.
ER
Unless designated dump sites have been shown on the Drawings, the Contractor
shall dispose of surplus suitable material at his own dump areas outside the Site
D
approved by the S.O. In doing so, the Contractor shall comply with statutory
N
requirements such as payment of royalties, environmental protection, etc.

TE
2.2.3.4 Removal of Unsuitable Material

N
A
Unsuitable material shall be excavated to such depth and over such area as directed
A
by the S.O. and be transported and disposed of in an approved manner. Unless

N
approval of the S.O. to dump and spread the unsuitable materials within the Site is
U
obtained, the Contractor shall be responsible for providing his own dump site for
EG
such unsuitable materials. The Contractor shall comply with statutory requirements
such as payment of royalties, environmental protection, etc. Voids created due to
K
removal of unsuitable material shall be backfilled with suitable material compacted

to a dry density not less than that of the surrounding material or that specified for
K
the respective part of the earthworks or as directed by the S.O.

TU
N
2.2.3.5 Replacement of Unsuitable Material Under Standing Water

U
Where it is decided by the S.O. that replacement of unsuitable material shall be

done under standing water, voids created due to removal of unsuitable material
shall be backfilled with hard clean crushed rock, natural gravel or sand having
grading within the respective limits specified in Table 2.1.
S2 - 7
2.2.3.6 Widening Cuts
The S.O. may instruct the Contractor or the Contractor himself may elect to obtain
material for the Works by widening cuts. In the latter case, the Contractor shall first
request permission in writing from the S.O.
Widening of cuts shall not be permitted beyond the limits of the road reserve.
TABLE 2.1 - GRADING LIMITS OF MATERIALS FOR
JA
REPLACEMENT OF UNSUITABLE MATERIAL
A
H
B.S. Sieve Size % Passing By Weight
SA
Crushed Rock or Gravel
L
K
63.0 mm 100
B
37.5 mm 85 - 100
D
20.0 mm 0 - 20
10.0mm ER 0-5
D
Sand
N
TE
10.0 mm 100
5.0 mm 90 - 100
N
1.18 mm 45 - 80
A
300 um 10 - 30
A
150 um 2 - 10
N
U
EG
2.2.3.7 Excavation of Rock

K
K
Rock excavation shall be carried out by methods appropriate to Site requirements as

TU
approved by the S.O. Where explosives shall be used, the relevant security
regulations dealing with purchase, transport, handling, storage and usage of
N
explosive shall be complied with.

U
All material from rock excavation shall be used as far as is practicable in the
Works.
Where the rock is of satisfactory quality, the Contractor may elect to crush and
screen it to produce aggregates required for concrete, roadbase, subbase, or other
purposes. Excavated rock needed for earthwork construction which the Contractor
S2 - 8
elects so to use for producing select materials shall be replaced at the Contractor’s
own expense by borrow of satisfactory quality approved by the S.O.
Otherwise, excavated rock shall be used in the construction of embankment and fill,
to the fullest practical extent, in either of the two following ways :-
i) excavated rock shall be broken down to a maximum particle size of 400

mm and used as rock fill as described in Sub-Section 2.2.5;
JA
ii) excavated rock shall be broken down to a maximum particle size of 150
mm, blended with suitable earth fill material in a proportion not
A
exceeding 1 rock to 1 earth, and used as common fill.
H
SA
The Contractor may only waste excavated rock with the approval of the S.O.
Excavated rock needed for earthwork construction which the Contractor elects to
L
waste shall be replaced at the Contractor’s own expense by borrow of satisfactory
K
quality approved by the S.O.
B
D
2.2.3.8 Storage and Handling of Explosives
ER
Proper buildings or magazines, with separate compartments for detonators, in
D
suitable positions for the storage of explosives in manner and quantities to be
N
approved shall be provided. The prevention of any unauthorized issue or improper

TE
use of any explosive brought on the Works shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor and only experienced and responsible men shall be employed to handle
N
explosive for the purpose of the Works.

A
A
2.2.3.9 Blasting
N
U
Explosives shall be used in the quantities and manner recommended by the

EG
manufacturers. Blasting shall be restricted to such periods as the S.O. may

prescribe. If, in the opinion of the S.O., blasting would be dangerous to persons or
K
property or to any finished work, or is being carried on in a reckless manner, he

may prohibit it, and order the rock to be excavated by other means. The use of
K
explosive in large blasts, i.e. exceeding 9 kg of explosive, as in seams, drifts, shafts,

TU
pits, or large holes, is prohibited unless authorized in writing by the S.O. Such
authorization shall not in any way relieve the Contractor of his liabilities under the
N
Conditions of Contract.
U
All necessary precautions shall be taken to preserve in the soundest possible

condition the materials below and beyond the lines of all excavations. Delayed
blasting to reduce shock waves shall be used to avoid damage to concrete and other
works already completed. As the excavation approaches its final lines, blasting
shall be carried out by means of parallel drill holes perpendicular to the toe of the
excavation and parallel to the finally required face.
S2 - 9
2.2.3.10 Safety Measures
When blasting is carried out close to properties or roads, appropriate safety rules
shall be strictly adhered to. Where necessary or as directed by the S.O., the use of
heavy mesh blasting mats shall be used to ensure that no damage is caused to
persons or property on or off Site. Special care shall be taken in wet ground to
ensure that individual explosions are reduced to such size as to preclude damage to
any buildings or structure. Plaster shooting will not be permitted within 400 meters
JA
of any building or structure. If traffic on any road or railway has to be interrupted
for blasting operations, the Contractor shall obtain approval of his schedule for such
A
interruption from the appropriate authorities and shall prove to the S.O. that he has
H
obtained it, prior to the interruption.
SA
2.2.3.11Insecure Material
L
K
The slopes of cuttings shall be cleared of all rock fragments which move when
B
prised with a crow-bar. Where, in the slopes of cuttings, layers of rock and soft
D
material alternate and the S.O. considers that the slope, immediately after dressing,
ER
will not permanently withstand the effect of weather, the Contractor shall excavate
any insecure material to an approved depth and build up the resulting spaces with
D
grade 15P/20 concrete or masonry using rock similar to the adjoining natural rock
N
so as to ensure a solid face.

TE
2.2.4 Earth Embankment

N
A
2.2.4.1 Material
A
N
Fill materials for use in forming embankments shall be the suitable material
U
obtained from excavation in cuttings. Where the quantity of such materials is

EG
inadequate, the Contractor shall obtain suitable materials from the designated
borrow pits or from his own borrow pits which have been approved by the S.O.
K
2.2.4.2 Borrow Pits

K
TU
The Contractor shall be responsible for locating borrow pits. Designated borrow
pits shown on the Drawings only indicate to the Contractor potential areas for
N
borrow. Whether the Contractor obtains materials from the designated or his own
U
borrow pit, it shall be his responsibility to ascertain the suitability of the pit with
respect to the quantity and quality of the materials, which shall be subject to the
approval of the S.O. The Contractor shall pay all necessary fees, taxes or royalties
to the appropriate authorities and observe all relevant regulations. The Contractor
shall keep the borrow pits free from ponding water and the excavation neat and tidy
and shall carry out necessary erosion protection measures as instructed by the S.O.
S2 - 10
2.2.4.3 Placement of Fill Material
All fill materials shall be deposited in layers. The loose depth for each layer of fill
shall be determined from the trial compaction. Each layer shall extend over the
full width of the fill area and shall be compacted in accordance with the
requirements of Sub-Section 2.2.4.4. Each compacted layer shall be maintained at
all times with a sufficiently even surface in order to drain away the surface water.
Where embankment is to be constructed on ground with a cross-slope flatter than 1
JA
(vertical) to 10 (horizontal) but steeper than 1 (vertical) to 30 (horizontal), the
foundation material, except where this is rock, shall be scarified to a depth of 100
A
mm, blended with embankment fill material and compacted as described in Sub-
H
Section 2.2.4.4.
SA
Where embankment is to be constructed against existing embankment or on
L
ground with a cross-slope of 1 or more (vertical) to 10 (horizontal), the foundation
K
shall be excavated in all materials (including hard rock) to form benches with
B
horizontal and vertical faces from which construction of the embankment shall
D
proceed. The benches shall be contiguous beneath the full width of the
ER
embankment, and shall be of suitable width to accommodate construction
equipment such as motor-graders, trucks, rollers, etc. Scarifying of the horizontal
D
and vertical faces of the benches shall not normally be required, and the material
N
excavated in forming the benches may normally be used a still in the embankment
TE
as approved by the S.O.

N
2.2.4.4 Compaction
A
A
(a) General
N
U
All materials used in embankment and as fill elsewhere shall be compacted as soon
EG
as practicable after being placed and spread. Compaction shall be undertaken to the
requirements of this Section by plant approved by the S.O. All compaction
K
requirements shall be controlled by means of field density measurement.

K
For compaction of embankment slope, the Contractor may either extend each
TU
compacted layer beyond the design slope surface by at least 600 mm and then trim
back to the required slope angle, or he may employ a tow type roller to compact the
N
sloping surface.
U
(b) Compaction Trials
The B.S. 1377 Compaction Test (4.5 kg rammer method) shall be used in
determining the moisture versus density relation of soil.
S2 - 11
The Contractor shall submit to the S.O. for his approval the proposed method of
compaction for each main type of material to be used in the embankment. This shall
include the type of compaction plant for each type of material and the number of
passes in relation to the loose depth of material to achieve desired compaction. The
maximum compacted thickness for fill shall be limited to 300 mm unless otherwise
approved by the S.O. The Contractor shall carry out field compaction trials,
supplemented by any necessary laboratory investigations, as required by the S.O.
This shall be done by using the procedures proposed by the Contractor for
earthworks and shall satisfy the S.O. that all the specified requirements regarding
JA
compaction can be achieved. Compaction trials with the main types of material
likely to be encountered shall be completed before the works with the
A
corresponding materials will be allowed to commence. Each trial area shall be not
H
smaller than 8 m x 15 m.
SA
(c) Degree of Compaction
L
K
The whole of the embankment below the top 300 mm of the subgrade shall be
B
compacted to not less than 90% (for cohesive material) or 95% (for cohesion less
D
material) of the maximum dry density determined in the B.S. 1377 Compaction
Test (4.5 kg rammer method). ER
D
N
TE
(d) Field Density Testing

N
Field density tests on each layer of compacted earth fill shall be carried out using
A
the sand replacement method in accordance with B.S. 1377 or by using other means
A
of testing of comparable accuracy approved by the S.O.

N
U
(e) Moisture Control

EG
Each layer of each fill shall be processed as necessary to bring its moisture content
K
to a uniform level throughout the material, suitable for compaction. The optimum
moisture content as determined by the B.S. 1377 Compaction Test (4.5 kg rammer
K
method) shall be used as a guide in determining the proper moisture content at

TU
which each soil type shall be compacted. Water shall be added, or the material
aerated and dried to adjust the soil to the proper moisture content to obtain the
N
required density. A satisfactory method and sufficient equipment as approved by

U
the S.O. shall be used for the furnishing and handling of water.
If the natural water content of suitable materials is too high for the proper
compaction to be carried out, the Contractor can either bring down the moisture
content by aeration or drying or alternatively replace it with suitable materials of
compactable moisture range at his own cost.
S2 - 12
2.2.5 Rock Fill Embankment
Rock used in rock fill embankments shall be of maximum particle size of 400 mm
so that it can be deposited in horizontal layers, each not exceeding 500 mm in
compacted depth and extending over the full width of the embankment except for
any specified cover to slopes or new formation level. The materials shall be spread
and levelled by a crawler tractor weighing not less than 15 tonnes. Each layer shall
consist of reasonably well graded rock and all large voids shall be filled with
broken fragments before the next layer is placed. The top surface and side slopes of
JA
embankment so formed shall be thoroughly blinded with approved fine graded
material to seal the surface.
A
H
There shall be a transition layer between rock fill and earth fill or the top 300 mm
SA
of subgrade of at least 300 mm compaction thickness. This shall consist of
uniformly graded crushed rock between 6 mm and 150 mm as approved by the S.O.
L
K
Each layer of rock used as rock fill in embankments shall be systematically
B
compacted by at least 12 passes of a vibrating roller with a static load per 25 mm
D
width of roll of at least 45 kg or a grid roller with load per 25 mm width of roll of at
least 200 kg or other approved plant. ER
D
2.2.6 Embankment Over Soft Ground
N
TE
2.2.6.1 Foundation Treatment

N
Prior to forming embankment over soft ground, the soil over which fill material
A
shall be placed shall be given strength improvement treatment as specified and to

A
the details as shown on the Drawings or as directed or approved by the S.O.

N
Treatment by means of replacement of unsuitable material shall be as specified in

U
Sub-Sections 2.2.3.4 and 2.2.3.5.

EG
The first layer or layers of fill materials shall be deposited over the full width of the
K
embankment and berms in thicknesses and compacted as approved by the S.O. The
Contractor shall provide compaction plant suitable for working over soft ground.
K
TU
2.2.6.2 Surcharge and Staged Construction

N
Where indicated in the Contract or directed by the S.O. the embankment shall be
U
built to different heights in stages with or without surcharges with allowance for
consolidation time periods in between stages, all in accordance with the Contract.
Where surcharge is specified, the Contractor shall be responsible for the provision
of surcharge material and the removal and disposal of excess material on
completion of consolidation or when directed by the S.O.
2.2.6.3 Settlement Markers
S2 - 13
Markers shall be provided and installed by the Contractor in the positions indicated
on the Drawings for the purpose of measuring settlement taking place under the
embankments during and after the construction period. The design of markers shall
be as shown on the Drawings and the Contractor shall be responsible for supplying
and installing such markers and for extending the markers as the work proceeds.
Adjustments to the height of markers shall be made when required by the S.O. Each
marker shall be identified by painting on it the chainage of its position.
JA
The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to protect markers from damage
by plant and vehicles at all times and shall repair any such damage to the
A
satisfaction of the S.O. Readily visible barriers shall be installed around each
H
marker.
SA
2.2.6.4 Settlement Records
L
K
Joint measurement of settlement shall be taken weekly while fill is being placed in
B
the vicinity of the markers. Thereafter, readings shall be taken fortnightly for a
D
period as directed by the S.O. The readings shall be submitted on an approved
ER
printed form to be supplied by the Contractor.
D
For the measurement of the volume that has settled below the original level of the
N
foundation of the embankment, the measured settlement of each marker shall be

TE
used for volume computation following the method shown on the Drawings.
N
2.2.7 Subgrade
A
A
Material for the top 300 mm of subgrade shall have a minimum California Bearing
N
Ratio (CBR) as shown on the Drawings when compacted to 95% of the maximum
U
dry density determined in the B.S. 1377 Compaction Test (4.5 kg rammer method)
EG
under 4 days soaked condition.

K
Throughout the top 300 mm of subgrade, the material shall be compacted to not
less than 95% (for cohesive material) or 100% (for cohesionless material) of the
K
maximum dry density determined in the B.S. 1377 Compaction Test (4.5 kg
TU
rammer method).
N
In cut area, the top 300 mm of the subgrade shall be scarified and recompacted to
U
95% (for cohesive material) or 100% (for cohesionless material) of the maximum
dry denstiy determined in the B.S. 1377 Compaction Test (4.5 kg rammer method).
If the S.O. is fully satisfied that the subgrade in its natural state possesses a denstiy
exceeding the requirements, then the surface of the subgrade shall be trimmed and
rolled to obtain a smooth finish.
S2 - 14
Where the material in cut area is found to be unsuitable for use in the top 300 mm
of subgrade it shall be removed and replaced with suitable material which shall be
compacted as indicated above.
The subgrade shall be finished in a neat and workmanlike manner, and the widths
of embankments and cuts shall be everywhere at least those specified or shown on
the Drawings on both sides of the centreline. The top surface of the subgrade shall
have the required shape, superelevation, levels and grades and shall be finished
everywhere to within + 10 mm and minus 30 mm of the required level.
JA
i) Where rock surface extends over the whole width of the formation:-
A
H
The rock surface shall be trimmed to a free draining profile, at or below
SA
formation levels. No high spot shall protrude above the formation levels.
L
Any voids or cavities more than 0.5 meters below the formation level shall be filled
K
up with approved lean concrete having 7-day cube strength greater than 7 N/sq.mm.
B
The rock surface shall then be brought up to the formation levels with approved
D
crushed rock or gravel, regulated and blinded.
ER
ii) Where rock outcrop occurs over part of the formation only:-
D
N
The rock outcrop shall be cut down to a level not less than 300 mm below the
TE
formation level. The surface shall then be brought up to level with suitable
subgrade material.
N
A
2.2.8 Protective Vegetation for Erosion Control

A
N
2.2.8.1 Topsoil
U
EG
Topsoil stockpiled for the Works in accordance with Sub-Section 2.1.1.3 and
2.1.2.3 shall be spread and lightly compacted to an even thickness of 50 mm as
K
directed by the S.O. in areas to be turfed and/or seeded, or used as the S.O. shall
otherwise direct for tree planting and other purposes.
K
TU
2.2.8.2 Turfing
N
Turfing shall be carried out as soon as practicable on all earth slopes and other areas
U
as shown on the Drawings and/or where directed by the S.O. The type of turf shall
be as indicated on the Drawings or other alternative type as approved by the S.O.
and shall be free of lallang and essentially free of weeds.
Turf shall be obtained in unbroken sods with a substantial amount of topsoil and
shall be approximately 250 mm x 250 mm in size and 100 mm thick, from an
approved source, and shall be placed in position as soon as practicable after cutting.
S2 - 15
Turf sods shall be stacked and watered when they cannot be laid immediately after
cutting.
The surface to be turfed shall be trimmed and thoroughly wetted. The turf shall then
be carefully laid to form a complete and uniform cover as shown on the Drawings.
Turf laid on slope than 1 (vertical) and 3 (horizontal) shall be pegged down with
bamboo stakes approximately 250 mm in length. Approved fertilizer shall be
applied after of turf at suitable times and at rates of application approved by the
JA
S.O.
A
All turf shall be regularly watered and fertilized to the satisfactory of the S.O. until
H
the vegetation is satisfactorily established. Any dead turf shall be replaced with new
SA
turf at the Contractor’s own expense.
L
2.2.8.3 Seeding
K
B
Seeding or hydroseeding shall be carried out as soon as practicable on slopes and
D
other areas as shown on the Drawings and/or directed by the S.O.
ER
The Contractor shall submit to the S.O. for his consideration and approval, at least
D
four (4) weeks in advance of the proposed work, full details of his proposed method
N
of seeding or hydroseeding. The information submitted shall include, but not

TE
necessary be limited to, a full description of the following aspects of the work :-
N
i) the preparation of the areas to be seeded or hydroseeded, including if

A
appropriate the amount of topsoil to be used its method of application;

A
N
ii) the details and results of investigations to determine which types of grass
U
and legume are compatible with the soil in the areas to be seeded;
EG
iii) the types of grass and legume (if any) and strains of seed to be used, and
K
the function, root and growth characteristics of each type;

K
iv) the rates of application of the grass and legume seeds;

TU
v) the composition of fertilizer to be used at the time of seeding and its rate
N
of application;
U
vi) the composition of fertilizer to be used after seeding, the times of

application after seeding, and the rates of application;
vii) the type of mulch to be used and its method and rate of application;
S2 - 16
viii) the amounts of lime or other chemicals (if any) to be applied to improve
the soil before, during and/or after seeding;
ix) the type and amounts of binding agent to be applied with the seeds,
mulch, fertilizer, etc, as appropriate;
x) the proportions and methods of preparation of the seeding mix;
xi) the equipment and methods to be used in preparing and placing the
JA
seeding mix and other materials;
A
xii) the cultivation and after-care of the seeded areas, including rates and
H
frequencies of watering fertilizing, grass cutting and general maintenance
SA
for at least 1 year after seeding;
L
xiii) the time after seeding required for establishing permanent, dense growth
K
of grasses, which will require minimal maintenance;
B
D
xiv) guarantees of the success of the seeding work.
ER
All grass shall be regularly watered until the vegetation is satisfactorily established
D
to the satisfaction of the S.O. Any dead grass shall be replaced at the Contractor’s
N
own expense.
TE
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
S2 - 17
SECTION 3 - EXCAVATION
3.1 EXCAVATION
3.1.1 General
Excavation work shall include site clearing, the removal, hauling, proper
utilization or disposal of all excavated materials and the construction,
shaping and finishing of all excavations and backfilling of pipe trenches
over the entire extent of the Works in conformity with the Drawings and this
Specification.
3.1.2 Site Clearing
JA
The Contractor shall fell and dispose of trees and bushes within 2 metres of
either side of all pipelines to be laid under the Contract and wherever
A
directed by the S.O. Site clearing shall include clearing, grubbing,
H
demolishing, breaking up and removing all trees, shrubs, vegetation, stumps,
SA
structures such as walls, fences and other obstructions within the Site except
those which has been designated to be retained. Materials suitable for
L
disposal by burning shall be burnt at locations and on periods as approved
K
the S.O.
B
D
3.1.3 Excavation Generally
ER
The Contractor shall carry out all excavations in such manner and order as
approved by the S.O. and in whatever material as may be found. All
D
excavated material shall be deposited so that it will cause as little damage

and inconvenience as possible.
N
TE
All excavations shall be carried out to the required lengths, breadths, depths,
inclinations or curvatures as may be necessary for the proper construction of
N
the Works or as shown on the Drawings. All excavations shall be sufficient

A
to provide for the necessary working space, shuttering and any other
A
temporary structures required during construction. Where so directed by the

N
S.O., the turf and topsoil shall be excavated separately until required for re-
U
use in reinstatement.
EG
Topsoil shall mean the top layer of soil, which can support vegetation.
K
K
Unless otherwise stated, the excavation, whether in open cut in trench, shall
TU
be proceeded in such portions at a time as the S.O. may approve and shall
not in the first instance be carried down to a depth nearer than 150mm above
N
formation level. The last 150mm of depth to formation level shall be carried
U
out by manual labour immediately in advance of placing concrete screed,

concrete or pipe laying.
The bottom of all excavations shall be carefully trimmed a leveled, well

rammed and consolidated to ensure good solid foundations.
The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping dry all excavations, whether
in open cut in trench, so as not to interfere with the work in progress. He
shall, without extra cost to the Government, provide, form, fix, maintain and
work as and where directed by the S.O. such pumps, wells, drains, bunds
and other things necessary to effectively deal with all water which may
S3-1
collect or find its way into the excavations from any cause whatsoever.
Nevertheless, all methods employed for dealing with the water shall be to
the approval of the S.O. Such approval shall not relieve the Contractor from
his liability for any damages to the Works or adjoining land and property or
water courses due to his operations.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the stability of the excavations at all
times. He shall, without extra cost to the Government and to the approval of
the S.O., slope the sides of the excavations and or provide and fix strong and
sufficient timbering to support the sides and or bottom of the excavations to
prevent against collapse, and shall maintain the same until, in the opinion of
JA
the S.O., the construction work is sufficiently advance to permit the
timbering to be withdrawn. Timbering shall be removed only under the
A
personal supervision of the competent foremen.
H
SA
The Contractor shall be responsible for any injury to the Works or
consequential damages caused by or arising out of the removal of timbering
L
and any advice, permission or approval given by the S.O. relating to the
K
removal of the timbering shall not relieve the Contractor from his
B
responsibility under the Contract.
D
ER
The Contractor shall carry out any diversion and subsequent restoration of
such existing rivers, water-courses, land springs, ditches etc. wherever
D
encountered during the execution of the Works, whether shown on the

Drawings or not.
N
TE
3.1.4 Excavation for Pipe Trenches

Before commencing the excavation of pipe trenches, the routes of the
N
pipelines shall be pegged out accurately. Strong sight rails shall be fixed and
A
maintained at each change or gradient, and at as many intermediate points as

A
may be necessary but not exceeding 100 metres apart. On these rails shall be
N
marked the centre line and level to which the pipes are to be laid, and such
U
rails shall be maintained in position and at the correct level from the time
EG
the excavation commences until backfilling is completed. The run of pipes

trenches opened up ahead of pipelaying operations at any one time shall not
K
be more than:-
K
(a) 100 metres if the pipelaying operations are in an urban area,

TU
(b) 300 metres if the pipelaying operations are in the sidetables of a

trunk road, or
N
(c) 600 metres if the pipelaying operations are in unoccupied land

U
schemes or housing estates under development or are in the

sidetables or minor rural roads.
The S.O. may, at his absolute discretion, vary the distances stated above if
he considers that traffic, road or weather conditions or roadside table
limitations warrant the variation.
Unless the S.O. permits otherwise, the trenches shall be excavated to the
widths given in the Table A1 below.
S3-2
TABLE A1 – Widths of Pipe Trenches
External Pipe Diameter Width of Trench
Not exceeding 460mm D + 300mm

Exceeding 460mm D + 600mm
Where pipes are to be laid on a concrete bed, the width of the excavation at
the bottom of the trench shall be the width of the underside of the concrete
bed. At all joints the trench shall be so excavated as to give a working
JA
space of not less than 300mm all round the joint. Where bends are made by
deflecting pipes at joints the trench shall be widen to permit this operation.
A
The sides of the trench shall be cut vertical, and where necessary, shall be
H
protected against caving in by timbering to the approval of the S.O.
SA
The trench shall be excavated to the depths intended or shown in the
L
Drawings and shall be finishes and trimmed accurately to level and grade.
K
B
Where no invert levels are shown or indicated, the bottom of the trench shall
D
be graded so that the pipe invert slopes evenly between the adjacent invert
ER
levels.
D
Should the ground be so wet or soft that, in the opinion of the S.O., it does
N
not form a firm base for the pipe, or should rock be encountered at the
bottom of the trench, the trench shall be excavated 250mm below the level
TE
intended or shown in the Drawings and then brought back to the correct
level with good selected earth or sand well rammed into place. Such
N
deepening of pipe trench and filling back shall be treated as a variation

A
under the terms of the Contract. Should the bottom of the trench be
A
inadvertently excavated below the specified level, it shall be brought back,

N
at the Contractor’s expense, to the correct level with good selected earth or
U
sand carefully rammed into place.

EG
3.1.5 Rock Excavation

K
Rock shall mean those geological strata of hard material which necessitate
K
the use of blasting or approved pneumatic tools for their removal. Solid
TU
boulders found in trench excavations and foundation pits shall be considered

as rock if such boulders exceed 0.5 m3 in volume.
N
Shale and clay boulders shall not be classified as rock. The S.O.’s decision
U
as to whether or not the material of the excavation is to be classified as rock

shall be final.
Notwithstanding the above, rock shall not include materials which in the
judgement of the S.O. can be loosened as specified in Specification Section
2 – Earthworks.
The Contractor shall be entitled to extra payment for rock excavation only if
reasonable notice is given to the S.O. to examine and measure such material
S3-3
prior to breaking up. The volume of rock excavated shall be taken as its
volume in-situ before it is broken up.
3.1.6 Use of Explosives

The Contractor shall not use any explosives without the written approval of
the S.O. In the event where the approval for the use of explosives cannot be
given or where an existing approval is withdrawn by the S.O. due to
whatever reason, the Contractor shall carry out the Works using other means
approved by the S.O.
Where written approval is given by the S.O. for the use of explosives, the
JA
Contractor shall comply strictly with all rules and regulations laid out by the
relevant Authorities pertaining to the use of these explosives and shall be
A
solely responsible for procuring any permit required from the relevant
H
Authorities for
SA
The greatest care shall be taken by the Contractor during all blasting
L
operations to ensure that no injury be done to persons or damage to property
K
or finished work. All blasting shall be performed at the entire risk and
B
responsibility of the Contractor.
D
ER
3.1.7 Weathered Rock Excavation
Weathered rock shall be residual rock altered by physical and chemical
D
processes to the extent that it is decomposed or disintegrated or fractured or

loosely laminated or jointed, but retains sufficient strength to necessitate
N
ripping as specified in Specification Section 2 – Earthworks.

TE
The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to the S.O. to examine any
N
weathered rock prior to breaking up and to allow the S.O. to measure the
A
extent and depth before further excavation. The S.O.’s decision as to

A
whether or not the materials of the excavation is classified as weathered

N
rock shall be final.

U
EG
3.1.8 Unauthorized Excessive Excavation

Unless otherwise directed or approved by the S.O., if any excavation
K
including rock excavation is carried beyond the limits on or against whish

K
permanent work is to be supported in accordance with the Drawings, the

TU
Contractor shall at his own expense be required to fill the excess excavation
with grade 20/20 concrete or other suitable materials acceptable to the S.O.
N
U
3.1.9 Additional Excavation Ordered by the S. O.

If after excavating the sites on which the various parts of the Works are to
be constructed, it is found that any part of the formation is unsuitable to
provide a satisfactory foundation, such portion shall be further excavated to
such depths as the S.O. may direct and refilled to the correct formation level
with grade 20/20 concrete or other selected materials acceptable to the S.O.
Such extra excavation and refilling shall be treated as a variation under the
terms of the Contract.
S3-4
3.1.10 Timber Left in Excavation
If, in the opinion of the S.O., it is necessary to leave in position any
timbering, the Contractor shall be paid at the rates stated in the Bills of
Quantities provided that, in the opinion of the S.O., the necessity of leaving
the timbering has not arisen from carelessness or neglect on the part of
Contractor.
3.1.11 Excavations in Roads

No trench is to be excavated in the carriageway unless specific approval has
been given by JKR or the Local Authority. The whole operation of
excavation and reinstatement of the trench shall be completed as quickly as
JA
possible. The Contractor shall ensure that minimum interference to traffic
flow is maintained at all times.
A
H
A joint site inspection shall be arranged by the Contractor before
SA
commencement of work if so requested by JKR or the Local Authority.
After pegging out, the Contractor shall inform JKR or the Local Authority
L
and the police of the actual date of commencement at least one week in
K
advance of and on the day of commencement.
B
D
If specific approval has been given to lay services across the road by open
ER
excavation, cutting of the metalled pavement shall be done by using a
diamond cutter and pneumatic tool to ensure that the top edges of the
D
excavation are neat and straight.

N
All materials from the excavation, if accepted for backfilling shall be neatly
TE
stacked outside the carriageway. Where there is no place to stack the

excavated materials outside the carriageway, all excavated materials shall be
N
removed from the work site immediately after excavation.

A
A
Where specific approval has been given by JKR for half width construction,
N
the traffic lanes may be reduced to not less than 4 meters wide and where
U
necessary, the shoulder should be strengthened to accommodate traffic load

EG
to the satisfaction of the S.O. by the Contractor and at the Contractor’s cost.
K
Trenches shall be provided with adequate shuttering, walling and struts to

K
prevent the adjoining road pavement from cracking and subsiding.

TU
If a road diversion if required, the Contractor shall build it to the

N
specifications of JKR or the appropriate Local Authority. It shall be

U
maintained in good motorable condition until the reinstatement is

completed.
Carriageway excavation across important and busy roads and junctions shall
be carried out during off-peak hours eg. Saturday afternoons, Sunday or at
night. The S.O. will specify the appropriate times based on the merits of
each case and such conditions shall be strictly adhered to by the Contractor.
3.1.12 Crossing Water-courses etc.

Where the pipeline crosses underneath streams, culverts and other
watercourses, the Contractor shall be deemed to have allowed for all
S3-5
additional measures necessary for the proper construction of the pipeline
especially maintaining the flow of water.
3.1.13 Inspection
Until the S.O. has inspected and approved the excavation, no concrete shall
be placed and no pipes shall be laid upon the surface prepared by
excavation. Any work built on foundations which have not been approved
by the S.O. shall in the order of the S.O., be uncovered or removed by the
Contractor and the foundations reinstated all at the Contractor’s own
expense.
JA
3.1.14 Backfilling of Excavations other than Pipe Trenches
Backfilling of all excavations shall not be carried out until the Works therein
A
have been inspected and approved by the S.O. In backfilling excavations
H
other than pipe trench excavations, approved portions of the excavated
SA
materials shall be employed. Where required, approved materials shall be
brought to site for backfilling works. The materials shall be deposited and
L
spread in layers of not more than 300mm deep, and each layer shall be
K
thoroughly rammed by a mechanical vibrating tamper or smooth wheel
B
roller and watered if required.
D
ER
If so directed by the S.O., the backfilling shall be finished off slightly proud
of the surrounding ground to allow for any settlement, but the Contractor
D
shall make good any settlement which may occur during the construction of
the Works and during the Defects Liability Period of the Contract at his own
N
expense.
TE
3.1.15 Backfilling of Pipe Trenches

N
After the pipelaying has been approved by the S.O. and before the pipelines
A
are tested, only sufficient backfilling of the trenches to prevent “snaking”

A
and to maintain the pipes in position will be permitted, but all joints shall be
N
left exposed. However, in the case of uPVC pipes, complete backfilling is

U
required before testing. In low lying ground or any other locality where the
EG
trench may be filled with water and cause flotation of the pipes, or
elsewhere as may be decided by the S.O., the backfilling shall follow the
K
pipelaying as closely as possible.

K
TU
In backfilling pipe trenches, only approved materials free from stones or

rocks or other hard materials shall be carefully spread along the trench
N
bottom between the pipes and the trench walls to a depth of about 150mm
U
shall be hand rammed. Further layers each of about 150mm thick of the
same materials shall then be spread and rammed in the same manner up to
the top of the pipes.The reminder of the backfilling may consist of coarse
materials free from boulders and large earth clods. It shall be placed in
layers each of 150mm thickness and hand or mechanically rammed until the
backfill is 300mm above the top of the pipes. The rest of the trench backfill
shall be in layers each of 300mm thickness and compacted by a mechanical
vibrating tamper to finish off slightly proud of the surrounding ground. The
Contractor shall make good any settlement during the Defects Liability
Period of the Contract.
S3-6
3.1.16 Approved Fill Material
Approved fill material to be used as backfill to the top of the pipes shall be
uniform low plasticity granular material. The material shall be free from all
organic or other materials subject to decay. Highly plastic or expansive soils
or clay shall not be used. The filling material shall be readily compactable
to its maximum density and must not from mud, or otherwise breakdown
when wet.
Should the material being placed as fill or backfill while acceptable at the
time of selection, become unacceptable to the S.O. or his representatives due
to exposure to weather conditions or due to flooding or have become
JA
puddled, soft or segregated during the progress of the Works, the Contractor
shall, at his own expense, remove such damaged, softened or segregated
A
material and replace it wish fresh approved material.
H
SA
Where the pipeline crosses a road, approved sand shall be used as fill
material up to the road formation level.
L
K
3.1.17 Road Reinstatement
B
Road reinstatement works shall be carried out by the Contractor to a
D
standard equivalent or superior to the road condition existing prior to
ER
excavation and to the approval of the S.O.
D
All backfilling shall be done by the Contractor with approved sand. No

organic soil, broken pre-mix or stones are to be used. The sand shall be
N
compacted in 225mm layers. The degree of compaction of each layer below

TE
the pavement course shall be as specified in Specification Section 2 –

Earthworks. The Contractor shall bear the cost of such tests and shall make
N
good any works which are found to be unsatisfactory.

A
A
The Contractor shall reinstate the road pavement by replacing, in the proper
N
sequence, any block or metalling removed, provided the block or metalling

U
are in good condition and to the approval of the S.O. The road surface shall
EG
be reinstated with new materials of the type existing on site. Edges of the
reinstated road pavement shall be straight and neatly finished to match the
K
existing road to the satisfaction of the S.O.

K
TU
The time limit for commencement of the bituminous surfacing works by the
Contractor shall be as follows:-
along major roads – within 3 days after backfilling,
N
i)
cross trench – within 24 hours after backfilling,
U
ii)
iii) pilot pits – immediately after backfilling.
If the Contractor fails to carry out the reinstatement to the satisfaction of the
S.O. or any further reinstatement that may be necessary of any trenches
across roads and footpaths, the S.O. or the appropriate authority may
proceed with such repairs and the cost of such reinstatement shall be
deducted by the S.O. form any payments due or to become due to the
Contractor.
S3-7
3.1.18 Removal of Surplus Spoil
The Contractor shall dispose of all surplus excavated material, earth, rubbish
and waste matter to an approved tip to be provided by him unless otherwise
directed by the S.O. if surplus spoil is tipped into or fill materials obtained
from private property, the operations shall be executed with the approval of
the owner and occupier of the same. The Contractor shall have no right of
ownership to the surplus materials excavated.
JA
A
H
SA
L
K
B
D
ER
D
N
TE
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
S3-8
SECTION 4: CONCRETE WORKS
4.1 Reference to British Standard
This Specification for concrete used in the Works is based upon the following British
Standards with the latest amendments:-
B.S. 12 : 1958 -Portland Cement (Ordinary and Rapid Hardening).
JA
B.S. 410 : 1969 -Test Sieves.
A
B.S. 812 : 1967 -Methods for Sampling and Testing of Mineral
H
Aggregates, Sands and Fillers.
SA
B.S. 882 : 1965 -Coarse and Fine Aggregates from Natural Sources for
L
Concrete.
K
B
B.S. 1881 : 1970 - Methods of Testing Concrete.
D
ER
B.S. 3148 : 1959 - Tests for Water for Making Concrete.
D
This Specification shall be interpreted and all sampling and testing shall be carried
out, in accordance with the relevant clauses in these Standards.
N
TE
4.2 Cement
N
All cement used in the Works shall be ordinary Portland Cement of approved
A
manufacture and complying with the requirements of B.S. 12 and shall be supplied in
A
paper bags each containing 112 lbs. of cement.

N
U
The Contractor shall submit to the S.O. for approval the name and address of the
EG
supplier and the brand of cement which he proposes to use in the Works at least two
weeks before the delivery of cement to the site is allowed. Normally the
K
manufacturer's test certificates will be accepted as proof of the quality of the cement;
K
but the S.O. may at his discretion carry out further tests on the cement stored at the
TU
site. In the event of any sample being found to be not in accordance with B.S. 12 the
whole consignment from which the sample comes shall be ejected and removed by
N
the Contractor at his own expense from the site immediately notwithstanding any
U
previous acceptance on the strength of the manufacturer's certificate.
The Contractor shall not be allowed to change the approved source of supply or brand
of cement at any time or for whatever reason without the permission in writing of the
S.O.
Notwithstanding any previous acceptance, any bag of cement containing material

which has hardened or otherwise deteriorated shall be rejected and removed from the
site by the Contractor forthwith and at his own expense. Any cement on transit or
temporarily placed near the mixer or elsewhere, after removal from the store, shall be
adequately protected from moisture and damage by approved means.
S4 - 1
4.3 Storage of Cement
The Contractor shall provide at his own expense on the site a dry, well-ventilated and
weather- proof cement store to the approval of the S.O. for the proper storage of
cement. The floor of such store shall be raised at least 1 foot above ground level or
above maximum flood level at the site whichever is the higher.
Batches of cement shall be used for the Works in the order in which they are delivered
to the site and the method of storage shall be arranged so that this may be done.
4.4 Fine Aggregate
JA
Fine aggregate for concrete work shall be hard, clean, well graded natural sand free
A
from harmful quantities of clay and silt, saline and vegetable impurities, and other
H
deleterious matter. It shall be within the following grading limits:-
SA
B.S Sieve 3/16” No.7 No.14 No.25 No.52 No.100
L
% Passing 95-100 70-95 45-85 25-60 5-30 0-10
K
B
D
Field test shall be carried out on samples to be taken from each and every batch of
ER
sand supplied and delivered to the site. Snad shall not contain more than 6% by
volume of clay and/or fine silt; neither shall it contain impurities in sufficient quantity
D
to show a darker colour than the standard depth of colour No.3 when tested according
N
to the standard methods given in B.S. 812 : 1960.

TE
Sand which does not comply with these requirements shall be rejected and removed
from the site forthwith at the Contractor's own expense.
N
A
4.5 Coarse Aggregate

A
N
Coarse aggregate for concrete work shall be sound, hard, clean, roughly cubical
U
shaped crushed granite particles free from harmful quantities of clay, crusher dust,
EG
organic impurities or other deleterious matter.

K
Coarse aggregate containing an excessive proportion of flat particles, splinters or

K
flakes will not be accepted. The judgement of the S.O. in this matter shall be final and
TU
binding on the Contractor.

N
Limestone shall not be used as coarse aggregate without the permission in writing of
U
the S.O. Under no circumstances shall limestone be used as aggregate in water

retaining, water excluding or water conveying structures.
The grading of coarse aggregate shall be within the following limits:-
B.S Sieve 3/4” 3/8” 3/16”

% Passing Not more
100 25-55
than 10
4.6 Sampling and Testing of Aggregates
S4 - 2
The Contractor shall submit to the S.O. for approval the sources of supply and
samples of fine and coarse aggregates which he proposes to use in the Works before
the delivery of aggregates to the site is permitted. Samples of the fine and coarse
aggregates approved by the S.O. shall be kept on the site: and the Contractor shall
secure his entire supply of each material from the same source and ensures that all
aggregates delivered to the site throughout the course of the Works are of the same
quality and grading as the approved samples.
Should it become necessary to change the sources or characteristics of any aggregates

this shall only be done after new samples have been tested and approved by the S.O.
JA
and subject to such safeguards as the S.O. may impose for the maintenance of the
quality of the aggregate specified.
A
H
The method of sampling and amount of aggregate to be provided shall be in
SA
accordance with B.S. 812 : 1967. The test shall be those as laid down in B.S. 812 :
1967, unless otherwise directed by the S.O. The tests shall be carried out by the S.O.
L
and if a sample should fail in any of the tests the S.O. may, at his discretion, either
K
reject the batch from which the sample was taken or order it to be washed and/or
B
screened at the Contractor's expense. Any batch of the aggregate rejected by the S.O.
D
shall be removed from the site forthwith at the Contractor's expense.
ER
4.7 Storage of Aggregates
D
The Contractor shall at his own expense provide proper and adequate storage for the
N
fine and course aggregates on the site to the satisfaction of the S.O.
TE
The fine and course aggregate shall be handled and stored separately and in such a
N
manner that segregation of the various sized particles does not occur. There shall be
A
physical partition between the heaps of sand and the heaps of course aggregate to
A
prevent intermixing of the aggregate. The stock piles shall be formed on a platform of
N
weak concrete, timber, or similar approved hardstanding, and aggregates shall be kept
U
clean and free from earth and foreign matter.

EG
Aggregates which in the opinion of the S.O. are not clean or have become intermixed
K
due to improper storage shall be removed from the site at the Contractor's expense.
K
4.8
TU
Water
N
All water used for making and curing concrete and for testing the watertightness of
U
structures shall be fresh, clean and not contain organic matter, sulphates or other
impurities in sufficient quantities likely to reduce the strength of the concrete or attack
the concrete or the reinforcement. The S.O.'s decision on the suitability or
unsuitability of a source of water for this purpose shall be final.
Where possible, all water shall be obtained from the public supply mains. When such
a supply is not available the Contractor shall make arrangements for obtaining water
from a source approved by the S.O.
In any case the contractor shall provide sufficient storage tanks at the site to store
enough water for 1 1/2 days' use in the Works.
S4 - 3
4.9 Steel Reinforcement
Bar reinforcement shall be rolled mild steel bars of a manufacture approved by the
S.O. and shall comply with B.S. 4449.
Steel fabric reinforcement shall comply with B.S. 1221.
The manufacturer's certificates of test will be accepted as proof of the quality of the
steel reinforcement but the S.O. may, at his discretion, required additional tests to be
made on samples of steel reinforcement stored at the site.
JA
In the event of any reinforcement being found to be not in accordance with the
A
relevant Standard under these additional tests or in the course of being worked, the
H
whole batch of reinforcement from which the faulty reinforcement comes may be
SA
rejected by the S.O. notwithstanding any previous acceptance on the strength of the
manufacturer's certificate. Any reinforcement rejected by the S.O. shall be removed
L
from the site at the Contractor's expense. All reinforcement shall be cleaned free from
K
loose millscales, loose rust, oil, grease, earth and other harmful matter before being
B
placed in the forms and shall be free from these at the time the concrete is placed.
D
ER
4.10 Bending, Placing and Fixing Reinforcement
D
All reinforcement shall be bent cold using bar bending machines and appliances
approved by the S.O. Unless otherwise specified in the Drawings the bending
N
dimensions and tolerances and the dimensions of end anchorage, hooks, binders,
TE
stirrups and like shall be in accordance with B.S. 4466 : 1969, "Bending Dimensions
and Scheduling of Bars for the Reinforcement of Concrete"
N
A
The reinforcement shall be accurately assembled and firmly secured by wire ties made
A
from No.16 soft annealed wire so that the whole assembly is rigid and will not be
N
displaced while concrete is being around it. The ends of the wire ties shall be turned
U
inward away from the face of the forms and shall not be left projecting beyond the
EG
reinforcing bars.
K
Temporary bracing shall be provided to prevent movement of all steel projecting from
K
the concrete during the course of construction.

TU
The cover for the reinforcement shall be maintained by precast spacing blocks
N
securely wired to the bars or by other means approved by the S.O. Spacing blocks for
U
the various cover dimensions shall be cast from cement mortar made from 1 part of
cement and 2 parts of sand. The blocks shall be well compacted and shall receive full
curing treatment before used.
Where it is necessary to maintain two layers of reinforcement at the correct distance

apart (e.g. to maintain the correct position of the top layer of reinforcement in the
floor slab) steel riders bent from 1/2" diameter mild steel bars shall be used. The use
of wooden battens for this purpose is prohibited.
4.11 Welding of Reinforcement
S4 - 4
Welding of reinforcement shall not be permitted except in circumstances which in the
sole opinion of the S.O. are absolutely unavoidable. Welding shall be by electric arc
and shall be performed by skilled operator. No welding shall be carried out except
under the supervision of the S.O. representative.
Welding and testing of welds shall be carried out in accordance with B.S. 538 `Metal
Arc Welding in Mild Steel as Applied to General Building Construction'.
Butt welds shall be of the double "V" type and the included angle between both slopes
shall be between 70 degrees and 100 degrees for vertical and flat welding and the gap
between the two bars shall not exceed 1/8".
JA
The cut edges of the bars shall be clean and uniform and the bar shall be cleaned for a
A
distance of at least 1" on each side of the joint.
H
SA
Staging shall be provided if necessary to enable the operator to carry out the welding
operations efficiently and the bars shall be held in the correct position and alignment.
L
K
The weld shall be deposited evenly and all slag removed. The finished surface shall
B
be of even contour without cavities and/or under-cutting. The diameter of the welded
D
joint shall be at least 1/8" more than the bar diameter, the additional thickness being
ER
finished off to form a smooth joint. Faulty welds shall be rejected.
D
The S.O. may require tensile tests and/or bend tests to be carried out on sample
welded joints or on joints cut form bars already welded. The Contractor shall bear any
N
expenses involved in this connection.

TE
In the event of any reinforcement being found to be not in accordance with the
N
relevant Standard under these additional tests or in the course of being worked, the
A
whole batch of reinforcement from which the faulty reinforcement comes may be
A
rejected by the S.O. notwithstanding any previous acceptance on the strength of the
N
manufacturer's certificate. Any reinforcement rejected by the S.O. shall be removed

U
from the site at the Contractor's expense. All reinforcement shall be cleaned free from
EG
loose millscales, loose rust, oil, grease, earth and other harmful matter before being
placed in the forms and shall be free from these at the time the concrete is placed.
K
K
The Bend Test shall be carried out in accordance with B.S. 538 which requires that
TU
the welded joint be machined to the same diameter as the bar and the joint then bent
round a former of a diameter three times the bar diameter through an angle of 180
N
degrees. The bar should stand this test without fracture other than very fine cracks on
U
the outer surface.
4.12 Formwork
The formwork shall be constructed with any of the follow in materials:-
(i) Sound softwood tongued and grooved boards no less than 3/4" finished
thickness, wrought on one side and two edges, accurately formed and securely
fixed to softwood frames. The surface of the formwork shall be worked to a
smooth finish after fabrication.
S4 - 5
(ii) Sound softwood timber boards not less than 3/4" thick lined with galvanised
metal sheet not less than 18 S.W.G. The boards supporting the metal lining
shall be of uniform thickness, and the formwork panels shall be made so that
they butt closely together, and grout cannot leak from the joints between
adjacent panels.
(iii) Waterproof plywood of approved manufacture not less than 3/8" thick,
securely fixed to timber frames.
(iv) An approved metal formwork system.
JA
All formwork shall be erected true to line and level and shall be adequately secured
and braced to prevent deflection or movement during the placing, tamping or
A
vibrating of the concrete and shall be sufficiently tight to prevent loss of liquid from
H
the concrete. Provision shall be made to allow the formwork to be removed without
SA
shock or damage to the concrete it contains or to adjacent work.
L
Column formwork shall be arranged so that the concrete being placed does not have a
K
free fall of more than five feet and suitable openings shall be provided in the column
B
forms to allow concrete to be deposited in stages not more than five feet high.
D
ER
The use of wires passing through the concrete for the purpose of securing the
formwork in position shall not be permitted. Bolts passing through the concrete may
D
be used, but their number must be kept to the minimum required to secure the
formwork rigidly. The bolts shall be not less than 1/2 inch in diameter and of a type
N
with detachable screw-off heads so that the barrels of the bolts remain cast in the
TE
concrete while the detachable heads can be removed with ease. The barrel of every
bolt used in water retaining, water conveying or water excluding structures shall have
N
a waterstop in the form of a 4" x 4" x1/8" steel washer welded on at the mid-length of
A
the bolt. The welds shall be continuous round the barrel and on both sides of the
A
washer.
N
U
Before any concrete is placed all rubbish shall be removed from the interior of the
EG
forms. Suitable openings shall be provided for this purpose and the openings shall be
effectively plugged before concrete is placed. The forms and all concrete joint
K
surfaces within the forms shall be thoroughly flushed with water. The forms may with
K
the approval of the S.O. be treated with an approved composition. Care should be
TU
taken to ensure that such composition is kept out of contact with the reinforcement
and concrete joint surfaces, and that there is no excess of such composition remaining
N
on the forms prior to concreting.

U
Within for weeks of the acceptance of his tender the Contractor shall submit for the
approval of the S.O. drawings and descriptions showing the methods he proposes to
use for the erection and support of the formwork.
4.13 Concrete Proportions
S4 - 6
(i) Concrete for the several parts of the Works shall be proportioned as indicated
in Table À' (except as provided under the sub-clause (iii) below). Cement,
fine aggregate and coarse aggregate shall be measured by weight; and water
by volume. The fine and course aggregate shall be measured separately.
A weigh batcher shall be used for the purpose of weighing cement, fine
aggregate and coarse aggregate. The accuracy of the weights indicated by the
weigh batcher shall be regularly checked and shall be maintained within +/-
10lb. of the actual total weight of all aggregates and cement in one batch.
(ii) The weight of the fine and course aggregates specified in Table À' refer to the
materials in the state when the particles are saturated but surface dry. Tests
JA
shall be carried out twice daily or more frequently if necessary by the S.O. to
determine the moisture contents of the fine aggregate. Allowance shall be
A
made for the water contained in the aggregate when calculating the water to be
H
added to the mix.
SA
(iii) While the proportions of the mixes are to be generally as specified in Table
L
À', the S.O. shall have the right to order variations in these proportions
K
without extra payment to the Contractor should tests show such variations to
B
be necessary to produce a dense water tight concrete of the specified strength
D
and of a consistency that will permit of its being worked into position and
ER
compacted satisfactorily into different parts of the Works. The proportions of
the mixes specified in the `Table A' are expected to produce works cube
D
strengths in excess of those specified in Table À' and a workability sufficient

to ensure that the concrete can be worked and fully compacted using the
N
method of vibration hereinafter specified in this Specification. If, however, it

TE
is shown during the course of the work that the concrete mix is stiffer than can
be placed satisfactorily and adjustment of up to 5 percent may be made in the
N
water/cement ratio, but any further adjustment of the mix shall be made by
A
increasing the proportions of both water and cement without increasing the
A
water/cement ratio. If the works cube strengths fall below those specified, the
N
cement proportions shall be increased without any extra payment to the

U
Contractor.
EG
4.14 Preliminary Test Mixes

K
K
As soon as possible after possession of site, and before any concrete is placed, the
TU
Contractor shall prepare under the direction of the S.O. a series of trial mixes totalling
not more than 4 cubic yards of concrete. Test cubes will be made from samples of
N
these trial mixes, cured and tested in accordance with the standard methods laid down
U
in B.S. 8110 to determine the cube strengths at 7 days and 28 days after casting. The
cube strengths obtained shall be at least 50%^ greater than those specified in Table 'A'
for works cubes.
The mix proportions specified in Table À' will be adjusted as necessary by the S.O.
on the basis of these tests without extra payment to the Contractor.
4.15 Sampling and Testing Concrete and Concrete Materials
S4 - 7
All sampling and testing will be carried out in accordance with the standard methods
laid down in B.S. 8110.
The Contractor shall attend upon and provided all assistance to the S.O. when such
sampling and tests are carried out, and shall supply all concrete samples and other
materials and equipment required by the S.O. to carry out the tests.
4.16 Frequency of Sampling and Testing
(i) Compacting Factor
JA
The compacting factor of the mix will be tested
A
(a) daily while concrete is being placed,
H
SA
(b) whenever samples for test cubes are taken, and
L
(c) whenever, in the opinion of the S.O., the grading or condition of any of the
K
aggregates has changed since the last test was made.
B
D
(ii) Test Cubes
ER
A set of 6" x 6" x 6" concrete test cubes, 3 for testing at 7 days and 3 for
D
testing at 28 days after casting, will be made

N
(a) every day while concrete is being placed, and

TE
(b) whenever the mix or any of its conctituents are changed either in quantity or
N
quality.
A
A
(iii) Aggregate Grading and Purity

N
U
The grading of the aggregates and their freedom from organic matter will be
EG
tested
K
(a) when the first deliveries of these materials arrive on the site, and
K
TU
(b) whenever, in the opinion of the S.O., the grading or condition of these
materials differs from that originally accepted for use in the work.
N
U
4.17 Rejection of Concrete
If any of the cubes tested at 7 days show a comprehensive strength less than that
specified, the S.O. shall, at his discretion, order all concreting work to stop until
adequate measures have been taken to produce concrete which complies with this
Specification.
If the cube strengths at 28 days are less than those specified, the work from which the
concrete for the test cubes was taken will be rejected by the S.O., and will be broken
S4 - 8
out and rebuilt or otherwise made good as directed by him at the Contractor's own
expense.
4.18 Supervision
The Contractor shall keep constantly at the site while concrete is being mixed and
placed a competent Malay/English speaking assistant for the purpose of supervising
the batching of the concrete ingredients and the mixing, placing and compacting of
the concrete. This assistant shall be employed solely for this purpose and the right is
reserved to the S.O. or his representative at the site to work on mixing or placing of
concrete to cease if this assistant is not present.
JA
4.19 Mixing Concrete
A
H
All concrete shall be mixed in an approved batch mixer of at least 14/10 capacity,
SA
fitted with a power driven loading skip. The mixer shall be equipped with an
automatic water measuring tank fitted with a device for locking the discharge setting
L
so that the volume of water used in each batch of concrete is accurately measured and
K
cannot be varied by the mixer operator after the device is set and checked by the
B
S.O.'s representative on the site. The mixer drum and the loading skip shall be kept
D
clean at all times.
ER
Each batch of concrete shall contain one or more whole 112 lbs. bags of cement. The
D
materials for each mix shall be placed in the loading skip in the following order:
coarse aggregate, cement, and fine aggregate. The water shall be added to the dry
N
materials in the mixer drum. The quantity of water specified in Table À' may be
TE
varied up to 5% in order to maintain a constant workability; but this tolerance shall

not be exceeded without prior approval of the S.O. Each batch of concrete shall be
N
mixed until there is a uniform distribution of the materials and the mass is uniform in
A
colour and consistency. In no case shall the time of mixing be less than two minutes
A
or more than five minutes after the water has been added to the batch. Any concrete
N
circumstances may surplus concrete be remixed for use later.

U
EG
4.20 Placing of Concrete Generally

K
No concrete shall be placed until the formwork and reinforcement have been
K
approved by the S.O.

TU
The concrete shall be transported from the mixer to the position in which it is to be
N
placed without delay, and by means which will prevent loss of grout and/or
U
segregation of the mix. Concrete may be conveyed by chute only with the permission
of the S.O. Any concrete which has attained its initial set before being placed shall be
discarded. Placing concrete shall be suspended during rain.
Concreting shall be carried out continuously between and up to the predetermined

day's work or construction joints in one sequence of operation.
All concrete shall be place in the position in which it is to be compacted and materials
shall not be allowed to flow while it is being placed and compacted. Vibrators shall be
used solely for compacting the concrete and not for distributing it into place. The
concrete shall be prevented from flowing laterally by the use of vertical stopping off
S4 - 9
boards, or other vertical faces, and the surfaces of the concrete shall be maintained
reasonably level during placing. Concrete shall be placed in the formwork in layers
not exceeding 18" thick. In the event of unavoidable stoppage in positions not
predetermined, the concrete shall be terminated on horizontal planes and against
vertical surfaces and an additional day's work joint formed. A record shall be kept on
the works site of the time and date of placing the concrete in each position of the
structure.
4.21 Compacting Concrete
Concrete after placing shall be thoroughly compacted by both hand tamping and
JA
mechanical vibration. Concrete maintained between two walls of formwork shall be
compacted by power driven vibrators of the immersion type and concrete in slabs
A
with no fomwork on the upper surface shall be compacted by power driven vibrators
H
of the pan type or by vibrating screeds. The vibrators shall be of ample power
SA
operating at not less than 6,000 cycles per minute and of a kind approved by the S.O.
They shall be operated by workmen skilled in their use who shall be additional to the
L
labourers employed on placing and tamping the concrete.
K
B
No concreting of water retaining, water conveying or water excluding structures shall
D
begin until the required number of vibrators and also a spare vibrator are all available
ER
and have all been tested and found to be in good working condition at the works site.
D
Immersion vibrator shall be inserted and withdrawn slowly at a uniform rate of

approximately 4" per second. Compaction shall be deemed to be completed when
N
cement mortar appears in a circle round the vibrator.

TE
Pan vibrators shall be placed on the surface of the concrete which shall have
N
previously been tamped and levelled leaving and allowance in height for compaction
A
until cement mortar appears under the pan. The vibrators shall then be lifted and
A
placed on the adjoining area and the operation shall be repeated until the whole
N
surface has been compacted.

U
EG
Alternatively a vibrating screed spanning the full width of the panel shall be used.
K
In all cases the placing of concrete shall be sufficiently ahead of the vibrators so that
K
the mass of concrete beyond the vibrators is sufficient to stand without flowing while
TU
vibration is in progress. One the other hand the concrete shall be fully compacted
before initial set is attained.
N
U
4.22 Construction of Concrete Screed
As soon as the excavation has been approved by the S.O. the concrete screed
wherever shown on the Drawings shall be laid in bays not exceeding 25 feet square
with open joints 1" wide in between the bays. The joints shall be arranged to break
joint with the joints in the concrete floor above. The screed shall be well rammed and
worked to a dense smooth finish and cured by being kept damp under wet gunny bags
for not less than 7 days. After the screed has been cured, the 1" wide joints shall be
cleaned and filled with 1:3 cement sand mortar and the whole surface allowed to dry
out.
S4 - 10
Should the surfaces of formation be cut up through excessive traffic or softened by the
action of water due to delay on the part of the Contractor in laying the concrete screed
he shall remove such earth as may have been affected and replace it with Grade `D'
concrete all at his own expense and to the satisfaction of the S.O. before the screed is
laid.
4.23 Joints
The Contractor shall make the joints in the floors, footings, walls and roofs strictly in
accordance with the Drawings. Particular care shall be taken to ensure that the
waterstops wherever shown on the Drawings are adequately secured so that they will
JA
not be displaced while concrete is being placed. Under no circumstances shall
waterstops be nailed through. Any waterstop which has been perforated shall be
A
rejected and replaced at the Contractor's expense.
H
SA
Before fresh concrete in one segment is placed against hardened concrete of the
adjacent segments, all loose and imperfect materials, cement scum or laitance shall be
L
removed and the whole hardened concrete joint surface thoroughly hacked until a
K
completely hacked roughened fresh surface is obtained. The fresh joint surface shall
B
then be brushed clean, and immediately before fresh concrete is placed on or against
D
it, it shall be thoroughly wetted and covered with a layer of 1:1 1/2 cement sand
ER
mortar not less than 1 1/2" thick. The mortar shall have the consistency of condensed
milk.
D
In the case of expansion joints, however, the hardened concrete joint surface shall not
N
be hacked but shall be painted with two coats of approved bitumastic paint.
TE
All efforts must be made to ensure that concrete at joints is as dense as possible.
N
Scarifying the joint surfaces while the concrete is still green is strictly prohibited.
A
A
4.24 Day's Work Joints

N
U
Day's work joints in floors, roofs, and slabs shall be formed against vertical boards
EG
and the concrete shall be well compacted against the boards.

K
No fresh concrete shall be placed against any concrete which has attained its initial
K
set. Concrete is deemed to have attained its initial set 30 minutes after water has been
TU
added to the mix. Provided that the set concrete has been properly placed and
compacted and is acceptable to the S.O., it shall not be disturbed and shall be allowed
N
to attain its final set and to harden sufficiently to enable a day's work joint surface on
U
it to be prepared by thorough hacking without damage. Concrete may be deemed to

have hardened sufficiently for this purpose 72 hours after placing.
Any concrete which has been disturbed after it has attained its initial set shall be
rejected and subsequently removed and replaced by the Contractor at his own
expense.
When concreting must be suspended at any point because of inclement weather, or for
any other unforeseen cause, a day's work joint shall be made.
S4 - 11
The concrete at a day's work joint shall be allowed to harden for 72 hours. Before
fresh concrete is placed against the day's work joint, all loose and imperfect materials,
cement scums or laitance shall be removed from the joint surface, which shall be
thoroughly hacked until a completely hacked roughened fresh surface is obtained. The
fresh surface shall then be brushed clean, and immediately before fresh concrete is
placed against it, it shall be thoroughly wetted and covered with a layer of
1:1 1/2 cement and sand mortar not less than 1 1/2" thick. The mortar shall have the
consistency of condensed milk.
4.25 Sealing Compound
JA
Only non-hardening sealing compounds approved by the S.O. shall be used for
sealing the grooves provided at joints.
A
H
All sealing compounds shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
SA
instructions. The grooves for receiving the sealing compounds shall be thoroughly
brushed to remove grit, soil and other loose particles. The grooves and the
L
surrounding concrete shall be thoroughly dried by such means as the S.O. shall direct,
K
and the sealing compounds or primers shall be applied before dampness returns to the
B
surface of the concrete.
D
ER
4.26 Pipes, Specials, Fittings, etc. Cast into Concrete
D
Where shown in the Drawings the Contractor shall build pipes, specials, fittings,
plates, anchor hooks, bracelets, bolts and nuts, etc. into the concrete as the work
N
progresses. The external coating of the pipes and specials shall be removed to the
TE
extent directed by the S.O. so that a proper bond may be obtained with the concrete.
These pipes, specials, fittings, etc. shall be accurately set and rigidly supported and
N
their lines and levels shall be passed by the S.O. before concreting is commenced. No
A
reinforcement shall be cut to allow such pipes, specials, fittings, etc., to be cast into
A
the work without the approval of the S.O. Concrete shall be thoroughly worked
N
around the pipes, specials, fittings etc., to ensure a complete bond so that no leakage
U
will result from the presence of the pipes, specials, fittings, etc.
EG
If the pipes, specials, fittings etc., to be built into the work are not available when
K
concrete is to be placed, openings shall be left in the concrete and the pipes, specials,
K
fittings, etc., shall be concreted in as a separate operation. In such cases details of

TU
openings and casting in of the pipes and specials shall be in accordance with S.O.'s
instructions.
N
U
The openings left shall be of ample size to allow the concrete to be thoroughly
compacted round the pipes, specials, fittings, etc., and shall be provided with
waterstops if the S.O. so directs. Before concrete is placed in such openings, all loose
or imperfect materials, cement scum or laitance shall be removed and the joint surface
shall be thoroughly hacked until a completely roughened fresh surface is obtained.
The fresh joint surface shall then be brushed clean and immediately before concrete is
placed, these surfaces shall be thoroughly wetted and covered with a layer of 1 1/2
inch thickness of 1:1 1/2 cement sand mortar of the consistency of condensed milk.
4.27 Curing Concrete
S4 - 12
As soon as the freshly placed concrete has hardened sufficiently to withstand such
treatment without damage, the exposed surface of roofs, floors, walls and columns
shall be completely covered with gunny bags, which shall be kept thoroughly wet
continuously by generous application of water every two hours for a period of 8 days.
The water shall be allowed to run between the forms and the formed concrete
surfaces. Flat slabs shall have water impounded on them for a period of at least 10
days after placing.
When all the concrete in the floor and the haunch of any water retaining, water
conveying or water excluding structure have been placed and the concrete attained the
final set, the whole of the floor shall be folded with water to depth of not less than 3
JA
inches. This depth of water shall be maintained throughout the rest of the construction
period.
A
H
The Contractor shall make provisions for distributing an adequate quantity of water to
SA
all parts of the work for this purpose.
L
K
4.28 Striking Formwork
B
D
No formwork shall be struck without the prior approval of the S.O. Formwork shall
ER
be removed in accordance with a programme agreed to by the S.O., without such
shock or vibration as would damage the concrete and without interruption to the
D
curing of the concrete as hereinbefore specified in this Specification. Normally

formwork shall be struck after the following periods have elapsed.
N
TE
From sides of beams, walls and columns (unloaded) - 3 days

N
From bottom of slabs (props left under) - 7 days

A
A
From soffits of beams (props left under) - 8 days

N
U
Removal of props under slab (unloaded) - 14 days

EG
Removal of props under beams (unloaded) - 21 days

K
K
Concrete exposed by the removal of formwork shall be left untouched pending

TU
inspection by the S.O.

N
4.28 Surface Treatment to Concrete

U
After the concrete surface has been inspected by the S.O., the surface shall be treated
as described below:-
All areas where the concrete has not been properly consolidated to a dense uniform
surface shall be cut out, and made good to the satisfaction of the S.O. All bolt holes
left by the formwork bolts shall be plugged as described herein.
The sides of the holes shall be reamered with a hacksaw blade until the cement scum
is removed. The holes shall then be flushed with a strong jet or water to remove all
loose materials. While the holes
S4 - 13
are still wet, the sides of the holes shall be dusted with neat cement using a suitable
brush for this purpose. Immediately following this the holes shall be plugged with a
dry pack consisting of one part of cement and two parts of fine sand. The mixture of
cement and sand. The mixture of cement and shall be made only sufficiently damp
with water to allow it to be rammed solid without exuding any liquid, and after
thorough mixing shall be placed in the holes in thin layers and solidly compacted over
the entire surface with a hardwood stick and a hammer, and finally struck off to a true
surface.
Exposed concrete surfaces and surfaces to be in contact with water shall be treated as
follows:-
JA
(a) All projecting imperfections shall be carefully chipped off and rubbed down
A
with carborundum blocks to a true surface, and the gift of dirt resulting there
H
from thoroughly washed off with clean water.
SA
(b) Where necessary, the surface shall be made thoroughly wet, and a cement
L
grout composed of 1 part of cement and 2 parts of fine sand by volume shall
K
be worked into the pores and holes over the surface with a fine carborundum
B
float so that a uniform smooth and dense surface throughout is finally
D
presented.
ER
All defects on concrete surfaces which will be permanently concealed in the finished
D
structure shall be repaired and made good as directed.

4.29 Testing for Watertightness
N
TE
The Contractor shall, at his own expense, conduct the test for water tightness of all
water retaining, water conveying and water excluding structures and shall provide all
N
the water required for this purpose.

A
A
The first test on a structure shall not be carried out until four weeks have elapsed after
N
the placing of the last batch of concrete in the structure is completed.

U
EG
The structure shall be slowly filled with water to the top water level shown on the
Drawings and maintained at that level for three days and remained filled for a period
K
of 7 days. Should any obvious signs of leakage be observed during this period, or any
K
subsequent test period, the positions of all such signs of leakage shall be marked and
TU
the test shall be stopped; and the Contractor shall at his own expense carry out such
remedial measures as the S.O. shall direct including the complete emptying of the
N
structure if necessary.
U
Should the leakage be general the remedial measures may include the complete
treatment of the inside surfaces of the structure by rendering or by application of some
other approved waterproof coating. When all obvious signs of leakage have been
stopped and made good in accordance with the S.O. instructions, the structure shall be
refilled to top water level, and so maintained for three days. After the end of the third
day, provided no further signs of leakage are observed the exact water level shall be
marked, and after a further seventy-two hour period an evaporation test shall be
carried out in the manner described hereunder. The structure shall be deemed
watertight and shall be so accepted in this respect only by the S.O. if the recorded
difference minus the loss of water by evaporation gives a figure which does not
S4 - 14
exceed 8mm in 7 days. Should, however, the above recorded difference minus the loss
of water by evaporation give a figure which exceeds 8mm of the depth of the water
originally in the structure, and the period may be extended by a further 7 days, the
Contractor shall, at his own expense, carry out the complete treatment of the inside of
the structure by rendering or such other remedial measures as the S.O. may direct. On
completion of such treatment, the Contractor shall at his own expense retest the
structure and repeat these remedial measures, if found necessary, until watertightness
is obtained.
During the test the loss of water by evaporation shall be determined by measurement
of the loss of water from a shallow watertight tray four square feet in area containing
JA
not less than three inches of water and floating on the surface of the water in the
structure.
A
H
Should any leakage and/or percolation develop during the Defects Liability Period
SA
specified in the Contract, remedial measures similar to those specified above,
followed by tests for watertightness, and shall be carried out by the Contractor at his
L
own expense.
K
B
4.30 Precast Concrete Units
D
ER
All precast concrete shall be Grade `B' as specified in Table À'.
D
Precast concrete pipes shall be manufactured by the centrifugal spinning process, and
all other precast concrete units shall be manufactured in mechanically vibrated
N
moulds.
TE
If any of the precast concrete units is manufactured away from the site of the work,
N
the Contractor shall satisfy the S.O. that the concrete proportions, reinforcement, etc.
A
are in accordance with the Drawings and this Specification, and if required, he shall
A
produce samples for testing.

N
U
All precast units shall be handled and stacked so as to avoid damage and ensure that
EG
no undue stress is imposed on them. The Contractor shall remove from the site and
replace at his own costs any precast units which is damaged due to his own
K
negligence or which are rejected by the S.O.

K
Precast R.C. vertical louvers shall be cast true to form and be uniform throughout in
TU
accordance with detailed Drawings.

N
4.31 Surface Water Drains and Aprons

U
Precast concrete surface water drains shall be cast in 610mm lengths with dimensions
as shown in the Drawings. The drains shall be properly bedded and jointed with 1:3
cement sand mortar and laid to falls as directed by the S.O.
4.32 R.C. Lintels and Cills
S4 - 15
Precast reinforced concrete lintels shall be built to the full thickness of the walls in
which they occur and with 230mm bearing on either side of the opening which they
span unless smaller bearings are indicated in the Drawings.
Precast reinforced concrete cills shall be cast to the dimensions as shown on the
Drawings.
4.34 Precast Concrete Drain Covers
Precast reinforced concrete slabs over drains shall be reinforced as shown on

Drawings. Slabs shall have recesses in their end faces to facilitate removal.
JA
7.35 Metrication for Reinforcing Steel
A
H
If the Contractor cannot produce such reinforcing steel in the Imperial sizes as
SA
described in the Drawings and/or Bills of Quantities in sufficient time to avoid delay
in the performance of his obligations under the Contract but can obtain such steel in
L
the metric sizes to the dimensions approximating to those described in the Drawings
K
and/or Bills of Quantities in accordance with the following table, then the Contractor
B
shall forthwith give notice the S.O. of these facts stating the dimensions to which such
D
steel are procurable in the metric sizes.
ER
Imperial Size
1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8
D
(in)
N
Metric Size (in) 6 8 10 12 16

TE
(Cont'd)
N
Imperial Size
A
3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4

(in)
A
Metric Size (in) 20 22 25 28 32

N
U
(Cont'd)
EG
Imperial Size
K
1 1/2
(in)
K
Metric Size (in) 40

TU
N
As soon as practicable after receipt of any such notice the S.O. shall give an order to
U
the Contractor which shall either :-
(a) direct the Contractor to supply the steel to the dimensions stated in his said
notice to procurable instead of the dimensions described in the Drawings
and/or Bills of Quantities provided that
(i) the quality of such steel comply with the requirements of B.S. 4449 and that
(ii) any extra cost so arising in the variation is absorbed by the Contractor; or
S4 - 16
(b) direct the Contractor to make some other variations whereby the need to
supply such steel to the dimensions described in the Drawings and Bills of
Quantities will be avoided.
4.36 Concrete Cover to Reinforcement
Unless otherwise stated in the Drawings, the Concrete cover to reinforcement

exclusive of plaster or other decorative finish shall be as follows:-
Each bars 1" or 2" x diameter of bar whichever is
JA
greater
Longitudinal bars in beams 1" or the diameter of bar whichever is
A
greater
H
Longitudinal bars in columns bar with 1 1/2" or the diameter of whichever os
SA
minimum dimension greater than greater
7/12"
L
Longitudinal bars, whose diameters 1"
K
do not exceed 1/2" in columns with
B
minimum dimension of 7 1/2" or
under
D
ER
Longitudinal bars, whose diameters 1 1/2"
exceed 1/2", in columns with
D
minimum dimension of 7 1/2" or

N
under
TE
Tensile, compressive and other bar 1/2" or the diameter of whichever is

reinforcement in slabs greater
N
Bars on faces against earth faces in 1 1/2"

A
contact with liquid faces enclosing the

A
space above liquid

N
Any other reinforcement bar 1/2" or the diameter of whichever is the

U
greater
EG
Subject to the tolerances stipulated hereunder.

K
Tolerances allowable to concrete cover shall be:

K
TU
+ 1/8 inch for overall thickness of member 12 inches or less,

+ 1/4 inch for overall thickness of member more than 12 inches.
N
U
4.37 Ready Mixed Concrete
Ready mixed concrete as defined is B.S. 1926, batch of the site, may be used with the
agreement of the S.O. and shall comply with all the requirements of the Contract.
The concrete shall be carried out in purposely made agitators, operating continuously,
or truck mixers. The concrete shall be compacted in its final positions within two (2)
hours of the introduction of cement to the aggregate. The time of such introduction
shall be recorded on the delivery notes together with the weight of the constituents of
each mix.
S4 - 17
When truck mixed concrete is used, water shall be added under supervision either at
the side or at the central batching plant as agreed by the S.O. but in no circumstances
shall water be added in transit.
Unless otherwise agreed by the S.O. truck mixer units and their mixing and discharge
performanced shall comply with the requirements of B.S. 4251. Mixing shall continue
for the numbers and rate of revolutions recommended in accordance with Item 9 in
Appendix "B" of B.S. 4251 or, in the absence of the manufacturer's instructions,
revolutions at a rate of not less than seven (7) revolutions per minutes.
JA
A
H
SA
L
K
B
D
ER
D
N
TE
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
S4 - 18
SECTION 6: GEOTEXTILES
6.1 SITE CONTROLS
6.1.1 Site Reception
Geotextiles shall be dispatched to site in rolls wound on to robust cylindrical cardboard or dark
plastic sheets. When directed by the S.O, the Contractor shall open selected rolls to reveal the
JA
geotaxtile material. This involves slitting the wrapper, which shall be pulled away from the
geotextile before cutting to avoid damage to the material site. On completion of the inspection,
A
the slit in the wrapper shall be sealed with wide adhesive tape, as the wrapper is the only
H
protection accorded to the geotextile material.
SA
6.1.2 Prevention of Site Damage
L
K
The contractor shall take precautionary measures to prevent site damage in the form of
B
puncturing, bursting or tearing. The geotextile must be laid so that they are evenly supported
D
by the ground and shall not be trafficked until an adequate layer of fill is placed over it. The
blades or buckets of construction plant must not be allowed to come into contact with the fabric
during filling operations. ER
D
In the event that the section of geotextile material is damaged during construction, the
N
contractor shall replace the section with undamaged material.

TE
6.1.3 Packaging and Storing

N
The geotextile rolls shall be furnished with suitable wrapping for protection against moisture,
A
and extended ultra-violet exposure prior to placement. Each roll shall be labeled or tagged to
A
provide product identification sufficient for field identification as well as inventory and quality
N
control purpose. If stored outdoors, they shall be elevated and protected with a waterproof
U
cover.
EG
Storage areas shall be located as close as possible to the point of end use in order to minimize
subsequent handling and transportation. The storage area shall be free from sharp projections
K
such as rocks, stumps of trees or bushes. The geotextile shall be stored in shade to give
K
protection against exposure to ultra violet light. If directed by the S.O., the Contractor shall
TU
construct a hut of adequate size to store geotextile materials.

N
6.1.4 Geotextile Exposure Following Placement

U
Atmospheric expose of geotextile between laying on the ground and covering the geotextile
with soil shall not exceed 7 days to minimize environmental damage to the material blanket.
6.1.5 Site Preparation
The site where geotextile installation is required shall be prepared by clearing and grading the
areas required. Remove all sharp objects, large stones, and cut trees and shrubs in order to
achieve a level subgrade.
S6 - 1
When appropriate, soft spots and unsuitable areas be identified during site preparation for
subsequent proof rolling. These areas shall be excavated and backfilled with selected material
to a compacted depth such that the area compacted is compatible in stiffness to the adjacent
area.
6.1.6 Laying
The geotextile shall be unrolled smoothly on the prepared surface. They shall be laid in a way
JA
such that the warp (or primary) strength is mobilized along the required direction of reinforced
soil.
A
6.1.7 Jointing
H
SA
Jointing of geotextile can be achieved either by sewing or providing adequate overlap. Where
sewing is permitted by the geotextile , a double chain stitch with 50mm lap seam using high
L
tenacity polyester thread and a minimum of 4 stitches per 25mm shall be required. The
K
breaking load of the thread shall not be less than 160N. The jointing methods for the specified
B
geotextiles and geogrids are as follows:-
D
a) Geotextiles and geogrid shall not be jointed in the cross direction of an embankment.
b) ER
Adjacent layers of geotextile shall be connected in the following manner unless
otherwise directed by S.O.
D
(i) Separator and reinforcement geotextile – sewing with 50mm lap.
Geogrid – 100mm overlap
N
(ii)
TE
6.1.8 Backfill Placement

N
A
The backfill shall be placed by end dumping onto the geotextile from the edge of the geotextile
A
and continue inwards. On very weak subgrade, the backfill should be spread simultaneously
N
with dumping to minimize the potential of a localized subgrade failure. Where possible, avoid
traffic movement directly on the geotextile. Sudden stops, starts or tuns on the subbase material
U
by construction equipment should be avoided. Using a motor grader or bulldozer, spread the
EG
material from the back-dumped pile, and use smooth drum roller to achieve the specified
density. Any ruts occurring during construction shall be filled with additional material and
K
compacted to the specified density.

K
Use of vibratory compaction is not recommended with initial lifts of backfill material as it may
TU
cause damage to the geotextile. Any damaged geotextile shall be replaced with similar type.
N
U
S6 - 2
6.2 GEOTEXTILE SEPARATOR
6.2.1 All geotextiles shall be from an approved manufacturer and shall be manufactured from
polypropylene, polyester or polyethylene. Geotextiles shall be sufficiently durable and resistant
to naturally occurring chemical, fungi and bacteria when installed in contact with the materials
to be separated. Geotextiles shall be free of any flaws that may have an adverse effect on the
physical and mechanical properties of the geotextiles.
JA
6.2.2 Geotextile fabrics shall be non-woven needle punched staple fiber geotextile in accordance
with the Specification and shall be used shown and described on the Drawings or as directed by
A
the Engineer.
H
SA
6.2.3 Geotextiles shall be stabilized against ultra-violet radiation to the degree that one month’s
exposure of the geotextile to sunlight shall not reduce its strength to less than 80% of the
specified strength rating in the Specification.
L
K
B
6.2.4 The type of geotextile fabrics as shown or as described on the Drawings shall comply with the
D
following properties as listed in Table.
ER
Type A is typically for the purpose of facial separation or filtration function in weep-hole and
trench-drain construction.
D
Type B is typically for the purpose of separation function in road construction.
N
Type C is typically for the purpose of separation function in revetment construction

TE
N
Table: Properties of Geotextile Fabric

A
ITEM PROPERTIES TEST UNIT TYPE TYPE TYPE

A
N
METHOD A B C
U
1. Wide width tensile strength ASTM Kn/M >9 > 13 > 24

EG
D4595
2. Elongation at break ASTM % > 40 > 40 > 40
K
S4595
K
TU
3. Trapezoidal tear strength ASTM N > 240 > 330 > 600
D4751
N
U
4. CBR Puncture resistance BS 6906/4 N > 1400 >1830 > 3850

5. Apparent pore size O95 ASTM Micron > 180 > 125 > 75
D4751
6. Permeability at 100mm head BS 6906/3 1/m2/sec > 190 > 130 > 70
S6 - 3
6.2.5 The contractor shall in addition provide the following information, for the Engineer for the
acceptance of the geotextile fabric for the works.
a) Manufacture’s certificate which shall include:
 Name of Manufacturer
 Product name and type
 Test certificates
JA
b) Test certificate which shall include:
A
 Wide width tensile strength (longitudinal/transverse)
H
 Elongation (longitudinal/transverse)
SA
 Trapezoidal Tear Strength
 CBR Puncture Resistance
 Apparent Pore Size (095)
L
K
 Permeability
B
D
6.2.6 The test shall be carried out in accordance with the codes of Practices and Standard as provided
within this specification, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
ER
6.2.7 Prior to installation and at the discretion of the Engineer samples of each 50,000 m2 of
D
geotextile fabric shall be selected for routine test at approved testing laboratories.
N
TE
6.2.8 The properties to test shall comprise index properties including unit mass, mechanical
properties including tensile strength, trapezoidal tear, Puncture Resistance and hydraulic
N
properties including pore size and permeability. Where the individual samples fails to satisfy
A
the requirements of this obtained shall be rejected. Two additional samples shall then be
A
selected from two other rolls of the same batch of geotextile fabric. If either of these two
N
additional samples fails to comply with requirements, the entire batch represented by the
U
samples shall be rejected.

EG
K
K
TU
N
U
S6 - 4
SECTION 7: DRAINAGE WORKS
7.1 GENERAL
This work shall consist of the construction of surface drains, subsoil drains, pipe culverts, box
culverts, sumps and other drainage structures in accordance with this Specification or as
directed by the S. O. Drainage works shall be constructed to the lines, levels, grades and cross-
sections shown on the Drawings or as directed by the S. O.
JA
A
7.2 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING FOR DRAINAGE WORKS
H
7.2.1 Description
SA
This work shall consist of excavation for the construction of surface drains, subsoil drains, cast
L
in situ box culverts, and other drainage structures, except pipe culverts, not otherwise provided
K
for in this Specification, and shall include furnishing, placing, compacting and shaping
B
foundation bedding materials, backfilling excavation against completed structures with
D
suitable material or granular backfill where specified, and the removal and disposal of all
excess excavated material, in accordance with this Specification and as shown on the
Drawings and as required by the S. O. ER
D
Excavation and backfill for pipe culverts and precast box culverts shall be in accordance with
N
the provisions of Sub-Section 7.9.

TE
7.2.2 Materials
N
7.2.2.1 Excavation
A
A
Material excavated shall be classified as common excavation or rock as defined in Section 2 of

N
this Specification.
U
EG
7.2.2.2 Granular Bedding Material

K
Granular bedding material for the foundations of structures shall be suitably graded broken
rubble, crushed stone, crushed gravel, sand or other material as specified on the Drawings or
K
as required by the S. O.
TU
7.2.2.3 Concrete Bedding

N
U
Concrete bedding or blinding for the foundations of structures shall conform to the
requirements of Section 9 of this Specification for the class of concrete specified on the
Drawings or required by the S. O.
7.2.2.4 Ordinary Backfill Material
Ordinary backfill material shall be suitable material as defined in Section 2 of this

Specification. The maximum particle size of the backfill material shall be 50 mm.
S7 - 1
7.2.2.5 Granular Backfill Material
Granular backfill material shall be sand, crushed stone, crushed gravel or a mixture of crushed
and natural aggregates, shall be essentially free from vegetative and other organic matter and
clay, and shall not contain lateritic or concretionary materials.
The material shall conform to the following physical and mechanical quality requirements:-
i) the fines shall be non-plastic;
JA
ii) sand shall have a gradation conforming to the envelope shown in Table 7.1;
A
H
TABLE 7.1 - GRADING LIMITS FOR SAND BACKFILL
SA
L
K
B
10.0 mm 100
D
5.0 mm 90 - 100
1.18 mm 45 - 80
300 um ER 10 - 30
150 um 2 - 10
D
N
TE
iii) Material other than sand shall have a gradation conforming to one of the
envelopes shown in Table 7.2.
N
A
TABLE 7.2 - GRADING LIMITS FOR GRANULAR BACKFILL

A
OTHER THAN SAND

N
U
% Passing By Weight
EG
B. S.
Sieve Size A B C
K
K
37.5 mm 100 - -
TU
28.0 mm 70 - 100 100 -

20.0 mm 60 - 90 70 - 100 100
N
10.0 mm 45 - 75 45 - 75 -
U
5.0 mm 30 - 60 35 - 65 45 - 75
2.0 mm 20 - 50 25 - 50 30 - 60
425 um 10 - 30 10 - 30 15 - 35
75 um 0 - 2 0 - 2 0 - 2
S7 - 2
7.2.2.6 Concrete Backfill
Concrete backfill where specified shall be of the grade as shown on the Drawings and shall
conform to Section 9 of this Specification.
7.2.3 Excavation
The Contractor shall notify the S. O. sufficiently in advance of the beginning of any
excavation so that cross-section elevations and measurements may be taken of the undisturbed
ground. The natural ground adjacent to the structure shall not be disturbed without permission
JA
of the S. O.
A
Trenches and foundation pits for structures and structure footings and underdrains shall be
H
excavated to the lines, grades and elevations shown on the Drawings or as directed by the S. O.
SA
Excavations must be kept free from water and temporary drains, sumps and pumps shall be
provided when necessary. The rate of excavation and backfill shall be approved by the S. O.
L
The elevations of the bottoms of footings shown on the Drawings are approximate only and
K
the S. O. may order in writing such changes in the dimensions or elevations of footings as may
B
be deemed necessary to secure a satisfactory foundation.
D
Boulders, logs and other objectionable materials encountered in excavation shall be removed.
ER
After each excavation is completed the Contractor shall notify the S. O. to that effect and no
D
footing, bedding material or structure shall be placed until the S. O. has approved the depth of
N
excavation and the character of the foundation material.

TE
Rock and other hard foundation material shall be cleared of all loose material and cut to a firm
surface, either level or stepped or serrated, as specified or shown on the Drawings or directed
N
by the S. O. All seams and crevices shall be cleared out and grouted with Portland cement
A
grout at the time the footing is placed.

A
N
All loose and disintegrated rock and thin strata shall be removed. When the footing is to rest
U
on material other than rock, special care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of the
EG
excavation, and excavation to final grade shall be deferred until just before the footing is to be
placed. When, in the opinion of the S. O., the foundation material is soft or mucky or
K
otherwise unsuitable, the Contractor shall remove the unsuitable material and insert foundation
fill material or concrete as specified or shown on the Drawings or directed by the S. O. If
K
foundation fill material is required it shall be placed and compacted in layers not more than
TU
150 mm thick or as directed by the S. O. The degree of compaction shall be equivalent to that
of the surrounding foundations.
N
U
All excavation surfaces and surfaces of backfill material against which concrete is to be placed
shall be even and firm and true to line and level.
All excavated material, so far as suitable, shall be utilized as backfill or embankment. The
surplus material, whether or not temporarily allowed to be placed within a stream area, shall
be finally disposed of in such a manner as not to obstruct the stream nor otherwise impair the
efficiency or appearance of the works, nor is it to endanger the partly finished structure.
S7 - 3
Excavated material suitable for use as backfill may be deposited by the Contractor in storage
piles at points convenient for rehandling of the material during the backfilling operation.
Excavated material shall be deposited in such places and in such a manner as not to cause
damage to highway, services or property either within or outside the road reserve, and so as to
cause no impediment to the drainage of the Site or surrounding area.
7.2.4 Backfilling with Ordinary or Granular Backfill Material
All spaces excavated under this Specification and not occupied by a permanent structure shall
JA
be backfilled. Backfill material shall be free from large lumps, wood and other extraneous
A
material.
H
Backfill not within the embankment areas shall be placed in layers not more than 250 mm in
SA
depth (compacted measurement) and shall be compacted to a density comparable with the
adjacent undisturbed material.
L
K
Backfill within the embankment areas shall be made with approved material placed in uniform
B
layers not to exceed 150 mm in depth (compacted measurement) and each layer shall be
D
constructed in accordance with Section 2 of this Specification except that mechanical tampers
may be used for compaction. Each layer of backfill shall be wetted uniformly as necessary and
ER
compacted to the same requirements as the adjacent earthwork as specified in Section 2 of this
Specification. Unless otherwise approved by the S. O., hand tamping will not be accepted.
D
N
In placing backfill and embankment, the material shall be placed insofar as possible to
TE
approximately the same height on both sides of the structure. If conditions require backfilling
appreciably higher on one side, the additional material on the higher side shall not be until
permission is given by the S. O. or until the S. O. is satisfied that the structure has enough
N
strength to withstand any pressure created.

A
A
Backfill for embankment shall not be placed behind the walls of box culverts until the top slab
N
is placed for the required time and not less than three days. Backfill and embankment behind
U
abutments held at the top by superstructure shall be carried up simultaneously behind opposite
EG
abutments and side walls.

K
No backfilling shall be placed against any structure until permission shall have been given by
the S. O. Jetting of fill or other hydraulic methods involving, or likely to involve, liquid or
K
semi-liquid pressure shall be prohibited.

TU
Special care shall be taken to prevent any unduly high pressure against the structures.
N
U
The placing of embankment and the benching of slopes shall continue in such a manner that at
all times there will be a horizontal berm of thoroughly compacted material for a distance at
least equal to the height of the abutment or wall to be backfilled.
S7 - 4
7.3 CHANNEL EXCAVATION
7.3.1 Description
This work shall consist of excavation for waterway channels both inside and outside the road
reserve as shown on the Drawings or directed by the S. O., and shall include all required
excavation for widening, training or permanently diverting rivers, streams and irrigation and
drainage channels other than drains and ditches appurtenant to the roadway, except excavation
of topsoil for use in the Works and excavation required for clearing and grubbing. This work
shall also include the backfilling of old channels, haulage to their points of utilization in the
JA
Works or the removal and disposal of all excavated materials, the construction of appurtenant
A
bunds, dikes and berms, and the shaping and finishing of all earthworks involved in the
construction of channels in accordance with the required lines, levels, grades and cross-
H
sections.
SA
7.3.2 Materials
L
K
Channels excavation shall be classified as common excavation or rock as specified in Section
B
2 of this Specification.
D
ER
All suitable materials removed from channel excavations shall be used for backfilling
D
waterways to be abandoned and constructing bunds, dikes and other earth appurtenances as
N
required. Surplus suitable materials shall be used as far as is practicable in constructing the
TE
roadway. The Contractor shall provide borrow of satisfactory quality and approved by the S.
O. should this be necessary to complete the work. Borrow which is required to replace suitable
excavated materials needed for construction which the Contractor elects to waste shall not be
N
paid for.
A
A
Excavated unsuitable material, suitable material surplus to that needed for construction and
N
suitable that the Contractor elects to waste, shall be disposed of at designated areas in such a
U
manner as to present a neat appearance and not obstruct flow in any channels, ditches or
EG
drains, nor cause damage to highway works or property, all to the satisfaction of the S. O.
K
During construction, channel excavations shall be kept drained as far as is practicable and the
work shall be carried out in a neat and workmanlike manner.
K
TU
All channels and appurtenances shall be excavated and constructed to the lines, levels, grades
and cross-sections shown on the Drawings or as directed by the S. O. Excavation beyond the
N
limits required shall not be paid for and shall be backfilled at the Contractor’s expense as
U
directed by the S. O. should be deem it necessary.
Sections of channel abandoned owing to diversions shall be backfilled as directed by the S. O.
S7 - 5
7.4 SURFACE DRAINAGE
7.4.1 Surface Drainage Types
Surface drains of the types shown on the Drawings shall be constructed to the lines, levels,
grades and cross-sections as specified or as directed by the S. O. Surface drains shall include
interceptor drains, roadside drains, embankment toe drains, shoulder drains, bench drains,
berm drains, median drains, outfall drains, cascade drains, etc.
Any of the above drains may be constructed either unlined or lined using cast in situ concrete,
JA
precast or porous concrete drain sections, or stone pitching.
A
7.4.2 Surface Drain Construction
H
SA
7.4.2.1 Unlined Drains
L
Excavation for unlined drains shall be trimmed to form a smooth, firm surface to the required
K
lines, levels, grades and cross-sections as shown on the Drawings or as required by the S. O.
B
D
Any areas of over excavation shall be made good to the satisfaction of the S. O., all at the
Contractor’s expense.
ER
7.4.2.2 Cast In Situ Concrete Drains
D
N
Excavation shall be carried out to the lines and levels as specified and as shown on the
TE
Drawings. Templates which may be of timber or steel shall then be provided to ensure the
thickness and shape of the concrete drains. The concrete shall be poured in sections not
exceeding 2 m in length and shall be carried out between end forms in alternate bays.
N
Construction joints shall not be formed in the inverts.

A
A
All concrete shall be grade 20/10 concrete unless otherwise specified and shall conform to the
N
requirements of Section 9 of this Specification. Weep holes shall be east in situ as shown on
U
the Drawings or as directed by the S. O.

EG
7.4.2.3 Precast Concrete Drain Sections

K
Precast concrete block inverts shall be of the shapes and dimensions as shown on the Drawings
K
and shall be of grade 20/10 concrete conforming to the requirements of Section 9 of this
TU
Specification or of porous concrete unless otherwise specified. The precast concrete drain
sections shall be manufactured using good quality moulds and the finished product shall be
N
round and have smooth inside surfaces all to be approval of the S. O. Ready made precast
U
concrete drain sections may be used subject to the approval of the S. O. Samples of ready
made drain sections shall be submitted to the S. O. for his approval before placing or orders.
Notwithstanding any approval given by the S. O., any defective or broken drain section shall
be replaced by the Contractor at his own expense before or after laying in position.
Precast concrete drain sections shall be laid on concrete bedding in trenches excavated to the
lines and levels as specified and jointed to produce a neat even alignment and gradient. The
joint shall be grouted with 1:3 cement mortar complying with Sub-Section 7.5.2.2 and weep
holes shall be provided as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the S. O.
S7 - 6
Porous concrete shall comply with the requirements of porous concrete for pipes as described
in M.S. 525. Cement and aggregates used in the manufacture of the porous concrete drain
sections shall conform to the requirements of Section 9 of this Specification.
Mass concrete for bases shall be of grade 10/25 concrete or as specified and to the dimensions
and thicknesses as shown on the Drawings.
7.5 STONE PITCHING
7.5.1 Description
JA
A
This work shall consist of the construction of all structures or parts of structures to be
composed of stone pitching either grouted or ungrouted as shown on the Drawings or as
H
directed by the S. O. including erosion protection pavements and aprons, drain linings, culvert
SA
inlets and outlets, etc. The work shall be carried out all in accordance with this Specification
and to the lines, levels, grades, dimensions and cross-sections shown on the Drawings and as
L
required by the S. O.
K
B
7.5.2 Materials
D
7.5.2.1 Stone
ER
Stone shall be clean rough quarry stone, or pit or river cobbles, or a mixture of any of these
D
materials, and shall be essentially free from dust, clay, vegetative matter and other deleterious
N
materials. Individual pieces of stone shall be approximately cubical or spherical and shall have
TE
least dimensions in the range 100 to 150 mm and a maximum dimension of 250 mm,
maximum, unless otherwise specified. The stone shall be hard, tough, durable and dense,
resistant to the action of air and water, and suitable in all respects for the purpose intended.
N
A
7.5.2.2 Cement Mortar

A
N
Cement mortar, unless otherwise specified, shall contain 1 part ordinary Portland cement to 3
U
parts fine aggregate by volume. Water shall be added to the mix to produce a suitable
EG
consistency for the intended use, all to the satisfaction of the S. O. The constituent materials of
the mortar shall comply with the appropriate requirements of Section 9 of this Specification.
K
The ingredients for mortar shall be measured in proper gauge boxes and mixed on a clean
K
boarded platform or in an approved mechanical batch mixer.

TU
All mortar shall be used within 30 minutes of mixing and no reworking of mortar shall be
N
permitted thereafter.
U
7.5.3.1 Grouted Stone Pitching
S7 - 7
Prior to constructing grouted stone pitching, the surfaces against which it is to be placed shall
have been finished in accordance with the appropriate provisions of this Specification.
Notwithstanding any earlier approval of these finished surfaces, any damage to or deterioration
of them shall be made good to the satisfaction of the S. O. before grouted stone pitching is
placed.
Construction of grouted stone pitching shall commence at the lowest part of each structure or
section of a structure and continue progressively upward. Long structures such as drain linings
and slope protection pavements shall be constructed in sections of practicable length, to the
JA
satisfaction of the S. O. The surface against which the work is to be placed shall be moistened
A
with clean water a little in advance of construction, and covered with a layer of cement mortar
about 50 mm thick. Stones shall then be firmly set by hand into the mortar, densely packed
H
against adjacent stones and built up to form a stone structure of more or less uniform thickness
SA
which shall nowhere be less than 150 mm (measured perpendicularly to the surface covered).
All the while that stones are being placed, all voids in the structure shall be packed solidly
L
with mortar and stone spalls; however the surfaces of stones in the exposed faces and edges
K
shall not be covered with mortar. The exposed surfaces and edges of the structure shall be
B
constructed such that they have as large a proportion as practicable composed of stone faces.
D
Weep holes shall be provided as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the S. O.
ER
Mortar which has been mixed for more than 30 minutes shall not be used in the works. Nor
shall mortar be laid against the supporting surfaces more than 2 minutes before pitching stone
D
and building up the structure to full thickness is commenced on any section of the work, as the
N
construction advances.
TE
7.5.3.2 Ungrouted Stone Pitching

N
Where shown on the Drawings, ungrouted stone pitching shall be hand set to provide
A
maximum interlocking effect. The stones, the largest of which shall be used at the bottom,
A
shall be well bedded on a 75 mm layer of gravel or aggregate rammed to an even surface. The
N
whole work shall be finished to the satisfaction of the S. O.

U
EG
7.6 GABIONS
K
7.6.1 Description
K
This work shall consist of the construction of miscellaneous erosion protection and retaining
TU
structures to be composed of stone filled wire mesh gabions. The work shall be carried out all
in accordance with this Specification and as shown on the Drawings and/or as approved by the
N
S. O.
U
7.6.2 Materials
7.6.2.1 Wire Mesh Gabions
Gabions shall be rectangular baskets of the required dimensions as shown on the Drawings or
ordered by the S. O. unless otherwise specified, they shall be of the following standard
dimensions:-
S7 - 8
i) width - 1.00 metre;
ii) length - 1.00, 2.00 or 3.00 metres;
iii) height - 0.50 or 1.00 metre
Gabions longer than 1.00m shall be divided into compartments equal length not exceeding
1.00m by wire mesh diaphragms securely tied along all edges. Each gabion or compartment of
a gabion shall be provided with at least 4 cross-connecting wires if its height is 0.50m or less,
and with at least 8 cross-connecting wires if its height is in the range 0.50 to 1.00 metre.
JA
A
Gabions shall be fabricated from steel wire manufactured in accordance with B. S. 1052 and
galvanised in accordance with M. S. 407, or such similar standards as the S. O. shall approve.
H
The galvanised wire sizes used shall be in accordance with Table 7.3.
SA
L
TABLE 7.3 - GALVANISED WIRE SIZES FOR GABIONS
K
B
Type Of Wire Minimum Diameter
D
Selvage (perimeter) wire ER 3.50 mm
D
Mesh wire 2.70 mm
N
TE
Tying and connecting wire 2.20 mm

N
Gabion mesh shall be triple twisted and shall have a uniform hexagonal pattern with openings
A
of 100 x 120 mm or less. The mesh shall be securely tied to selvage wires to form rectangular
A
panels which shall be securely wired together to form the completed gabion baskets. The ties
N
and connections for each gabion basket shall comprise not less than 8% of its total weight, and
U
the fabrication shall be all to the satisfaction of the S. O.

EG
7.6.2.2 Polyvinyl Chloride Coating

K
When specified on the Drawings, all wire used in the fabrication of gabions and in the wiring
K
operation during construction shall, after galvanising, have extruded on to it a coating of

TU
polyvinyl chloride (PVC). The PVC coating, not inclusive of galvanising, shall nowhere be
less than 0.55 mm in thickness.
N
U
7.6.2.3 Stone
Stone fill for gabions shall be clean rough quarry stone, or pit or river cobbles, or a mixture of
any of these materials, and shall be essentially free from dust, clay, vegetative matter and other
deleterious materials. Individual pieces of stone shall have least dimensions not less than 20
mm larger than the gabion mesh openings and greatest dimensions not more than 250 mm. The
stone shall be hard, tough, durable and dense, resistant to the action of air and water, and
suitable in all aspects for the purpose intended. The materials shall be approved by the S. O.
S7 - 9
Prior to placing gabions, the surface on and against which they are to be constructed shall have
been prepared and finished in accordance with the relevant provisions of the appropriate
Sections of this Specification. Notwithstanding any earlier approval of these finished surfaces,
any damage to or deterioration of them shall be made good to the satisfaction of the S. O.
before gabions are placed.
Each gabion basket shall be put in place in its turn, completely fabricated except for the
fastening down of the lid, stretched to the correct shape and dimensions, and fastened securely
JA
to all contiguous baskets along each edge with tying wire. The basket shall then be tightly
A
packed with approved stone by hand in such a manner that voids are kept to a practicable
minimum and are uniformly distributed in the stone mass. Finally, the lid of the basket shall be
H
securely fastened down with tying wire along all hitherto unfastened edges, all to the
SA
satisfaction of the S. O. In no case shall the weight of the finished gabion be less than 1300 kg
per cubic metre.
L
K
As a gabion structure is built up, backfilling against finished gabions shall be carried out as
B
necessary for proper progressive construction, all in accordance with the relevant provisions of
D
the appropriate Sections of this Specification. Unless otherwise specified, vertical joints
between gabions shall be staggered in gabion structures in a pattern similar to the joints in
running bond brickwork. ER
D
7.7 BRICKWORK
N
TE
7.7.1 Description
This work shall include the laying of brickwork to the lines, levels and grades shown on the
N
Drawings and/or as directed by the S. O.

A
A
7.7.2 Materials
N
U
7.7.2.1 Common Bricks

EG
Common bricks shall be sound, well burnt, of proper size and clean and shall give a clear ring
K
when struck. They shall be Class 3 standard format complying with the requirements of M.S.
76. Bricks shall be obtained from manufacturers approved by the S. O.
K
TU

N
Cement mortar for brickwork shall comply with the requirements of Sub-Section 7.5.2.2.
U
7.7.3.1 Brick Laying
S7 - 10
Brickwork shall be executed with cement mortar and shall be of the thickness and bonds as
shown on the Drawings. Bricks shall be kept damp until used and shall be laid on a full bed of
mortar. The brickwork shall be true to line and plumb, and courses shall be kept truly level.
The thickness of mortar joints shall not exceed 10 mm and shall be such that 4 courses of
brickwork forms a height of 300 mm. newly laid brickwork shall be protected from the
harmful effects of sunshine, rain running and surface water and shocks. Any brickwork that is
damaged shall be taken down and rebuilt and the joints raked out and pointed as directed by
the S. O. Any such remedial work shall be at the Contractor’s own expense.
7.7.3.2 Plastering Brickwork
JA
A
All exposed brickwork surfaces shall be plastered. The plaster shall be applied in 2 coats
generally to a total thickness of 20 mm and shall be finished with a steel trowel for internal
H
surfaces and with a wooden float for external surfaces.
SA
Plain plaster shall consist of 1 part masonry cement complying with M.S. 794 to 3 parts of
L
sand by volume. Where ordinary Portland cement is used, plasticiser of a type approved by the
K
S.O. may be added to the mix in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
B
D
Ordinary Portland cement and water shall comply with the appropriate requirements of Section
9 of this Specification.
ER
Weep holes shall be provided as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the S. O.
D
N
TE
7.8 SUBSOIL DRAINS
7.8.1 Description
N
A
This work shall include the supply and installation of subsoil drains constructed in accordance
A
with this Specification at the locations and in accordance with the lines, levels and grades as
N
shown on the Drawings and/or as directed by the S.O.

U
EG
7.8.2 Materials
K
7.8.2.1 Pipes
K
Porous concrete pipes for subsoil drains shall comply with M.S. 525.
TU
Clay pipes for subsoil drains shall comply with B.S. 1196.
N
U
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipes for subsoil drains shall comply with Australian Standard
Specification 2439 or B.S. 3656.
7.8.2.2 Filter Material
Filter material used in the construction of subsoil drains shall consist of hard, clean sand
conforming to the grading limits given in Table 7.4. The material passing the 425 um sieve
shall be non-plastic when tested in accordance with B.S. 1377.
S7 - 11
TABLE 7.4 - GRADING LIMITS FOR FILTER MATERIAL
10.0 mm 100
5.0 mm 90 - 100
2.36 mm 75 - 100
1.18 mm 55 - 90
JA
600 um 35 - 59
300 um 8 - 30
A
150 um 0 - 10
H
SA
7.8.2.3 Filter Cloth
L
K
The synthetic filter cloth shall be a non-woven type of approved manufacture having the
B
following properties:-
D
(a) Chemical Composition Requirements
ER
Fibres used in the manufacture of the engineering fabric shall consist of a long chain synthetic
D
polymer, composed of at least 85% by weight of polypropylene, -ethylene, -esteramide or -
N
vinylidene chloride and shall contain stabilisers and/or inhibitors added to the base plastic (as
TE
necessary) to make the fabric resistant to deterioration from ultraviolet and heat exposure.
(b) Physical Property Requirements

N
A
The physical properties of the filter cloth shall comply with Table 7.5.
A
N
U
Grab Strength 0.9 kN

EG
(ASTM D1682)
K
Puncture Strength 0.4 kN

(ASTM D3787 - 80a)
K
TU
Burst Strength 2100 kN/sq.m

(ASTM D3786 - 80a)
N
U
(c) Filtration Requirement
Equivalent opening size of the filter cloth determined by sieving as described in ASTM D422 shall
be less than the eighty-five percentage size of the adjacent soil.
S7 - 12
(d) Permeability Requirement
The equivalent Darcy Permeability of the filter cloth shall be greater than 10 times the
Darcy Permeability of the soil to be drained.
1:3 cement mortar for use in pipe joints shall comply with Sub-Section 7.5.2.2.
JA
A
H
Excavation for subsoil drains shall be carried out all in accordance with the appropriate
SA
provisions of Sub-Section 7.2.
L
Filter material as described in Sub-Section 7.8.2.2 above shall be placed and uniformly
K
compacted by a suitable method approved by the S.O. to form a firm, even bedding for the
B
pipe drain as shown on the Drawings.
D
The pipe sections shall be set firmly against the filter material bedding with the flow lines in
ER
the design position. For pipes with mating joints, the receiving ends shall be upgrade, and the
pipe joints shall be fully mated. For butt jointed pipes with collars, the pipe sections shall be
D
fully contiguous, and the collars properly centered over the joints.
N
TE
Joints shall be spot mortared as necessary to hold the pipe sections correctly centered and
aligned, but not so as to unduly restrict the infiltration of water through the joints.
N
Slotted or perforated pipes shall be tightly wrapped in filter cloth such that the entire length of
A
the mortared pipe is covered by at least 2 layers of cloth. All joints in both layers shall have an
A
overlap of at least 100 mm and joints in the outer layer shall be offset by at least 300 mm from
N
joints in the inner layer, all to the satisfaction of the S. O.

U
EG
After pipe laying and, if appropriate, wrapping has been approved by the S.O., the remainder
of the filter material shall be placed and uniformly compacted by a suitable method approved
K
by the S.O. to form a dense, even surround to the pipe as shown on the Drawings. Care shall
be taken that the pipe is neither damaged nor displaced.
K
TU
Backfill shall then be placed and compacted in accordance with the appropriate provisions of
Sub-Section 7.2.4.
N
U
7.9 R.C. PIPE CULVERTS
7.9.1 Description
S7 - 13
This work shall comprise the supply and installation of reinforced concrete pipe culverts,
inclusive of excavation, backfilling, jointing, bedding, construction of headwalls, wingwalls,
aprons and sumps and channel protection works, all in accordance with this Specification and
the details shown on the Drawings.
7.9.2 Materials
7.9.2.1 Pipes
JA
Reinforced concrete pipes shall conform to the requirements of M.S. 881 and shall be supplied
A
by manufacturers approved by the S.O.
H
Rebated pipes of diameter 600 mm and above shall be internally rebated.
SA
Collars shall be precast with grade 25 concrete and shall be suitably reinforced all in
L
accordance with Section 9 of this Specification. The width of the collar shall be not less than
K
150 mm and the minimum thickness shall be 50 mm.
B
D
Rubber rings for spigot and socket pipes shall comply with the requirements of Type 2 as
specified in B.S. 2494.
ER
D
N
1:3 cement mortar for jointing of reinforced concrete pipes shall conform to the requirements
TE
of Sub-Section 7.5.2.2.
N
7.9.2.3 Bedding Material

A
A
Type A bedding shall consist of grade 20/20 concrete complying with Section 9 of this
N
Specification.
U
EG
Type B bedding shall consist of clean, natural sand or gravelly sand of suitable gradation and
quality, approved by the S.O. The material shall have maximum particle size of not more than
K
12 mm.
K
TU
N
U
7.9.3 Excavation And Backfilling For R.C. Pipe Culverts
7.9.3.1 Excavation
(a) General
S7 - 14
Unless otherwise directed by the S.O., prior to construction of a pipe culvert, the earthworks at
the required location shall have been constructed to a level at least 600 mm above the top of
culvert design levels or to the top of subgrade levels, whichever is lower.
Pipe culverts specified to be constructed in trench conditions shall be excavated in accordance

with Sub-Section 7.9.3.1 (b) below.
Where drainage conditions or other circumstances so require, the S.O. may direct the
Contractor to construct the pipe culvert without first constructing the earthworks to the level
JA
specified above, in which case excavation and foundation preparation shall be in accordance
A
with Sub-Section 7.9.3.1 (c) below.
H
(b) Trench Method
SA
The trench to receive a culvert pipe shall be of sufficient width and depth to enable the placing
L
of bedding material and construction of pipe joints in accordance with this Specification, and
K
the bottom of the trench shall be trimmed to a suitably smooth plane surface which shall be
B
kept free from water, all to the satisfaction of the S.O. Where rock or other hard unyielding
D
foundation material is encountered in the trench, it shall be excavated to a depth below the
bottom of pipe design levels of at least 300 mm or 12.5 mm per 300 mm of fill to be placed
ER
over the top of the pipe, whichever is greater, up to a maximum of 75% of the internal
diameter of the pipe. The hard material so excavated shall be replaced with suitable material
D
uniformly compacted in layers of not more than 150 mm compacted thickness to provide
N
satisfactory support for the pipe, all to the satisfaction of the S.O.
TE
(c) Open Ground Method

N
Where existing ground levels are above top of bedding material design levels and firm
A
foundation materials are encountered, excavation and foundation preparation shall be similar
A
to that described in the trench method above. Otherwise a firm foundation plane shall be
N
prepared, which shall be essentially free draining along the line of the culvert, by trimming the
U
existing ground, or such fill as it is necessary to place and compact, over a width sufficient to
EG
permit satisfactory construction of the pipe bedding, all to the satisfaction of the S.O. Hard
materials shall be excavated from the pipe foundation over a width equal to the outside
K
diameter of the pipe to the same depth as specified in the trench method, and shall be replaced
with suitable material uniformly compacted in layers of not more than 150 mm compacted
K
thickness to provide satisfactory support for the pipe, all to the satisfaction of the S.O.
TU
Where soft or unstable soil is encountered in the foundation, it shall be excavated over a width
N
of at least 1.5 times the outside diameter of the pipe on each side of the culvert centre-line to
U
the depth directed by the S.O., and replaced with suitable material uniformly compacted in
layers of not more than 150 mm compacted thickness to provide satisfactory support for the
pipe, all to the satisfaction of the S.O.
7.9.3.2 Backfilling
Backfilling against reinforced concrete pipe culverts and their appurtenant structure shall be
carried out in accordance with the construction methods described in Sub-Section 7.2.4, using
S7 - 15
material conforming to the requirements of Sub-Section 7.2.2.5. Special care shall be taken to
properly compact backfill against the undersides of culvert pipes without disturbing or
damaging the pipes and joints. Backfill shall be built up evenly on both sides of each pipe
culvert along its entire length.
Heavy plant and equipment shall not operate within 1.5 m of any pipe culvert until backfilling
and, where appropriate, pavement construction has advanced to a stage which provides at least
600 mm of cover to the culvert. Subject to the approval of the S.O., light compaction
equipment may be operated above pipe culverts after a minimum of 300 mm of cover has been
placed and compacted.
JA
A
7.10 EXTENSION OF CULVERTS
H
7.10.1 Extension Of Pipe Culverts
SA
The existing wingwalls, aprons and concrete bedding shall be demolished wherever indicated
L
on the Drawings to expose the existing pipe culvert on the side(s) to be extended. The end of
K
the existing pipe culvert to be extended shall then be wire-brushed or some other means
B
employed to give a clean pipe end.
D
Extension joints shall be formed as shown on the Drawings by injecting Thioflex 600 - Gun
ER
Grade (manufactured by Expandite) or its equivalent to a thickness of not less than 25 mm in
the 15 mm wide gap between the existing pipe and the new pipe. The remaining space in the
D
gap shall then be filled with Flexcell Expansion Filler.
N
TE
Bakau piles shall be installed as shown on the Drawings, unless otherwise directed by the S.O.
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
S7 - 16
Section 8 –Erosion Control:High Performance-Flexible Growth Medium
GENERAL
JA
1.01 SUMMARY
A
A. This section specifies a hydraulically-applied, 100% biodegradable, High Performance-Flexible Growth Medium
H
(HP-FGM) that is manufactured in the United States and is composed of 100% recycled thermally refined
SA
(within a pressure vessel) wood fibers, crimped interlocking man-made biodegradable fibers, mineral activators,
naturally derived crosslinked biopolymers and water absorbents. The HP-FGM is phytosanitized, free from
plastic netting, requires no curing period and upon application forms an intimate bond with the soil surface to
L
create a continuous, porous, absorbent and flexible erosion resistant blanket that allows for rapid germination
K
and accelerated plant growth
B
D
1.02 SUBMITTALS
ER
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product data and installation instructions. Include required substrate
D
preparation, list of materials and application rate.
N
B. Certifications: Manufacturer shall submit a letter of certification that the product meets or exceeds all technical
TE
and packaging requirements.
1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

N
A
A. Deliver materials and products in UV and weather-resistant factory labeled packages. Store and handle in strict
A
compliance with manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage, weather, excessive
N
temperatures and construction operations.

U
EG
PRODUCTS
K
2.02 MATERIALS
K
TU
A. The HP-FGM should conform to the following property values when uniformly applied at a rate of 3500 pounds
per acre (3900 kilograms/hectare) under laboratory conditions
N
U
1
Property Test Method Req. Value (English) Req. Value (SI)
Physical
1 2 2
Mass Per Unit Area ASTM D6566 12 oz/yd minimum 407 g/m minimum
1
Thickness ASTM D6525 0.22 inch minimum 5.6 mm. minimum
1
Wet Bond Strength ASTM D6818 9 lb/ft 131 N/m
1
Ground Cover ASTM D6567 99% minimum 99% minimum
Water Holding Capacity ASTM D7367 1700% minimum 1700% minimum
Material Color Observed Green Green
Performance
JA
2 4
Cover Factor Large Scale Testing 0.01 maximum 0.01 maximum
3 4
% Effectiveness Large Scale Testing 99 % minimum 99 % minimum
A
Cure time Observed 0 - 2 hours 0 - 2 hours
H
1
Vegetation Establishment ASTM D7322 800 % minimum 800 % minimum
5
SA
Yield Calculated 2.6 minimum 2245 minimum
Kinetic Energy Absorption
6 Calculated 2.0 minimum 734 minimum
Potential
L
Environmental
K
7
Functional Longevity ASTM D5338 Up to 18 months Up to 18 months
B
Ecotoxicity EPA 2021.0 96-hr LC50 > 100% 96-hr LC50 > 100%
4
D
Effluent Turbidity Large Scale Testing 100 NTU maximum 100 NTU maximum
Biodegradability ASTM D5338 100% minimum 100% minimum
ER
1. ASTM test methods developed for Rolled Erosion Control Products and have been modified to accommodate Hydraulically-Applied
Erosion Control Products.
2. Cover Factor is calculated as soil loss ratio of treated surface versus an untreated control surface.
D
2. % Effectiveness = One minus Cover Factor multiplied by 100%.
N
4. Large scale testing conducted at Utah Water Research Laboratory. For specific testing information please contact a Profile technical
service representative at 866-325-6262.
TE
5. Yield = (Mass per Unit Area)*(Thickness)*(Ground Cover Percentage).

6. Kinetic Energy Absorption Potential = (Wet Bond Strength)*(Thickness)
7. Functional Longevity is the estimated time period, based upon ASTM D5338 testing and field observations, that a material can be
N
anticipated to provide erosion control and agronomic benefits as influenced by composition, as well as site-specific conditions, including;
but not limited to – temperature, moisture, light conditions, soils, biological activity, vegetative establishment and other environmental
A
factors.
A
2.03 COMPOSITION
N
U
A. All components of the HP-FGM shall be pre-packaged by the Manufacturer to assure both material
EG
performance and compliance with the following values. No chemical additives with the exception of fertilizer,
soil pH modifiers, extended-term dyes and biostimulant materials should be added to this product.
K
1. Thermally Processed (within a pressure vessel) Wood Fiber – 80% + 3%

 Heated to a temperature greater than 380 degrees Fahrenheit (193 degrees Celsius) for 5
K
minutes at a pressure greater than 50 psi (345 kPa)

TU
Crosslinked Biopolymers and Water Absorbents – 10% + 1%

Crimped, Man-made Biodegradable Interlocking Fibers – 5% + 1%
N
Micro-Pore Granules – 5% + 1%
U
2
EXECUTION
3.01 SUBSTRATE AND SEEDBED PREPARATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions where materials will be applied. Apply product to geotechnically stable
slopes that have been designed and constructed to divert runoff away from the face of the slope. Do not
proceed with installation until satisfactory conditions are established.
JA
B. Depending upon project sequencing and intended application, prepare seedbed in compliance with other
specifications in General note of construction drawing
A
3.02 INSTALLATION
H
SA
A. Strictly comply with equipment manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations. Use approved
hydro-spraying machines with fan-type nozzle (50-degree tip). To achieve optimum soil surface coverage,
apply HP-FGM from opposing directions to soil surface. Rough surfaces (rocky terrain, cat tracks and ripped
L
soils) may require higher application rates to achieve 100% cover. Slope interruption devices or water diversion
K
techniques are recommended when slope lengths exceed 100 feet (30 m). Maximum slope length is for
B
product applications on a 3H:1V slope. For application on steeper slopes, slope interruption lengths may need
D
to be decreased based on actual site conditions. Not recommended for channels or areas with concentrated
water flow. This product may be applied on saturated soils and does not require a curing period to be effective.
ER
No chemical additives with the exception of fertilizer, liming and biostimulant materials should be added to this
product.
D
B. For Erosion Control and Revegetation: To ensure proper application rates, measure and stake area. For
N
maximum performance, apply HP-FGM in a two-step process*:

TE
1. Step One: Apply fertilizer with specified prescriptive agronomic formulations and 50% of seed with
N
a small amount of HP-FGM for visual metering.

2. Step Two: Mix balance of seed and apply HP-FGM at a rate of 50 lb per 125 gallons (23 kg/475
A
liters) of water over freshly seeded surfaces. Confirm loading rates with equipment manufacturer.
A
Do not leave seeded surfaces unprotected, especially if precipitation is imminent.

N
U
*Depending upon site conditions HP-FGM may be applied in a one-step process where all components may be
mixed together in single tank loads. Consult with Manufacturer for further details.
EG
Best results and more rapid curing are achieved at temperatures exceeding 60°F (15°C). Curing times may be
K
accelerated in high temperature, low humidity conditions with product applied on dry soils.
K
Over-application of product may inhibit germination and plant growth.

TU
N
C. Mixing: A mechanically agitated hydraulic-application machine is strongly recommended:

1. Fill 1/3 of mechanically agitated hydroseeder with water. Turn pump on for 15 seconds and purge
U
and pre-wet lines. Turn pump off.

2. Turn agitator on and load low density materials first (i.e. seed).
3. Continue slowly filling tank with water while loading fiber matrix into tank.
4. Consult application and loading charts to determine number of bags to be added for desired area
and application rate. Mix at a rate of 50 lb of HP-FGM per 125 gallons (23 kg/475 liters). Contact
Equipment manufacturer to confirm optimum mixing rates.
5. All HP-FGM should be completely loaded before water level reaches 75% of the top of tank.
6. Top off with water and mix until all fiber is fully broken apart and hydrated (minimum of 10 minutes
— increase mixing time when applying in cold conditions). This is very important to fully activate
the bonding additives and to obtain proper viscosity.
7. Add fertilizer
3
8. Shut off recirculation valve to minimize potential for air entrainment within the slurry.
9. Slow down agitator and start applying with a 50-degree fan tip nozzle.
10. Spray in opposing directions for maximum soil coverage.
D. Application Rates: These application rates are for standard conditions.
Slope Gradient / Condition English SI
< 4H to 1V 2500 lb/ac 2800 kg/ha

> 4H to 1V and < 3H to 1V 3000 lb/ac 3400 kg/ha
JA
A
> 1H to 1V 4500 lb/ac 5100 kg/ha
Below ECB or TRM 1500 lb/ac 1700 kg/ha
H
As infill for TRM* 3500 lb/ac 3900 kg/ha
SA
3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
L
K
A. After application, thoroughly flush the tank, pumps and hoses to remove all material. Wash all material from the
B
exterior of the machine and remove any slurry spills. Once dry, material will be more difficult to remove.
D
B. Clean spills promptly. Advise owner of methods for protection of treated areas. Do not allow treated areas to be
trafficked or subjected to grazing.
D ENGLISH SI
ER
D
N
TE
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
4
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
SPESIFIKASI UMUM
PERLAKSANAAN PEROLEHAN HIJAU KERAJAAN.
1. PRODUK PEMBERSIHAN
Produk pembersihan tidak boleh mengandungi:
i. Pencuci kebersihan berasaskan klorin dan pembersih tandas dan bilik man-
JA
di yang mengandungi asid bukan organik (inorganic acids).
ii. Penyegar udara kimia (haruman semula jadi / organik, contohnya pandan,
A
serai, bunga melati, dan lain-lain hendaklah digunakan sebagai ganti).
H
iii. Pembersih longkang kimia.
SA
iv. Tisu pakai buang.
v. Semburan mengandungi propelan.
L
vi. Racun rumpai dan racun kulat.
K
B
Sekatan Produk Lain
D
i. ER
Pihak kontrakor hanya boleh menggunakan kertas tisu, tisu tandas dan beg
sampah dengan kandungan bahan kitar semula.
D
ii. Kontraktor hendaklah menggunakan kepala mop yang boleh digunakan
N
semula (reusable mop head).

TE
PROSES
N
i. Kontraktor hendaklah menggunakan dos yang sesuai bagi ejen pem-

A
bersihan (cleaning agent). Dalam usaha untuk memastikan dos yang betul,
A
semua kakitangan perlu mempunyai akses kepada peranti mengukur dos

N
(dosage device) atau bikar di kawasan tempat pembersihan dilakukan.

U
ii. Kontraktor hendaklah mengasingkan atau menyisihkan sisa sewajarnya

EG
bagi meningkatkan pemulihan atau kitar semula bahan buangan (kertas,

plastik, kaca, tin aluminium) sebelum menyalurkannya kepada pengumpul
sisa awam.
K
K
TENAGA KERJA
TU
i. Kontraktor hendaklah memberi arahan bertulis yang mudah difahami ten-

N
tang dos, pencairan, penggunaan dan pelupusan untuk semua ejen

U
pembersihan, termasuk gambar rajah atau ilustrasi yang diperlukan

(contohnya peranti dos, mendispens unit (dispensing unit), cawan pen-
gukur dan lain-lain) untuk mengelakkan penggunaan ejen pembersih
secara berlebihan .
ii. Kontraktor juga hendaklah menyediakan arahan kerja untuk pengenal-
pastian dan pengendalian bahan / peralatan, prosedur yang sesuai untuk
menyimpan bahan- bahan / peralatan, dan mengasingkan sisa dan
pelupusan.
SU/1
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
iii. Kontraktor hendaklah menyediakan peralatan perlindungan diri yang

sesuai (personel protective equipment; PPE) kepada pekerja-pekerja mereka
untuk melindungi mereka daripada risiko yang mungkin menyebabkan
kecederaan atau menjejaskan kesihatan semasa bekerja.
iv. Latihan kepada pekerja tentang prosedur pembersihan hendaklah
disediakan oleh Kontraktor untuk meningkatkan pengetahuan tentang
penggunaan air dan tenaga, kecekapan penggunaan agen pembersihan,
teknik pembersihan yang sesuai untuk pelbagai jenis permukaan, dan
amalan pembersihan hijau (termasuk program kitar semula, pengurusan
JA
sisa yang berkesan, dan lain-lain).
A
H
2. PERALATAN ICT
SA
Kriteria spesifikasi bagi peralatan ICT hendaklah mempunyai ciri-ciri berikut :
L
i. Pembekal hendaklah membekalkan peralatan ICT yang memenuhi seku-
K
rang-kurangnya kriteria Energy Star 5.2.
B
ii. Pembekal hendaklah membekalkan peralatan ICT yang memenuhi seku-
D
rang-kurangnya kriteria EPEAT perak (silver).
ER
D
Spesifikasi bagi bahan-bahan tidak sesuai dan berbahaya yang mudah dikenal pasti
N
dan boleh dipisahkan perlulah dilaksanakan. Antara bahan-bahan tersebut ialah:

TE
i. Plastik
ii. Cadmium / Lead
N
iii. Cadmium atau Lead tidak boleh secara sengaja ditambah kepada bahagian
A
plastik (melebihi 25 g).

A
iv. Agen Pengelak Pembakaran (flame retardants)

N
v. PBB, PBDE, chlorinated paraffins tidak boleh terkandung dalam plastik

U
(melebihi 25 g).
EG
vi. Halogen
vii. Mana-mana bahagian plastik untuk housing atau casis melebihi 25 g
K
tidak boleh mengandungi halogen kecuali maksimum 0.5% bahan tambah

K
fluoroorganik (fluoroorganic additives).

TU
viii. Bateri/Akumulator
ix. Kandungan berat logam tertentu dalam bateri dan akumulator tidak boleh
melebihi had berikut:
N
U
Bahan Had
Mercury maksimum 1 ppm
Cadmium maksimum 10 ppm
Lead maksimum 100 ppm
SU/2
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
x. Paparan (display)
i. Cadmium atau mercury tidak boleh terkandung dalam paparan. Mercury
dibenarkan dalam lampu pencahayaan (illumination lamps) paparan LCD
sahaja.
xi. Pengambilan Semula and Kitar Semula
xii. Pengambilan Semula (take back)
ii. Pembekal perlu mempunyai sistem pengambilan semula untuk produk
yang telah digunakan atau mesti dihubungkan kepada sistem pengambilan
semula yang rasmi atau seumpama dengannya.
JA
xiii. Kitar Semula
iii. Pembekal perlu mengatur sistem kitar semula untuk produk yang telah
A
H
digunakan. Kriteria alam sekitar hendaklah dikira 10-20% daripada jumlah
SA
mata penganugerahan.
L
KETERANGAN DAN PENGESAHAN
K
B
i. Kontraktor mesti menyediakan bukti bahawa spesifikasi dipenuhi. Doku-
D
men yang membuktikan Energy Star dan pendaftaran EPEAT atau doku-
men yang membuktikan bahawa piawaian yang sama dipenuhi akan
diterima.
ER
ii. Kontraktor hendaklah mengemukakan mengemukakan dokumen yang spe-
D
sifi bagi bahan-bahan yang berbahaya.
N
iii. Kontraktor hendaklah mengemukakan penyataan daripada pengilang yang

TE
mengesahkan bahawa plastik yang digunakan tidak mengandungi ejen

pengelak pembakaran (flame retardants).
iv. Kontraktor hendaklah menyediakan penyataan daripada pengeluar bat-
N
eri/akumulator yang membuktikan pematuhan dan mengenal pasti jenis-

A
jenis bateri/akumulator yang digunakan. Sekiranya pengilang paparan (dis-

play manufacturer) tidak serupa denga pembekalan yang dibuat oleh pihak
A
kontraktor, kontraktor hendaklah mengemukakan satu kenyataan daripada

N
pengilang paparan.
U
v. Kontraktor hendaklah mengisytiharkan pematuhan kepada keperluan un-

EG
tuk pengambilan semula (take back) dan kitar semula.

K
3. LAMPU DALAMAN CEKAP TENAGA (ENERGY EFFICIENCY INDOOR

K
LIGHTING)
TU
Spesifikasi bagi penggunaan simen gentian hendaklah memenuhi spesifikasi berikut :

N
U
a. Sistem Lampu (Luminaires)
i. Sistem lampu hendaklah mempunyai Faktor Penyelenggaraan Sistem

Lampu (Luminaire Maintenance Factor; LMF) yang memenuhi syarat-
syarat untuk pelbagai sumber cahaya (light sources).
ii. Mercury, lead, cadmium, chromium VI, polybrominated biphenyl (PBB) dan
polybrominateddiphenyl ether (PBDE) tidak boleh digunakan sebagai seba-
hagian daripada sistem lampu, selaras dengan MS 2237: 2009 atau yang
SU/3
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
setaraf dengannya iaitu sekatan penggunaan bahan berbahaya tertentu da-

lam peralatan elektrik dan elektronik.
iii. Faktor kuasa (power factor) lampu yang lengkap hendaklah lebih daripada
0.90.
iv. Jumlah penggunaan kuasa (total power consumption) LED tidak boleh
melebihi penggunaan kuasa maksimum yang diisytiharkan oleh pengeluar.
v. Keberkesanan Sistem Lampu (luminaire efficacy) hendaklah melebihi 60
lm/W. Pembetulan untuk sistem lampu (correction for luminaires) dengan
suhu warna yang tinggi (high colour temperature) dan petunjuk warna yang
JA
tinggi (Indeks Petunjuk Warna Tinggi) (High Colour Rendering Index: Ra)
adalah berdasarkan jadual di bawah:
A
H
Pengurangan daripada keperluan
SA
Parameter Lampu
keberkesanan bercahaya (luminous
efficacy) pada 25°C
L
Tc > 5000 K - 10 %
K
95 >R > 90 - 20 %
Ra > 95 - 30 %
B
D
vi. Pembungkusan sistem lampu untuk tujuan pengangkutan dan pengedaran
ER
hendaklah diperbuat daripada bahan kertas beralun (corrugated paper
materials) yang mengandungi bahan kitar semula.
D
vii. Pembekal hendaklah menyediakan maklumat yang dicetak atau atas talian
N
(online) yang berkaitandengan arahan penyelenggaraan untuk memastikan

TE
sistem lampu, kualiti asli sepanjang hayat dan arahan pemasangannya

dapat dikekalkan sebaik mungkin.
N
A
A
b. Lampu Pendarfluor (Fluorescent Lamp)

N
i. Pembekal hendaklah menyediakan dokumen yang menunjukkan jangka

U
hayat lampu (lamp lifetime); Susut nilai lumen pada akhir hayat (lumen de-
EG
preciation at end of life); Suhu warna cahaya (light colour temperature-K); In-
deks Cahaya Petunjuk Warna (Light Colour Rending Index; CRI); Fluks
K
bercahaya (luminous flux) (lumen) yang dihasilkan oleh lampu; Kuasa litar
K
lampu (lamp circuit power); Dimensi lampu; Kandungan mercury lampu;

TU
dan Prosedur untuk pelupusan yang selamat pada akhir hayat lampu.
N
U
SU/4
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
ii. Bagi lampu linear, bulat (circular) dan pendarfluor padat (compact fluores-
cent lamp; CFL), ia mesti memenuhi kadar kuasa (power rating) (W) dan
keberkesanan (efficacy) (lm/W) mengikut kategori seperti di bawah:
Single-Capped with Non-Integrated Ballast
Keberkesanan
Keberkesanan Lampu (Lamp Efficacy) Penilaian Kuasa
(W) (lm/W)
<10 80
11-50 80
JA
>51 80
Faktor kemandirian lampu pada 2000 jam
≧ 98 %
A
(Lamp survival factor at 2000 hr)
H
Faktor penyelenggaraan lumen pada 2000 jam
≧ 92.5 %
SA
(Lumen Maintenance Factor at 2000 hr)
L
K
Single-Capped dengan Balast Bersepadu (CFL) atau Lampu Self-Ballasted
B
Keberkesanan
D
Keberkesanan Lampu (Lamp Efficacy) Penilaian Kuasa
(lm/W)
(W)
ER <9 80
9-15 80
D
16-24 80
N
>24 80
Faktor kemandirian lampu pada 2000 jam
TE
≧ 98 %
(Lamp survival factor at 2000 hr)
N
Faktor penyelenggaraan lumen pada 2000 jam

≧ 92.5%
A
(Lumen Maintenance Factor at 2000 hr)

Kandungan mercury ≦ 5.0 mg
A
N
Bilangan perubahan kitaran sebelum kegagalan

≧ 10,000
U
(Number of switching cycles before failure)

EG
Indeks Petunjuk Warna (Colouring Rendering Index) ≧0

Kandungan mercury ≦ 5.0 mg
K
Bilangan perubahan kitaran sebelum kega- ≧ 10,000

K
galan
TU
(Number of switching cycles before

failure)
N
Indeks Petunjuk Warna (Colouring Rendering Index) ≧0

U
SU/5
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
iii. Pembetulan bagi pendarfluor (correction for fluorescent) dengan suhu

warna yang tinggi (high colour temperature) dan petunjuk warna yang
tinggi (high colour rendering) adalah seperti di bawah:
Pengurangan daripada keperluan keberkesanan

Parameter Lampu bercahaya
(luminous efficacy) pada 25°C
Tc >5000 K - 10 %
95 >Ra > 90 - 15%
JA
Ra > 95 - 20 %
A
H
c. Lampu LED (SSL)
SA
i. Pembekal hendaklah menyediakan dokumen yang menunjukkan jangka
L
hayat lampu (yang ditentukan mengikut IES LM-80 Approved Method for
K
Measuring Lumen Depreciation of LED Light Sources; Suhu warna cahaya
B
(K); Indeks Cahaya Petunjuk Warna (CRI); Fluks bercahaya (lumen) (diten-
D
tukan mengikut IES LM-79 Approved Method for the Electrical and Photometric
ER
Testing of Solid- State Lighting Devices; Kuasa litar lampu (lamp circuit pow-
er); Dimensi lampu; dan Prosedur untuk pelupusan selamat pada akhir
D
hayat lampu.
N
ii. Lampu-lampu LED hendaklah tertakluk kepadaTemperature Cycling Shock

TE
Test.
iii. Ketahanan peralihan (switching endurance) lampu LED hendaklah >
50,000 kali berdasarkan
N
iv. keperluan kitaran (cyclic requirements) (menghidupkan dan mematikan

A
selama 30 s)
A
v. Lampu LED hendaklah dibekalkan dengan sijil ujian daripada makmal bebas
N
yang diluluskan yang menunjukkan piawaian keselamatan elektrik dan

U
keserasian elektromagnet (electromagnetic compatibility; EMC) telah di-

EG
penuhi.
vi. Keberkesanan dan jangka hayat lampu LED yang ditentukan oleh LM-80
K
hendaklah tidak kurang daripada yang ditunjukkan jadual di bawah:

K
TU
Penilaian Kuasa (W) Keberkesanan Jangka Hayat (Jam)

(lm/W)
N
<5 7 10,000
U
5-10 0
8 15,000
10-15 0
8 25,000
>15 0
8 35,000
0
SU/6
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
vii. Indeks petunjuk warna adalah > 80.

viii. Jika lampu LED bukan dalam bentuk lampu boleh ganti (replaceable lamp),
maka penggantian danpemasangan semula modul LED dan komponen
utama hendaklah mudah dilaksanakan dengan menggunakan peralatan
yang biasa (contohnya pemutar skru).
ix. Pembetulan untuk LED (correction for LED) dengan dengan suhu warna
yang tinggi (high colour temperature) dan petunjuk warna yang tinggi (high
colour rendering) adalah seperti di bawah:
JA
A
Parameter Lampu keberkesanan bercahaya (luminous effi-
H
cacy) pada 25°C
SA
Tc > 5000 K - 10 %
95 > Ra > 90 - 15%
L
Ra > 95 - 20 %
K
B
d. Lampu HID (termasuk lampu induksi)
D
i. ER
Pembekal hendaklah menyediakan dokumen yang menunjukkan jangka
hayat lampu; Susut nilai lumen pada akhir hayat; Suhu warna cahaya (K);
D
Indeks Cahaya Petunjuk Warna (CRI); Fluks bercahaya (lumen); Kuasa litar
N
lampu; Dimensi lampu; Kandungan mercury lampu; dan Prosedur untuk

TE
pelupusan selamat di akhir hayat lampu.

N
A
ii. Keberkesanan dan jangka hayat lampu HID hendaklah tidak kurang da-
ripada yang dinyatakan jadual di bawah:
A
N
U
Penilaian Kuasa (W) Keberkesanan (lm/W) Jangka Hayat (Jam)

<100 >10
EG
10,00
>100 0
8 0
15,00
K
0 0
Indeks petunjuk warna adalah >80.
K
iii.
TU
iv. Pembetulan untuk HID (correction for HID) dengan dengan suhu
warnayang tinggi (high colour temperature) dan petunjuk warna yang
N
tinggi (high colour rendering) adalah seperti di bawah:

U

Parameter Lampu keberkesanan bercahaya (luminous
efficacy) pada 25°C
Tc > 5000 K - 10 %
95 > Ra > 90 - 15%
Ra > 95 - 20 %
SU/7
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
4. KERTAS
Spesifikasi bagi penggunaan kertas hendaklah memenuhi spesifikasi sekurang-

kurangnya Elementary Chlorine Free (ECF). Totally Chlorine Free (TCF) juga diterima.
Spesifikasi kertas mestilah memenuhi kriteria berikut:
i. Sekurang-kurangnya 50% gentian kitar semula, termasuk 20% kandungan

pasca-pengguna (post- consumer content); atau
JA
ii. Berasal daripada sumber lestari bagi gentian kayu asli (virgin wood fiber).
iii. Gentian kitar semula pasca-pengguna boleh terdiri daripada pengguna,
A
pejabat, gedung cetak (printing house), penjilid buku (bookbinder) atau yang
H
seumpama dengannya. Gentian dari kilang kertas rosak (paper mill broke)
SA
tidak boleh dianggap sebagai gentian kitar semula. Gentian kertas kitar
semula termasuk gentian kitar semula pasca-pengguna dan pra-pengguna
L
(pre-consumer) dari kilang kertas yang juga dikenali sebagai broke.
K
B
D
5. CAT / SALUTAN (COATING)
ER
Pembekal hendaklah membekalkan cat yang mematuhi spesifikasi berikut :
D
N
i. Cat yang tidak mengandungi logam berat seperti mercury, lead, cadmium,
TE
hexavalent chromium, arsenic, antimony, triphenyl tins (TPT) dan tributyl tins
(TBT). Walau bagaimanapun, kandungannya boleh mengandungi bahan-
N
bahan kotoran atau kesan (trace) yang berasal daripada bahan-bahan

A
mentah. Jumlah bagi mercury, lead, cadmium dan hexavalent chromium hen-
A
daklah tidak boleh melebihi 0.1% (1,000 ppm) mengikut berat.

ii. VOC produk mesti mematuhi kriteria berikut:
N
iii. Emulsi cat: VOC tidak boleh melebihi 50 g/l.

U
iv. Varnis lain berasaskan air: VOC tidak boleh melebihi 100 g/l.
EG
v. Cat dan varnis berasaskan pelarut: VOC tidak boleh melebihi 300 g/l.
K
Produk hidrokarbon aromatik mesti mematuhi kriteria berikut:

K
TU
i. Cat emulsi: Pencemaran tidak boleh melebihi 0.1% mengikut berat.

ii. Varnis lain berasaskan air: Pencemaran tidak boleh melebihi 0.1% mengikut
N
berat.
U
iii. Cat dan varnis berasaskan pelarut: Pencemaran tidak boleh melebihi 0.1%
mengikut berat.
iv. Halogenated Hydrocarbons tidak boleh digunakan.
v. Formaldehyde tidak boleh digunakan dan jika digunakan kandungannya tidak
boleh melebihi 10 mg/kg.
vi. Bahan pembungkusan: lead tidak boleh terkandung di dalam bekas logam.
SU/8
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
6. SIMEN GENTIAN
Spesifikasi bagi penggunaan simen gentian hendaklah memenuhi spesifikasi berikut :

i. Gentian organik yang digunakan dalam pengeluaran produk simen gentian
hendaklah terdiri daripada sumber yang lestari dan boleh diperbaharui atau
dikitar semula.
ii. Gentian bukan organik yang digunakan hendaklah bebas daripada asbestos,
asbestos mengandungi mineral (asbestos contained minerals) dan gentian
kaca (fibre glass).
JA
iii. Produk simen gentian hendaklah terdiri daripada sekurang-kurangnya 15%
kandungan yang dikitar semula mengikut berat.
iv. Kandungan sebatian racun perosak dalam gentian selulosa tidak boleh
A
melebihi had yang dinyatakan dalam jadual berikut:
H
SA
Sebatian Racun Perosak Kepekatan Maksimum (mg/kg)
Aldrin 1.4
L
Chlordane 2.5
K
DDT, DDE, DDD 1
B
Dieldrin 8
Endrin 0.2
D
Heptachlor 4.7
Kepone
Lindane
ER 21
4
Methoxychlor 100
D
Mirex 21
N
TE
v. Kandungan logam berat di dalam produk akhir tidak boleh melebihi had yang
dinyatakan dalam jadual berikut:
N
Unsur Logam Berat Kepekatan Maksimum

A
(mg/kg)
Antimony 500
A
Arsenic 500
N
Barium 10000
U
Berylium 75
EG
Cadmium 100
Chromium 2500
Chromium VI 500
K
Cobalt 8000
K
Copper 2500
TU
Lead 1000
Mercury 20
N
U
Unsur Logam Berat Kepekatan Maksimum

(mg/kg)
Molybdenum 3500
Nickel 2000
Selenium 2000
Silver 500
Thallium 700
Vanadium 2400
SU/9
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
Zinc 5000
vi. Kepekatan logam berat daripada Prosedur Ciri-ciri Ketoksikan Larut Resap
(Toxicity Characteristics Leaching Procedure; TCLP) ekstrak tidak melebihi
had-had yang dinyatakan dalam jadual berikut:
Unsur Logam Berat Kepekatan Maksimum (mg/L)
Arsenic 5
Barium 100
JA
Cadmium 1
Chromium 5
Lead 5
A
Mercury 0.2
H
Selenium 1
SA
Silver 5
L
K
B
D
ER
D
N
TE
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
SU/10
JA
ESPLANADE, BUKIT JALIL, WILAYAH PERSEKUTUAN KUALA
A
LUMPUR
H
SA
L
BAHAGIAN 11. LAMPIRAN
K
B
Lampiran A
D
-Borang Jaminan Bank/Insurans Untuk Bon Pelaksanaan (Kontrak
ER
Kerja Yang Bernilai Sehingga Rm10 Juta)
D
Lampiran B. - Borang Jaminan Bank/ Jaminan Syarikat Kewangan/ Jaminan

N
Insurans Untuk Bayaran Pendahuluan (Kontraktor

TE
Bekalan/Perkhidmatan/ Kerja)
Lampiran C. -Borang Maklumat Petender (BRG/JP/BPP(Pind.1/2011)-001)

N
A
Lampiran D -Senarai Syarikat-Syarikat Yang Dilantik Sebagai Panel

A
Perunding/Broker Insurans DBKL Bagi Tahun 2018-2020

N
-Syarat-Syarat Atau Tugas-Tugas Dan Tanggungjawab Panel

U
Perunding/Broker Insurans DBKL

EG
K
K
TU
N
U
JA
A
H
SA
LAMPIRAN A
L
K
B
D
ER
D
Borang Jaminan Bank/Insurans Untuk Bon Pelaksanaan (Kontrak Kerja Yang Bernilai Sehingga
N
Rm10 Juta)
TE
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
LAMPIRAN A
BORANG JAMINAN BANK/JAMINAN INSURANS UNTUK BON PELAKSANAAN

(KONTRAK KERJA YANG BERNILAI SEHINGGA RM10 JUTA)
Perjanjian ini dibuat pada ________________ haribulan __ 20______________

Di antara _____________________________________________________ yang beralamat
JA
(tuliskan nama Bank/Syarikat Insurans) __________________________________________
(tuliskan alamat urusan perniagaan utama Bank/Syarikat Insurans tertentu kemudian
A
H
daripada ini disebut sebagai “Penjamin”) sebagai satu pihak dengan DATUK BANDAR
SA
KUALA LUMPUR (Kemudian daripada ini disebut sebagai DATUK BANDAR) sebagai satu
pihak yang satu lagi.
L
K
B
BAHAWASANYA
D
ER
1. Sebagai balasan DATUK BANDAR membenarkan ______
D
N
(kemudian daripada ini disebutkan sebagai “Kontraktor”) untuk

TE
(namakan projek) untuk harga kontrak sejumlah Ringgit Malaysia :

N
A
(RM ),
A
KAMI yang bertandatangan di bawah ini atas permintaan Kontraktor mengakujanji (iaitu
N
yang tidak boleh dibatalkan) satu jaminan kepada Datuk Bandar Bahawa;
U
EG
Penjamin telah bersetuju untuk menjamin perlaksanaan yang sepatutnya ke atas kontrak
K
tersebut mengikut cara sepertimana yang terdapat kemudian daripada ini.

K
TU
N
U
LAMPIRAN A
MAKA Penjamin dengan ini bersetuju dengan DATUK BANDAR seperti berikut:
1. Apabila sahaja DATUK BANDAR membuat tuntutan bertulis, maka Penjamin

hendaklah dengan serta merta membayar kepada DATUK BANDAR nilai yang ditentukan di
dalam tuntutan tersebut tanpa mengira samada terdapat apa-apa bantahan atau tentangan
daripada Kontraktor atau Penjamin atau mana-mana pihak ketiga yang lain dan tanpa bukti
JA
atau bersyarat. Dengan syarat sentiasa bahawa jumlah tuntutan yang dibuat tidak melebihi
A
sebanyak Ringgit Malaysia:
H
(nyatakan nilai jaminan dalam perkataan) (RM__________________________) dan bahawa
SA
tanggungan Penjamin untuk membayar kepada DATUK BANDAR di bawah Perjanjian ini
tidak melebihi nilai tersebut di atas.
L
K
B
2. DATUK BANDAR berhak untuk membuat ap-apa tuntutan separa jika
D
dikehendakinya dan jumlah kesemua tuntutan spara itu hendaklah tidak melebihi nilai
ER
Ringgit Malaysia: _____________________________________________ (nyatakan nilai
D
jaminan dalam perkataan) (RM______________________________) dan liability Penjamin

N
TE
untuk membayar kepada DATUK BANDAR jumlah yang disebutkan terdahulu hendaklah
dikurangkan dengan perkadaran yang bersamaan dengan apa-apa bayaran separa yang
N
telah dibuat oleh Penjamin.

A
A
N
3. Penjamin tidak boleh dilepaskan dari Jaminan ini oleh sebarang perkiraan di antara
U
EG
Kontraktor dan DATUK BANDAR samada dengan atau tanpa kebenaran Penjamin atau
oleh sebrang perubahan tentang kewajipan yang diakujanji oleh Kontraktor atau oleh
K
sebarang penanggungan samada dari segi pelaksanaan, masa, pembayaran atau sebaliknya.
K
TU
N
U
LAMPIRAN A
4. Jaminan ini adalah jaminan yang berterusan dan tidak boleh dibatalkan dan
berkuatkuasa sehingga ________________________________________ (Kemudian
daripada ini disebut sebagai “Initial Expiry Date” iaitu dua belas (12) bulan samada selepas
tarikh tamat tempoh kecacatan ATAU dalam keadaan dimana kontrak dibatalkan, satu (1)
tahun selepas tarikh kontrak dibatalkan. Penjamin hendaklah melanjutkan Tarikh Mati Asal
(“Initial Expiry Date”) jaminan ini untuk tempoh tambahan selama tidak melebihi satu (1)
JA
tahun daripada Tarikh Mati Asal (kemudian daripada ini disebut Tarikh Mati Lanjutan
A
(“Extended Expiry Date”) apabila diminta oleh DATUK BANDAR dan jaminan ini adalah
H
dengan ini dilanjutkan. Jumlah agregat maksimum yang DATUK BANDAR berhak dibawah
SA
Perjanjian ini mestilah sentiasa dipastikan tidak melebihi jumlah Ringgit Malaysia:
___________________________________________________________________________
L
K
_______________________________________________________ (nyatakan nilai jaminan
B
dalam perkataan)(RM__________________________)
D
ER
D
5. Apa-apa tanggungjawab dan tanggungan Penjamin dibawah Perjanjian ini hendaklah

N
TE
luput apabila Perjanjian ini tamat pada “Initial Expiry Date” atau “Extended Expiry Date”
melainkan jika sebelumnya DATUK BANDAR telah meminta secara bertulis kepada
N
Penjamin untuk membayar sejumlah wang tertentu yang masih belum dijelaskan mengikut
A
A
peruntukan kontrak.
N
U
EG
6. SEMUA TUNTUTAN BERKAITAN DENGAN JAMINAN INI, JIKA ADA

K
MESTILAH DITERIMA OLEH PIHAK BANK / SYARIKAT INSURANS DALAM

K
TEMPOH SAH LAKU JAMINAN INI ATAUPUN DALAM MASA EMPAT MINGGU
TU
DARIPADA TAMATNYA TARIKH JAMINAN INI, MENGIKUT MANA YANG LEBIH

N
KEMUDIAN.
U
LAMPIRAN A
PADA MENYAKSIKAN HAL DI ATAS pihak-pihak kepada Perjanjian ini telah menurunkan
tandatangan dan meteri mereka pada hari dan tahun yang mula-mula tertulis di atas.
……………………………………….............
JA
Ditandatangani untuk dan bagi pihak Nama:………………………………............
A
H
Perjanjian di hadapan Jawatan:……………………………...........
SA
Cop Bank / Syarikat Insurans:
L
K
B
………………………………………………….
(Saksi)
D
ER
D
Nama:………………………………………….
N
TE
Jawatan:……………………………………….
Cop Bank/Syarikat:
N
A
A
N
Ditandatangani untuk dan bagi pihak ............................................

U
Penjamin di hadapan
EG
Nama:…………………………………
K
Jawatan:……………………………..
K
TU
......................................................
N
(saksi)
U
Nama : ...........................................
Jawatan :........................................
Cop Jabatan
JA
A
H
SA
L
K
LAMPIRAN B
B
D
ER
D
N
TE
Borang Jaminan Bank/ Jaminan Syarikat Kewangan/ Jaminan Insurans

N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
L a m p ira n B
( SP P Bi l . 3 T a h u n 2 0 0 4 )
BORANG J AMI NAN BANK/JAMINAN SYARIKAT KEWANGAN/

JAMIN AN INSUR ANS UNTU K B AYARAN PEN D AHULU A N
( KONTRAKTOR B EKALAN/PERKHIDMATAN/ KERJA)
Sebagai balasan Datuk Bandar Kuala Lumpur (kemudian daripada ini disebut sebagai
“Datuk Bandar”) bersetuju membuat bayaran pendahuluan selaras dengan terma dan
JA
syarat-syarat Kontrak yang dibuat selaras dengan iklan tender/pelawaan oleh Datuk
A
Bandar bertarikh ………………… dan tawaran oleh ……………………….……………
H
(kemudian daripada ini disebut sebagai “Kontraktor”) bertarikh …………………… dan
SA
persetujuan daripada itu melalui Surat Setuju Terima oleh Datuk Bandar bil.
…………………… bertarikh …………………… dan tertakluk kepada apa-apa terma dan
L
K
syarat baru (jika ada), dibuat oleh Datuk Bandar dan diterima oleh Kontraktor pada
B
……………………dengan syarat jika kontrak rasmi disediakan berikutnya, selaras dengan
D
terma-terma dan syarat kontrak rasmi tersebut, untuk ……………………(sebutkan nama
ER
perolehan) (kemudian daripada ini disebut “Bekalan”/“Perkhidmatan”/“Kerja”) kami,
D
yang bertandatangan di bawah ini, atas permintaan Kontraktor, mengaku janji (iaitu
N
aku janji yang tak boleh batal) satu Jaminan kepada Datuk Bandar bahawa:
TE
1. Kami hendaklah membayar kepada Datuk Bandar tanpa faedah, jumlah wang
N
sebanyak Ringgit ……………………………………….………………… (RM ………………) sebagai

A
wang pendahuluan seperti yang tersebut di atas atau sebahagian daripada itu yang belum
A
lagi didapatkan kembali oleh Datuk Bandar selaras dengan perenggan 3 atau 4 yang
berkenaan dan jumlah harga itu hendaklah dibayar apabila sahaja Datuk Bandar
N
membuat tuntutan tanpa mengira apa-apa tentangan atau bantahan daripada

U
Kontraktor atau daripada kami atau daripada mana-mana pihak ketiga yang lain.
EG
Sekiranya dalam apa-apa keadaan kami melengah-lengahkan membuat pembayaran dan

seumpamanya setelah menerima tuntutan daripada Datuk Bandar, maka pihak Datuk
K
Bandar berhak menuntut dan berhak dibayar apa-apa kos tambahan sebagai ganti rugi
akibat keengganan kami mematuhi syarat-syarat Jaminan ini.
K
TU
2. Apa-apa konsesi atau tolak ansur yang diberi oleh Datuk Bandar kepada Kontraktor
atau apa-apa persetujuan antara Datuk Bandar dan Kontraktor atau apa-apa
N
pengekangan/penahanan yang dibuat oleh Datuk Bandar kepada Kontraktor sama ada
U
berkenaan dengan bayaran, tempoh, prestasi atau selainnya tidak akan melepaskan kami
daripada jaminan ini tetapi kami adalah berhak untuk diberitahu akan persetujuan atau
perubahan tersebut.
3. Tertakluk kepada perenggan 4, tanggungjawab kami untuk membayar jumlah

yang tersebut sebanyak RM …………………… hendaklah secara automatik dikurangkan
daripada amaun atau amaun-amaun pembayaran yang dibuat oleh kami kepada
Datuk Bandar berhubung dengan Jaminan ini.
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
B O R A N G J A M I N A N B A N K / J A M I N AN S Y A R I K A T K E W A N G A N / J AM I N AN I N S U R AN S U N T U K
B AY AR AN P E N D AH U L U AN ( K O N T R AK T O R BE K AL AN / P E R K H I DM AT AN / K E R J A)
4. Jumlah wang tersebut yang dijamin oleh kami untuk dibayar kepada Datuk
Bandar hendaklah dikurangkan secara automatik mengikut kadar potongan yang
dibuat oleh Datuk Bandar daripada bayaran kemajuan yang layak dibayar kepada
Kontraktor sebagai pembayaran balik wang pendahuluan yang telah dibuat. Jaminan
ini terbatal dan hendaklah dikembalikan dengan serta-merta setelah kesemua wang
pendahuluan dijelaskan melalui potongan daripada bayaran kemajuan yang layak
dibayar kepada Kontraktor, atau selepas semua bekalan telah dihantar/perkhidmatan
JA
telah disiapkan/kerja telah dilaksanakan dengan memuaskan oleh Kontraktor kepada
Datuk Bandar selaras dengan terma dan syarat-syarat kontrak mengikut mana yang
A
terdahulu.
H
SA
5 . Jaminan ini adalah Jaminan yang berterusan dan tak boleh batal dan hendaklah
berkuat kuasa sehingga …………………… (kemudian daripada ini disebut
sebagai “Tarikh Mati Asal”) iaitu meliputi tempoh kontrak. Penjamin hendaklah
L
melanjutkan Tarikh Luput Asal Jaminan ini untuk tempoh tambahan selama tiga (3)
K
bulan daripada Tarikh Mati Asal (kemudian daripada ini disebut sebagai “Tarikh
B
Mati Lanjutan”) apabila diminta oleh Datuk Bandar dan Jaminan ini adalah
D
dengan ini dilanjutkan.
ER
Diturunkan tandatangan kami pada hari ini …………………… untuk dan bagi pihak
Penjamin di atas.
D
N
TE
………………………………………………………..
Nama: …………………………………………..
N
Jawatan: …………………………………………..
A
A
N
U
Cop Bank/Syarikat Kewangan/Syarikat Insurans

EG
K
Dihadapan: …………………………………………..
Nama: …………………………………………..
K
Jawatan: …………………………………………..
TU
N
U
JA
A
H
SA
L
K
B
LAMPIRAN C
D
ER
D
N
TE
Borang Maklumat Petender (BRG/JP/BPP(Pind.1/2011)-001)

N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ

JABATAN PENTADBIRAN
BAHAGIAN PENGURUSAN PEROLEHAN
BORANG MAKLUMAT PENENDER
PERINGATAN PENTING KEPADA PENENDER:
JA
 Borang Maklumat Penender ini yang lengkap dipenuhi mestilah dikembalikan
A
bersekali dengan tawaran tuan. Maklumat ini penting bagi menyokong
H
pertimbangan tawaran tuan. Kegagalan mengembalikannya boleh
SA
mengakibatkan tawaran tuan DITOLAK.
 Penender DIWAJIBKAN mengisi Surat Akuan Pembida (Lampiran 1 – helaian
L
berwarna kuning) dan dikembalikan bersama dokumen Tender/Sebutharga.
K
 Sila sertakan salinan Akaun Syarikat bagi Dua (2) tahun kewangan terakhir, yang
B
disahkan dan diaudit oleh Juru Audit bertauliah (Certified Accountant) atau
D
sekiranya tiada, bagi tahun kewangan setahun sebelumnya bagi menyokong
data-data yang diberi (WAJIB bagi Kontraktor Kelas A); DAN/ATAU ER
 Sila sertakan salinan Penyata Bulanan Bank bagi tiga (3) bulan terakhir dari tarikh
tutup Tender.
D
 Sila dapatkan dan sertakan Laporan sulit daripada pihak Bank/Institusi Kewangan
N
atas format seperti Borang 10A, dalam satu sampul berlakri.

TE
N
TAWARAN/SEBUTHARGA: .....................................................................................................
A
A
.................................................................................................................................................
N
.................................................................................................................................................
U
EG
BIL. TAWARAN/SEBUTHARGA: ............................................................................................

K
1. NAMA SYARIKAT: .......................................................................................................

K
2. NO. PENDAFTARAN SYARIKAT:

TU
i. Pusat Khidmat Kontraktor : ................................................................

N
Tempoh Pendaftaran : ................................................................

U
ii. Kementerian Kewangan : ................................................................

iii. CIDB : ................................................................
(Sila kemukakan sesalinan surat-surat kelulusan pendaftaran di atas yang
berkaitan).
JP.BPP(Pind.1/2011)
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
3. TARAF: Bumiputera/Bukan Bumiputera
Tempoh Pengiktirafan: ............................................................................................
(Jika syarikat bertaraf Bumiputera, sila kemukakan sesalinan surat pengiktirafan

taraf Bumiputera yang dikeluarkan oleh Pusat Khidmat Kontraktor atau Kementerian
Kewangan).
JA
4. ALAMAT SYARIKAT: ......................................................................................
......................................................................................
A
H
......................................................................................
SA
......................................................................................
No. Telefon: ........................... No. Fax: .......................
L
K
5. ALAMAT CAWANGAN: .......................................................................................
B
(Jika Ada) .......................................................................................
D
.......................................................................................
ER
.......................................................................................
D
No. Telefon: ........................... No. Fax: .......................
N
TE
6. ALAMAT KILANG: .......................................................................................

(Jika Berkaitan) .......................................................................................
N
.......................................................................................
A
A
.......................................................................................
N
No. Telefon: ........................... No. Fax: .......................

U
EG
7. NAMA PENGARAH DAN PEMEGANG SAHAM/MODAL:

(Sertakan lampiran jika ruangan tidak mencukupi)
K
Bil. Nama Jawatan Dalam Nilai Saham/Modal

K
Syarikat (RM)
TU
N
U
JP.BPP(Pind.1/2011)
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
8. KEAHLIAN SYARIKAT:
(Sekiranya syarikat tuan berdaftar dengan Dewan Perniagaan Dan
Perusahaan Melayu Malaysia (DPPMM), nyatakan):
i) No. Keahlian Individu : ....................................................................
ii) No. Keahlian Syarikat : ....................................................................
iii) Cawangan : ....................................................................
JA
9. MELEBIHI RM1.0 JUTA
A
(Untuk kelulusan nilai perolehan melebihi RM1.0 juta, sila sertakan salinan
H
sijil-sijil berikut):
SA
i) Borang A iv) Borang 9
L
ii) Borang B v) Borang 29
K
iii) Borang D vi) Memorandum and Articles of Association
B
D
ER
D
N
TE
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
JP.BPP(Pind.1/2011)
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
10. BORANG 10 - DATA-DATA KEWANGAN
A. Ringkasan harta dan liabiliti seperti yang ditunjukkan dalam Lembaran Imbangan
(Balance Sheet)* yang diauditkan bagi tahun kewangan terakhir.
Aset* Liabiliti* Nilai Kewangan (Worth)

(A) (B) (A-B)
Semasa : RM Semasa : RM Modal Pusingan : RM
Tetap : RM Tetap : RM Modal Tetap : RM
JA
----------------- ------------------ ‘Nett Worth’ : RM
Jumlah : RM Jumlah : RM
A
========== ==========
H
SA
B. Akaun Wang Ditangan (Cash in Hand)**
1. Nama dan Alamat bank di mana akaun dibuka:
L
K
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
B
D
2. No. Akaun: ……………………………………..
C. Kemudahan kredit dalam bentuk mudah cair (jika ada) +

ER
D
1. Nama dan Alamat bank/Institusi Kewangan yang memberi Kemudahan
N
Kredit:
TE
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
………...……………………………………………………………………………………….
N
A
2. Bentuk dan baki amaun kemudahan kredit dalam bentuk mudah cair yang
A
boleh digunakan untuk projek pembinaan.

N
(i) Overdraf atau Talian Kredit : RM

U
(ii) Overdraf bercagar : RM

EG
(iii) Pinjaman Tetap yang akan/layak

Diperolehi untuk projek : RM
K
(iv) Surat Jaminan Kredit

(Letter of Credit [LC]) : RM
K
(v) : RM
TU
RM
===========
N
U
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Peringatan Penting
* Sila sertakan salinan Akaun Syarikat bagi dua (2) tahun kewangan terakhir, yang
disahkan dan diaudit oleh Juru Audit bertauliah (Certified Accountant) atau
sekiranya tiada, bagi tahun kewangan setahun sebelumnya bagi menyokong data-
data yang diberi; DAN/ATAU
** Sila sertakan salinan Penyata Bulanan Bank bagi tiga (3) bulan terakhir tarikh tutup
Tender.
+ Sila dapatkan dan sertakan Laporan sulit daripada pihak Bank/Institusi Kewangan
atas format seperti Borang 10A, dalam satu sampul berlakri.
JP.BPP(Pind.1/2011)
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
SULIT
BORANG 10A – LAPORAN BANK/INSTITUSI KEWANGAN MENGENAI KEDUDUKAN KEWANGAN

PETENDER
(Borang ini hendaklah dilengkapkan oleh pihak bank atau institusi kewangan lain dan
diserahkan kepada petender dalam satu sampul berlakri untuk disertakan bersama-sama
tendernya sekiranya petender mempunyai kemudahan kredit dalam bentuk mudah cair
dengan Bank / Istitusi Kewangan yang berkenaan)
Kepada: .........................................................
JA
A
.........................................................
H
( )
SA
Nama Petender : ...............................................................................................................................
L
Projek : ................................................................................................................................................
K
B
..............................................................................................................................................................
D
ER
(A) Kemudahan Kredit Dalam Bentuk Mudah Cair yang boleh digunakan untuk
D
perlaksanaan Projek : Kemudahan Kredit yang telah diluluskan dan kemudahan kredit
tambahan minimum yang layak diperolehi oleh petender adalah seperti berikut:-
N
TE
Bentuk Kemudahan BAKI dpd yang Tambahan Minimum Jumlah

Kredit telah diluluskan yang akan diluluskan*
N
A
................................... .......................... ..................................... .......................

A
N
(i) Overdraf RM RM RM
U
EG
(ii) Overdraf bercagar RM RM RM

K
(iii) Talian Kredit RM RM RM

K
(iv) Pinjaman Tetap RM RM RM

TU
Yang akan/layak
diperolehi untuk
N
projek
U
(v) Surat Jaminan Kredit

(Letter of Credit LC) RM RM RM
(vi) ................................. RM RM RM
JUMLAH ............................ ................................... .......................

(* Jika Projek ditawarkan kepada Petender)
JP.BPP/2009
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
(B) Ulasan-ulasan mengenai kedudukan kewangan dan perakuan syarikat :
JA
A
H
SA
L
K
Tandatangan untuk dan bagi pihak bank : ................................................
B
D
Nama Bank : ......................................... Nama Pegawai : ...................................................
ER
Meteri Bank : Jawatan : ...................................................
D
N
Tarikh : ..................................................
TE
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
JP.BPP/2009
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
11. REKOD PENGALAMAN KERJA, BEKALAN DAN PERKHIDMATAN

(Senarai Semua Kerja,Bekalan dan Perkhidmatan yang SEDANG/TELAH dilaksanakan bagi 5 Tahun terakhir)
Bil. Nama Kontrak Nilai Nilai Petender* Tempoh Tarikh Tarikh Tarikh Nama Dan Nama Dan
JA
/Projek + Kontrak Bertanggungjawab Kontrak Milik Siap Siap Alamat Alamat
(RM) ** Tapak Kontrak Sebenar Pegawai Majikan
A
Penguasa/
H
Jurutera
SA
Perunding
L
K
B
D
ER
D
N
TE
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
+ Salinan Perakuan/Pengesahan Siap Kerja bagi setiap kerja yang disenaraikan hendaklah disertakan.
* Hanya perlu diisi sekiranya petender melaksanakan kerja sebagai ahli syarikat gabungan.
** Tempoh Kontrak hendaklah termasuk lanjutan masa yang diluluskan.
JP.BPP/2009
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
12. KAKITANGAN TEKNIKAL

(Butir-Butir Kakitangan Teknikal Yang Ada Dalam Penggajian Petender Masa Kini)
*Nama Dan No. K/P Umur Kelulusan Tahun Tarikh Jawatan Yang Pengalaman Lepas (Jawatan
JA
Profesional/ Kelulusan Diambil Disandang/Tug Disandang, Nama Projek Dan
Pendidikan** Bekerja as-Tugas Majikan Dan Tempoh Bekerja
A
Semasa Dan Sebagainya)
H
SA
1.
2.
L
K
3.
B
D
4.
ER
5.
D
6.
N
TE
7.
8.
N
A
9.
A
N
10.
U
EG
11.
K
12.
K
13.
TU
14.
N
U
* Salinan Borang KWSP ‘A’ setiap pekerja bagi bulan caruman terakhir dan salinan perjanjian perkhidmatan ahli profesional yang
diambil khidmat secara kontrak hendaklah disertakan.
** Sila sertakan sijil kelulusan atau sijil keahlian Badan-badan Profesional.
JP.BPP/2009
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
13. KEEMPUNYAAN LOJI DAN PERALATAN PEMBINAAN UTAMA

(Senarai Loji Dan Peralatan Pembinaan Utama Kepunyaan Petender Yang Sesuai Yang Boleh Digunakan Untuk Projek)
Bil. Butiran Dimiliki, Bilangan Nilai Umur (Dari Tempat Catatan
JA
(Jenis, Model, Buatan Dan Disewa-Beli Setiap Satu Semasa Tarikh Simpanan
Keupayaan/Saiz) Atau (RM) Belian Digunakan
A
Disewapajak* Asal) Sekarang)
H
SA
A. Loji Dan Peralatan Asas*
L
K
B
D
ER
D
N
TE
B. Loji Dan Peralatan Lain*
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
* Salinan kad pendaftaran dan/atau dokumen-dokumen lain bukti keempunyaan hakmilik petender atau perjanjian
sewabeli/sewapajak atas setiap Loji dan Peralatan yang disenaraikan hendaklah disertakan.
JP.BPP/2009
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
14. SENARAI KERJA, BEKALAN DAN PERKHIDMATAN KONTRAK SEMASA

(Senarai Semua Kerja, Bekalan dan Perkhidmatan Di Dalam Tangan/Sedang Berjalan Dan Belum Siap Termasuk Kontrak Yang Baru
Diawad)
JA
Bil. Nama Nilai Nilai Petender* Tempoh Tarikh Tarikh Kemajuan Kemajuan Nama Dan Nama
A
Kontrak Kontrak Bertanggungjawab Kontrak Milik Siap Kerja Ikut Kerja Alamat Dan
H
/Projek + (RM) ** Tapak Kontrak Jadual Sebenar Pegawai Alamat
SA
(%) Dicapai Penguasa/ Majikan
(%) Jurutera
L
Perunding
K
B
D
ER
D
N
TE
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
* Hanya perlu diisi sekiranya petender melaksanakan kerja sebagai ahli syarikat gabungan.
TU
** Tempoh Kontrak hendaklah termasuk lanjutan masa yang diluluskan.

N
+ Peringatan Penting
U
Bagi setiap kerja semasa yang bukan projek DBKL, pretender diminta untuk sertakan (WAJIB) Laporan Penyelia Projek
mengikut format seperti di Borang 14A, dalam satu sampul berlakri dan dikemukakan ke peti tender. Tender yang tidak
disertakan dengan Laporan ini bagi setiap kerja semasa yang disenaraikan, akan DITOLAK.
JP.BPP/2009
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
SULIT
BORANG 14A – LAPORAN PENYELIA PROJEK ATAS PRESTASI KERJA (BUKAN PROJEK DBKL)
SEMASA PETENDER
(Borang ini hendaklah dilengkapkan oleh Penyelia Projek yang mengawasi projek dan
diserahkan kepada kontraktor dalam satu sampul untuk disertakan bersama tendernya)
Kepada : ................................................................
................................................................
JA
................................................................
A
H
(u/p : .....................................................)
SA
Nama Kontraktor : ...................................................................................................................................
L
K
Nama Projek Yang Dilaksanakan: .........................................................................................................
B
D
....................................................................................................................................................................
No. Kontrak : ..................................................

ER
D
Harga Kontrak (termasuk anggaran nilai kerja perubahan) : RM ........................................
N
TE
Wang Kos Prima dan Peruntukan Sementara : RM ........................................

N
Nilai Kerja Pembina : RM ........................................

A
A
Tarikh Milik Tapak : ................................. Tempoh Kontrak : ................. minggu

N
Tarikh Penyiapan Asal : .................................

U
EG
Lanjutan Masa yang Telah Diluluskan : ........................ hari

K
Lanjutan Masa Seterusnya :

K
Yang difikir / dijangka layak diperakukan : ........................ hari

TU
Atas sebab-sebab : (i) ......................................................................................................

N
U
(ii) ......................................................................................................
Kemajuan Kerja (berdasarkan nilaian kerja yang telah dilaksanakan): RM ................................
Pencapaian sebenar : ..........................% Mengikut Jadual: ..........................%
Tarikh kerja dijangka akan dapat disiapkan : ...................................
Nilai bahagian kerja yang telah siap : RM ..........................................

Nilai baki kerja yang belum siap : RM ..........................................
JP.BPP/2009
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
Ulasan-ulasan mengenai Prestasi Kontraktor :

(Nyatakan apa-apa kepujian dan / atau kelemahan kontraktor dan juga apa-apa tindakan /
perakuan yang diambil / dipertimbangkan berhubung dengan prestasi Kontraktor
melaksanakan kontrak)
JA
A
H
SA
L
Bagi Penyelia Projek:-
K
B
Tandatangan : .......................................
D
Nama :
ER
........................................................................................
D
Kementerian/Jabatan/Bahagian : ........................................................................................
N
TE
Jawatan : ........................................................................................
N
Tarikh : ........................................................................................
A
Cop Rasmi :
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
JP.BPP/2009
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
SULIT
BORANG 14A1 – LAPORAN JURUTERA PROJEK ATAS PRESTASI KERJA SEMASA PETENDER
(Borang ini hendaklah dilengkapkan oleh Jurutera Projek yang mengawasi projek apabila
diminta berbuat demikian oleh Pegawai Penilaian dan hendaklah dihantar segera dengan
menggunakan mesin faks)
Kepada : ................................................................
................................................................
JA
................................................................
A
H
(u/p : .....................................................)
SA
Nama Kontraktor : ...................................................................................................................................
L
K
Nama Projek Yang Dilaksanakan: .........................................................................................................
B
D
....................................................................................................................................................................
No. Kontrak : ..................................................

ER
D
Harga Kontrak (termasuk anggaran nilai kerja perubahan) : RM ........................................
N
TE
Wang Kos Prima dan Peruntukan Sementara : RM ........................................

N
Nilai Kerja Pembina : RM ........................................

A
A
Tarikh Milik Tapak : ................................. Tempoh Kontrak : ................. minggu

N
Tarikh Penyiapan Asal : .................................

U
EG
Lanjutan Masa yang Telah Diluluskan : ........................ hari

K
Lanjutan Masa Seterusnya :

K
Yang difikir / dijangka layak diperakukan : ........................ hari

TU
Atas sebab-sebab : (i) ......................................................................................................

N
U
(ii) ......................................................................................................
Kemajuan Kerja (berdasarkan nilaian kerja yang telah dilaksanakan): RM ................................
Pencapaian sebenar : ..........................% Mengikut Jadual: ..........................%
Tarikh kerja dijangka akan dapat disiapkan : ...................................
Nilai bahagian kerja yang telah siap : RM ..........................................

Nilai baki kerja yang belum siap : RM ..........................................
JP.BPP/2009
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
Ulasan-ulasan mengenai Prestasi Kontraktor :

(Nyatakan apa-apa kepujian dan / atau kelemahan kontraktor dan juga apa-apa tindakan /
perakuan yang diambil / dipertimbangkan berhubung dengan prestasi Kontraktor
melaksanakan kontrak)
JA
A
H
SA
L
K
B
Tandatangan Pegawai Penguasa/
D
Jurutera Projek / Wakilnya : .........................................................
ER
Nama : ...........................................................................................
D
N
Jabatan/Bahagian/Unit : ...........................................................................................
TE
Jawatan : ...........................................................................................
N
A
Tarikh :
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
JP.BPP/2009
DP.Pin01/2019/KRJ
15. PERAKUAN:
i) Saya/Kami yang bertandatangan mengisytiharkan segala maklumat

yang diberikan dalam borang ini adalah benar.
ii) Saya/Kami bersetuju tawaran yang kami/saya kemukakan akan

ditolak jika maklumat tersebut didapati tidak benar.
SAKSI PETENDER
JA
(Pegawai yang ditauliahkan saja)
A
H
Tandatangan:......................................... Tandatangan: ......................................
SA
Nama: ..................................................... Nama: ...................................................
L
No. Kad Pengenalan: ........................... Jawatan Dalam Syarikat: ..................
K
Nama, Alamat, Telefon dan Cop
B
Syarikat:
D
................................................................
ER
................................................................
D
................................................................
N
................................................................
TE
Tarikh: ......................................................
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
JP.BPP(Pind.1/2011)
JA
A
H
SA
L
K
LAMPIRAN D
B
D
ER
D
Senarai Syarikat-Syarikat Yang Dilantik Sebagai Panel Perunding/Broker Insurans DBKL Bagi
N
Tahun 2018-2020
TE
&
Syarat-Syarat Atau Tugas-Tugas Dan Tanggungjawab Panel Perunding/Broker Insurans DBKL
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
DP.Pin01/2019/KHD
SENARAI PANEL SYARIKAT INSURANS / BROKER INSURANS

DAN BROKER TAKAFUL DEWAN BANDARAYA KUALA LUMPUR
BAGI URUSAN KONTRAK UNTUK TEMPOH 01 JANUARI 2018 SEHINGGA 31 DISEMBER 2020
BIL. NAMA PANEL SYARIKAT / BROKER PEGAWAI UNTUK DIHUBUNGI
1. Tradewinds International 1. Jaafar b. Ab. Razak jaafar@tradewinds-insbrok. com

Insurance Brokers (M) Sdn. Bhd. 019-269 8247
37th Floor, Menara AIA CAP Square, 2. P. Ravichandran
No. 10, Jalan Munshi Abdullah, 016-687 5220
50100 Kuala Lumpur.
JA
Tel: 03-2380 4800
A
Faks: 03-2697 9962
H
SA
2. Sime Darby Lockton Insurance 1. Shaiful Kamarul shaiful.kamarul@sdlockton.
Brokers Sdn. Bhd. 2. Mohd Sarip simedarby.com
L
17th Floor, Wisma Sime Darby, 3. Juriah Mohamed
K
Jalan Raja Laut, P.O. Box 12355, Siti Hasnah Tajuddin
B
50774 Kuala Lumpur.
D
Tel: 03-2693 3499
03-2772 2000 ER
Faks: 03-2693 9807
D
N
3. Etiqa Takaful Berhad 1. Intan Rossyawaliza bt. Zainol Intan.za@etiqa.com.my

TE
Level 11, Tower C, Dataran Maybank, 019-322 8655

No 1, Jalan Maarof, 2. Norasia Manap
59000 Kuala Lumpur. 019-261 3549
N
3. Nur Iskandar b. Abdul Wahab

A
Tel: 03-2785 4080 014-969 7115

A
Faks: 03-2283 2643

N
U
4. YPM Insurance Brokers (1974) Sdn. Bhd. 1. Siti Azizah bt. Kusni azizah@ypmib.com.my
EG
Suite 06-04, 6th Floor, 012-304 1365

Menara See Hoy Chan, 2. Wan Mohd Faizol wanfaizol@ypmib.com.my
K
374, Jalan Tun Razak, 013-370 4579

50400 Kuala Lumpur.
K
TU
Tel: 03-2161 3969

Faks: 03-2166 0594
N
U
5. Transnational Insurance Brokers (M) 1. Zainal Abidin b. Aziz zainalabidin.aziz@transnat.com.my

Sdn. Bhd. 013-355 7745
Unit 703, Block B, Pusat Dagangan 2. Johari b. Mohamed Ali joharimd.ali@transnat.com.my
Phileo Damansara II, No. 15, 012-296 2495
Jalan 16/11, off Jalan Damansara, 3. Zulfadhli b. Mohd Roslan zulfadhli@transnat.com.my
46350 Petaling Jaya, Selangor. 017-526 2330
Tel: 03-7958 8366

Faks: 03-7957 9473
Dikemaskini pada 29.12.2017

DP.Pin01/2019/KHD
SENARAI PANEL SYARIKAT INSURANS / BROKER INSURANS

DAN BROKER TAKAFUL DEWAN BANDARAYA KUALA LUMPUR
BAGI URUSAN KONTRAK UNTUK TEMPOH 01 JANUARI 2018 SEHINGGA 31 DISEMBER 2020
BIL. NAMA PANEL SYARIKAT / BROKER PEGAWAI UNTUK DIHUBUNGI
6. Rosegate Insurance Brokers Sdn. Bhd. 1. Mohd Hafefe b. Mahadzir hafefe@rosegate.my

Suites 22.02 & 22.03, Level 22, 2. Zanariah bt. Seberan zana@rosegate.my
Menara Haw Par, 3. Nazura Innani bt. Azmat innani@rosegate.my
Jalan Sultan Ismail,
50250 Kuala Lumpur
JA
Tel: 03-2026 2577 / 2677 / 2877
A
Faks: 03-2026 6355
H
SA
7. Alloy Insurance Brokers Sdn. Bhd. 1. Md Eddy Salman b. Ab Rahaman eddy.rahaman@alloybrokers.com.my
9-02, Level 9, Block B, HP Towers, ext 822
L
12, Jalan Gelenggang, 2. Muhammad Aliff b. Ahmad aliff.ahmad@alloybrokers.com.my
K
Damansara Height, ext 810
B
50490 Kuala Lumpur. 3. Mohd Shawal b.Mazlihan shawal.mazlihan@alloybrokers.com.my
D
ext 808
Tel: 03-2083 1111
Faks: 03-2083 0333 ER
D
8. Malene Insurance Brokers Sdn. Bhd. syamihah@malene.com.my
N
1. Syamihah bt. Zawawi

Suite 10.1 - 10.3, Level 10, 2. Nurul Ammelia bt. Azmi ammelia@malene.com.my
TE
Wisma UOA II, 3.

21, Jalan Pinang,
N
50450 Kuala Lumpur.

A
Tel: 03-2730 0000

A
Faks: 03-2730 0088

N
U
EG
9. Protac Insurance Brokers Sdn Bhd. 1. Hj Kamarulzaman b. Hj Nordin kznordin@protac.com.my

No 35, Jalan Mamanda 7, 2. Rizuan b. Hj Othman rizuan.protac@yahoo.com
Ampang Point, 3. Muhamad Faiz b. Muhd Dali faiz@protac.com.my
K
68000 Ampang, Selangor.

K
Tel: 03-4251 1636 / 1635 / 1640

TU
Faks: 03-4251 2381

N
U
Dikemaskini pada 29.12.2017

DP.Pin01/2019/KHD
SYARAT-SYARAT ATAU TUGAS-TUGAS DAN TANGGUNGJAWAB PANEL

SYARIKAT INSURANS/ BROKER INSURANS / BROKER TAKAFUL
DEWAN BANDARAYA KUALA LUMPUR BAGI URUSAN KONTRAK
1. Memberi khidmat nasihat secara professional serta maklumat terkini kepada Datuk
Bandar Kuala Lumpur terhadap polisi insuran serta perlindungan yang telah atau
akan dan perlu diambil oleh Datuk Bandar Kuala Lumpur.
2. Menguruskan segala Insurans yang patut diambil oleh kontraktor-kontraktor yang

dilantik oleh Datuk Bandar Kuala Lumpur bagi melindungi risiko-risiko ’Contractor’s All
JA
Risk’, risiko Tanggungan Awam `Public Liabiliti' dan Insurans Pampasan Pekerja bagi
Perolehan Kerja, Perkhidmatan dan Bekalan.
A
H
3. Mengurus tuntutan yang diterima daripada pihak ketiga (awam) yang ada
SA
hubungkait dengan polisi yang diambil oleh kontraktor.
L
4. Mengkaji, menentu, mengesahkan dan bertanggungjawab bahawa setiap polisi
K
yang diambil itu menjaga sepenuhnya kepentingan dan memberi perlindungan
B
secukupnya kepada Datuk Bandar Kuala Lumpur. Syarikat Insurans / Broker Insurans /
Broker Takaful yang dilantik hendaklah bertanggungjawab sepenuhnya terhadap
D
kerja-kerja yang dibuat dan syor-syor yang dikemukakan oleh mereka. Datuk Bandar
ER
Kuala Lumpur adalah sentiasa berhak untuk membatalkan perlantikan/ kontrak Panel
Syarikat Insurans / Broker Insurans / Broker Takaful sekiranya prestasi syarikat tidak
D
memuaskan.
N
TE
5. Semua polisi Insuran termasuk `Cover Notes' yang diambil bagi maksud sesuatu
kontrak hendaklah dilampirkan dengan `Surat Akuan' oleh Syarikat Insurans / Broker
N
Insurans / Broker Takaful berkenaan yang mengesahkan bahawa semua polisi yang
A
diambil telah disemak, teratur dan dan memberikan perlindungan secukupnya.

Pihak Syarikat Insurans / Broker Insurans / Broker Takaful berkenaan juga hendaklah
A
bertanggungjawab mengemukakan semua dokumen berhubung dengan Polisi

N
Insurans tersebut secara terus kepada Datuk Bandar dan tidak melalui kontraktor
U
yang menguruskan kontrak tersebut.

EG
6. Polisi Insurans hendaklah diambil dan dikeluarkan oleh Panel Syarikat Insurans yang
K
dilantik oleh pihak Datuk Bandar Kuala Lumpur untuk menguruskan polisi
K
perlindungan.
TU
7. Syarikat Insurans / Broker Insurans / Broker Takaful tidak berhak menuntut sebarang
N
kerugian daripada Datuk Bandar Kuala Lumpur sekiranya kontraktor yang dilantik
U
tidak membeli polisi melaluinya.
8. Datuk Bandar Kuala Lumpur akan memastikan bahawa kesemua polisi

perlindungan yang diperlukan akan diuruskan melalui panel Syarikat Insurans /
Broker Insurans / Broker Takaful yang dilantik, walaubagaimanapun pemohon
dengan ini bersetuju bahawa tiada gantirugi akan dituntut atau apa-apa tindakan
yang akan memudharatkan Datuk bandar Kuala Lumpur diambil jika Datuk Bandar
Kuala Lumpur memungkiri peruntukan.
JA
A
H
SA
KUALA LUMPUR
L
K
B
D
BAHAGIAN 12.
ER LUKISAN
D
N
TE
N
A
A
N
U
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
- SL/1 -
SENARAI LUKISAN

JA
A
H
BIL SENARAI LUKISAN NO. LUKISAN
SA
1. LIST OF DRAWING KISB/DBKL/TES/2019/LOD/01
L
K
B
2 GENERAL NOTES KISB/DBKL/TES/2019/GN/02
D
3 SIGNBOARD ER KISB/DBKL/TES/2019/SB/03
D
PROPOSED REINFORCED EARTH WALL &
4 KISB/DBKL/TES/2019/LP/04
N
DRAINAGE LAYOUT PLAN

TE
PROPOSED MICROPILE ARRANGEMENT

5 KISB/DBKL/TES/2019/LP/05
LAYOUT PLAN
N
A
6 CROSS SECTION 1-1 TO 4-4 KISB/DBKL/TES/2019/CS/06

A
N
U
7 ELEVATION VIEW OF TERRAMESH WALL KISB/DBKL/TES/2019/CS/07

EG
8 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE KISB/DBKL/TES/2019/DT/08

K
K
TYPICAL DETAIL MICROPILE, TERRAMESH

TU
9 KISB/DBKL/TES/2019/DT/09
WALL & R.C SLAB
N
TYPICAL DETAIL OF SURFACE DRAINAGE &

10 KISB/DBKL/TES/2019/DT/10
U
CHAIN LINK FENCING

U
N
TU
K
K
EG
U
N
A
A
N
TE
N
D
ER
D
B
K
L
SA
H
A
JA
JA
A
H
SA
PENGARAH
(DBKL)
L
K
TIMBALAN PENGARAH (KANAN)
B
(DBKL)
D
ER
TIMBALAN PENGARAH (A2)
(DBKL)
D
N
TE
N
A
A
Unipark Suria, Block 5, Level 3,
Jalan Ikram - Uniten
43000 Kajang
N
U Selangor, Malaysia
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
LIST OF DRAWING
KISB/DBKL/TES/2019/LOD/01
JA
A
H
SA
PENGARAH
(DBKL)
L
K
B
(DBKL)
D
ER
(DBKL)
D
N
TE
N
A
A
43000 Kajang
N
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
GENERAL NOTES
KISB/DBKL/TES/2019/GN/02
JA
A
H
SA
PENGARAH
(DBKL)
L
K
B
(DBKL)
D
ER
(DBKL)
D
N
TE
N
A
A
43000 Kajang
N
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
SIGNBOARD
KISB/DBKL/TES/2019/SB/03
JA
A
H
SA
PENGARAH
(DBKL)
L
K
B
(DBKL)
D
ER
(DBKL)
D
N
TE
N
A
A
43000 Kajang
N
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
PROPOSED REINFORCED EARTH WALL

AND DRAINAGE LAYOUT PLAN
KISB/DBKL/TES/2019/LP/04
JA
A
H
SA
PENGARAH
(DBKL)
L
K
B
(DBKL)
D
ER
(DBKL)
D
N
TE
N
A
A
43000 Kajang
N
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
PROPOSED MICROPILE
ARRANGEMENT LAYOUT PLAN
KISB/DBKL/TES/2019/LP/05
JA
A
H
SA
PENGARAH
(DBKL)
L
K
B
(DBKL)
D
ER
(DBKL)
D
N
TE
N
A
A
43000 Kajang
N
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
CROSS SECTION 1-1,

CROSS SECTION 2-2,
CROSS SECTION 3-3 AND
CROSS SECTION 4-4
KISB/DBKL/TES/2019/CS/06
JA
A
H
SA
PENGARAH
(DBKL)
L
K
B
(DBKL)
D
ER
(DBKL)
D
N
TE
N
A
A
43000 Kajang
N
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
ELEVATION VIEW OF TERRAMESH WALL
JA
A
H
SA
PENGARAH
(DBKL)
L
K
B
(DBKL)
PENGARAH
D
ER
(DBKL)
D
N
TE
N
A
A
43000 Kajang
N
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
CONSTRUCTION SEQUANCE
JA
A
H
SA
PENGARAH
(DBKL)
L
K
B
(DBKL)
D
ER
(DBKL)
D
N
TE
N
A
A
43000 Kajang
N
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
TYPICAL DETAIL OF MICROPILE,

TERRAMESH WALL AND R.C SLAB
KISB/DBKL/TES/2019/DT/09
JA
A
H
SA
PENGARAH
(DBKL)
L
K
B
(DBKL)
D
ER
(DBKL)
D
N
TE
N
A
A
43000 Kajang
N
EG
K
K
TU
N
U
TYPICAL DETAIL OF DRAINAGE AND

CHAIN LINK FENCING
KISB/DBKL/TES/2019/DT/10

Meja Tawaran Rev01 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Meja Tawaran Rev01 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

JA

JABATAN KEJURUTERAAN AWAM DAN SALIRAN

CADANGAN MENJALANKAN KERJA-KERJA

PERPARITAN DI JALAN JALIL PERKASA 19,

TAMAN ESPLANADE, BUKIT JALIL, WILAYAH

PERSEKUTUAN KUALA LUMPUR

JABATAN KEJURUTERAAN AWAM DAN SALIRAN

CADANGAN MENJALANKAN KERJA-KERJA PEMBAIKAN CERUN DAN SISTEM

BIL PERKARA MUKA SURAT

SENARAI SEMAK PENYEDIAAN DOKUMEN e-PEROLEHAN SPD/1

BAHAGIAN 3 SYARAT-SYARAT MEMBUAT TENDER

SYARAT-SYARAT AM KONTRAK - Borang DBKL 203@203A

(Rev. 1/2010) 1-50

(yang mana berkaitan)

BAHAGIAN 6 SKOP KERJA SK/1-SK/3

BAHAGIAN 7 RINGKASAN TENDER RT/1 – RT/2

BAHAGIAN 8 SENARAI KUANTITI BILL NO. 1-6

SPESIFIKASI UMUM SU/1-SU/10

BAHAGIAN 10 DATA TEKNIKAL (TECHNICAL DATA) (jika berkaitan) -

Lampiran A - Borang Jaminan Bank / Insurans Untuk Bon Perlaksanaan

Lampiran B - Borang Jaminan Bank / Jaminan Syarikat Kewangan / Jaminan Insurans

BAHAGIAN 12 LUKISAN (Jika Perlu) SL/1

- SURAT AKUAN PEMBIDA

- SURAT AKUAN PEMBIDA PERLAKSANAAN PROGRAM

- SENARAI SEMAK KECUKUPAN DOKUMEN WAJIB DIISI /

DISERAH BERSAMA DOKUMEN TENDER

- SENARAI SEMAKAN MENGISI DOKUMEN TENDER

SENARAI SEMAKAN PENYEDIAAN DOKUMEN E-PEROLEHAN KERJA

DOKUMEN WAJIB CETAK

ADDENDUM NO. 1 & 2 TO THE CONDITIONS OF

BAHAGIAN 6 SKOP KERJA - -

BAHAGIAN 7 RINGKASAN TENDER - 

BAHAGIAN 8 SENARAI KUANTITI - 

BAHAGIAN 10 DATA TEKNIKAL (jika berkaitan)  -

Borang Jaminan Bank/Insurans Untuk Bon Pelaksanaan

Lampiran C Borang Maklumat Petender BRG/JP/BPP(Pind.1/2011)-001  -

SURAT AKUAN PEMBIDA

CADANGAN MENJALANKAN KERJA-KERJA PEMBAIKAN CERUN DAN SISTEM PERPARITAN

Saya, ………………………...........…………………….* No.K/P: …….….…………………. yang mewakili

2.2 Penamatan kontrak bagi tender / sebut harga*** di atas; dan

2.3 Lain-lain tindakan tatatertib mengikut peraturan perolehan Kerajaan.

Catatan: * Nama Wakil Syarikat

PERINGATAN : Surat Akuan Pembida ini WAJIB diisi dan ditandatangan.

SURAT AKUAN PEMBIDA UNTUK MELAKSANAKAN

CADANGAN MENJALANKAN KERJA-KERJA PEMBAIKAN CERUN DAN SISTEM

Saya, …………......……...........…………………….* No.K/P: …….….…………………. yang mewakili

Catatan: * Nama Wakil Syarikat

PERINGATAN : Surat Akuan Pembida ini WAJIB diisi dan ditandatangan.

NAMA TENDER : CADANGAN MENJALANKAN KERJA-KERJA PEMBAIKAN CERUN DAN SISTEM

UNTUK DIISI OLEH UNTUK DIISI OLEH

b) Perakuan Siap Kerja - -

c) Sijil Bayaran Interim Terakhir/Sijil - -

a) Penyata Caruman KWSP - -

7 Loji Milik Peteder

b) Resit Pembelian/ Perjanjian Sewa - -

9 Peralatan / Bahan (Jika Berkaitan)

Tandatangan & Cop Rasmi Pentender Tandatangan Jawatankuasa Buka Peti

……………………………………… …………………………… ……………………………

SENARAI SEMAKAN MENGISI DOKUMEN TENDER

CADANGAN MENJALANKAN KERJA-KERJA PEMBAIKAN CERUN DAN SISTEM

diambil untuk memastikan kesempurnaan tender yang dikemukakan.

d. Petender adalah bertanggungjawab sepenuhnya bagi memastikan setiap dokumen

ketidaksempurnaan pada dokumen tender berkenaan berdasarkan semakan